diff --git a/.github/workflows/main.yml b/.github/workflows/main.yml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce35755 --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/main.yml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +name: 'Deployment terraform plan and apply' + +on: + push: + branches: + - main + - after-hours + +permissions: + contents: read + +jobs: + terraform: + name: Terraform fmt, init, plan and apply + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + environment: production + + defaults: + run: + shell: bash + + steps: + - name: Checkout + uses: actions/checkout@v3 + + - name: Setup Terraform + uses: hashicorp/setup-terraform@v2 + with: + cli_config_credentials_token: ${{ secrets.TF_API_TOKEN }} + + - name: Terraform Format + id: fmt + run: terraform fmt + working-directory: terraform + continue-on-error: false + + - name: Terraform Init + id: init + working-directory: terraform + run: terraform init + + - name: Terraform Validate + id: validate + working-directory: terraform + run: terraform validate -no-color + + - name: Terraform Plan + id: plan + working-directory: terraform + run: terraform plan -no-color + continue-on-error: false + + - name: Terraform Apply + working-directory: terraform + run: terraform apply -auto-approve -input=false \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c08f19 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +# Local .terraform directories +**/.terraform/* + +# .tfstate files +*.tfstate +*.tfstate.* + +# Crash log files +crash.log +crash.*.log + +# Exclude all .tfvars files, which are likely to contain sensitive data, such as +# password, private keys, and other secrets. These should not be part of version +# control as they are data points which are potentially sensitive and subject +# to change depending on the environment. +*.tfvars +*.tfvars.json + +# Ignore override files as they are usually used to override resources locally and so +# are not checked in +override.tf +override.tf.json +*_override.tf +*_override.tf.json + +# Include override files you do wish to add to version control using negated pattern +# !example_override.tf + +# Include tfplan files to ignore the plan output of command: terraform plan -out=tfplan +# example: *tfplan* + +# Ignore CLI configuration files +.terraformrc +terraform.rc + +## External DNS configuration +kubernetes/secrets \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/.vscode/settings.json b/.vscode/settings.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d14cfb --- /dev/null +++ b/.vscode/settings.json @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +{ + "ansible.python.interpreterPath": "/bin/python" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/LICENSE b/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f288702 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,674 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for +software and other kinds of works. + + The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed +to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, +the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free +software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the +GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to +any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you +these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have +certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if +you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same +freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive +or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they +know their rights. + + Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: +(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License +giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. + + For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains +that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and +authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as +changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to +authors of previous versions. + + Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run +modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer +can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of +protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic +pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to +use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we +have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those +products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we +stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions +of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. + + Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. +States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of +software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to +avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could +make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that +patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + 0. Definitions. + + "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. + + "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of +works, such as semiconductor masks. + + "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this +License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. + + To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an +exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. + + A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based +on the Program. + + To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a +computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the +public, and in some countries other activities as well. + + To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other +parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. + + An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. + + 1. Source Code. + + The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work +for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source +form of a work. + + A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that +is widely used among developers working in that language. + + The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an +implementation is available to the public in source code form. A +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. + + The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to +control those activities. However, it does not include the work's +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but +which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source +includes interface definition files associated with source files for +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those +subprograms and other parts of the work. + + The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding +Source. + + The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that +same work. + + 2. Basic Permissions. + + All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated +conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited +permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its +content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. + + You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains +in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do +not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. + + Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under +the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 +makes it unnecessary. + + 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. + + No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such +measures. + + When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of +technological measures. + + 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. + + You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. + + You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. + + 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. + + You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified + it, and giving a relevant date. + + b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is + released under this License and any conditions added under section + 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to + "keep intact all notices". + + c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this + License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This + License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 + additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, + regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no + permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not + invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. + + d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display + Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive + interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your + work need not make them do so. + + A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users +beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other +parts of the aggregate. + + 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. + + You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, +in one of these ways: + + a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the + Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium + customarily used for software interchange. + + b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a + written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as + long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product + model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a + copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the + product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical + medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no + more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this + conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the + Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. + + c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the + written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This + alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and + only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord + with subsection 6b. + + d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated + place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the + Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no + further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the + Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to + copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source + may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) + that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain + clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the + Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the + Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is + available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. + + e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided + you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding + Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no + charge under subsection 6d. + + A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be +included in conveying the object code work. + + A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation +into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent +the only significant mode of use of the product. + + "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from +a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because +modification has been made. + + If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied +by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has +been installed in ROM). + + The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and +protocols for communication across the network. + + Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in +source code form), and must require no special password or key for +unpacking, reading or copying. + + 7. Additional Terms. + + "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent +that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by +this License without regard to the additional permissions. + + When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of +it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: + + a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the + terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or + + b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or + author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal + Notices displayed by works containing it; or + + c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or + requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in + reasonable ways as different from the original version; or + + d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or + authors of the material; or + + e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some + trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or + + f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that + material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of + it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for + any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on + those licensors and authors. + + All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is +governed by this License along with a term that is a further +restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does +not survive such relicensing or conveying. + + If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating +where to find the applicable terms. + + Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; +the above requirements apply either way. + + 8. Termination. + + You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly +provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third +paragraph of section 11). + + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means +prior to 60 days after the cessation. + + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. + + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same +material under section 10. + + 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. + + You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or +run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or +modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do +not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. + + 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. + + Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and +propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. + + An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an +organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. + + You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the +rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. + + 11. Patents. + + A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". + + A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a +consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of +this License. + + Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and +propagate the contents of its contributor version. + + In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to +sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a +patent against the party. + + If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent +license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that +country that you have reason to believe are valid. + + If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered +work and works based on it. + + A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are +specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. + + Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. + + 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. + + If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may +not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. + + 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed +under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single +combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, +but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, +section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the +combination as such. + + 14. Revised Versions of this License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of +the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered +version or of any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the +GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published +by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future +versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you +to choose that version for the Program. + + Later license versions may give you additional or different +permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a +later version. + + 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. + + THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY +APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM +IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. Limitation of Liability. + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGES. + + 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. + + If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a +copy of the Program in return for a fee. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + + If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short +notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Copyright (C) + This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands +might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". + + You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, +if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. +For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see +. + + The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program +into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you +may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with +the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. But first, please read +. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df6c366 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +
+ +kubernetes + +# Homelab Kubernetes Cluster + +#### My homelab running K3S on a [Turing Pi 2](https://turingpi.com/product/turing-pi-2/) + +
+ +## Nodes setup using Ansible + +Create the cluster using Ansible: + +1. Go to `ansible/inventory` and change the controlplane and workers IP addresses. +2. Go to `ansible/playbooks/playbook-worker.yml` and change the controlplane IP (line 36). +3. Go to `ansible/variables.yml` and add your k3s token. +4. Run this command at the root folder: + +This command runs the k3s installation script with specific options to disable several components including flannel backend, network policy, cloud controller, servicelb, traefik, metrics-server, and kube-proxy in preparation to install Cilium. + +```bash +ansible-playbook -i ansible/inventory ansible/playbook.yml --user= --ask-pass -vvv +``` + +## Hardware specification + +| Hardware | Item Count | Link | +| -------- | ------- | ------- | +| Turing Pi 2 board | x1 | [Link](https://turingpi.com/product/turing-pi-2/) | +| Turing Pi RK1 - 16GB | x4 | [Link](https://turingpi.com/product/turing-rk1/?attribute_ram=16+GB) | +| Seagate IronWolf 8TB NAS Internal Hard Drive HDD | x2 | [Link](https://www.amazon.ca/dp/B084ZV4DXB?psc=1&ref=ppx_yo2ov_dt_b_product_details) | +| Corsair RM750e (2023) | x1 | [Link](https://www.amazon.ca/dp/B0BYR1BXC6?psc=1&ref=ppx_yo2ov_dt_b_product_details) | +| Samsung Series 980 – 500 Go PCIe Gen3. X4 NVMe 1.4 - Internal SSD M.2 | x1 | [Link](https://www.amazon.ca/dp/B08V7GT6F3?psc=1&ref=ppx_yo2ov_dt_b_product_details) | +| Samsung Series 980 - 1 To PCIe Gen3. X4 NVMe 1.4 - Internal SSD M.2 | x3 | [Link](https://www.amazon.ca/dp/B08V83JZH4?ref=ppx_yo2ov_dt_b_product_details&th=1) | +| MikroTik hAP ax2 US Version | x1 | [Link](https://mikrotik.com/product/hap_ax2) | +| MATX 2U Rackmount Server Chassis with 1x5.25 Front Bay / mATX/Mitx Support | x1 | [Link](https://www.amazon.ca/dp/B0B5CBW962?psc=1&ref=ppx_yo2ov_dt_b_product_details) | + +## Software dependencies within the kubernetes cluster + +See [this link](https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab/issues/1) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/ansible/inventory b/ansible/inventory new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8652d65 --- /dev/null +++ b/ansible/inventory @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +[controlplane] +192.168.2.203 + +[worker] +192.168.2.201 +192.168.2.204 +192.168.2.206 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/ansible/playbook.yml b/ansible/playbook.yml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbd7b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/ansible/playbook.yml @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +- name: Execute control plane playbook + ansible.builtin.import_playbook: playbooks/k3s/playbook-controlplane.yml + +- name: Execute worker playbook + ansible.builtin.import_playbook: playbooks/k3s/playbook-worker.yml + +- name: Execute name nodes playbook + ansible.builtin.import_playbook: playbooks/k3s/playbook-name-nodes.yml diff --git a/ansible/playbooks/k3s/playbook-controlplane.yml b/ansible/playbooks/k3s/playbook-controlplane.yml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..79d1b8e --- /dev/null +++ b/ansible/playbooks/k3s/playbook-controlplane.yml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +--- +- name: Setup k3s control plane + hosts: controlplane + become: true + + tasks: + - name: Include variables (variables.yml) + ansible.builtin.include_vars: ../../variables.yml + + - name: Update the apt cache + ansible.builtin.apt: + update_cache: true + + - name: Install iptables + ansible.builtin.apt: + name: iptables + state: present + + - name: Install k3s + ansible.builtin.get_url: + url: https://get.k3s.io + dest: /tmp/k3s_install_script.sh + mode: "0755" + + - name: Set environment variable for k3s installation + ansible.builtin.shell: + cmd: > + export INSTALL_K3S_EXEC=server + register: k3s_env_output + changed_when: k3s_env_output.rc != 0 + + - name: Run k3s installation script + ansible.builtin.shell: + cmd: > + /tmp/k3s_install_script.sh + --flannel-backend none + --disable-network-policy + --disable-cloud-controller + --write-kubeconfig-mode 644 + --disable servicelb + --disable traefik + --disable metrics-server + --disable kube-proxy + --token {{ k3s_token }} + register: k3s_install_output + changed_when: k3s_install_output.rc != 0 diff --git a/ansible/playbooks/k3s/playbook-name-nodes.yml b/ansible/playbooks/k3s/playbook-name-nodes.yml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2fabd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/ansible/playbooks/k3s/playbook-name-nodes.yml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +--- +- name: Setup k3s workers + hosts: controlplane + become: true + + tasks: + # not best pratice for a k8s controlplane node + - name: Label kubernetes controlplane node + ansible.builtin.command: + cmd: > + kubectl label nodes controlplane kubernetes.io/role=worker + register: kubectl_label_controlplane_output + changed_when: kubectl_label_controlplane_output.rc != 0 + + - name: Label kubernetes worker1 node + ansible.builtin.command: + cmd: > + kubectl label nodes worker1 kubernetes.io/role=worker + register: kubectl_label_worker_1_output + changed_when: kubectl_label_worker_1_output.rc != 0 + + - name: Label kubernetes worker2 node + ansible.builtin.command: + cmd: > + kubectl label nodes worker2 kubernetes.io/role=worker + register: kubectl_label_worker_2_output + changed_when: kubectl_label_worker_2_output.rc != 0 + + - name: Label kubernetes worker3 node + ansible.builtin.command: + cmd: > + kubectl label nodes worker3 kubernetes.io/role=worker + register: kubectl_label_worker_3_output + changed_when: kubectl_label_worker_3_output.rc != 0 + + # not best pratice for a k8s controlplane node + - name: Set kubernetes controlplane nodes type + ansible.builtin.command: + cmd: > + kubectl label nodes controlplane node-type=worker + register: kubectl_controlplane_node_type + changed_when: kubectl_controlplane_node_type.rc != 0 + + - name: Set kubernetes worker1 nodes type + ansible.builtin.command: + cmd: > + kubectl label nodes worker1 node-type=worker + register: kubectl_worker1_node_type + changed_when: kubectl_worker1_node_type.rc != 0 + + - name: Set kubernetes worker2 nodes type + ansible.builtin.command: + cmd: > + kubectl label nodes worker2 node-type=worker + register: kubectl_worker2_node_type + changed_when: kubectl_worker2_node_type.rc != 0 + + - name: Set kubernetes worker3 nodes type + ansible.builtin.command: + cmd: > + kubectl label nodes worker3 node-type=worker + register: kubectl_worker3_node_type + changed_when: kubectl_worker3_node_type.rc != 0 diff --git a/ansible/playbooks/k3s/playbook-worker.yml b/ansible/playbooks/k3s/playbook-worker.yml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31ef096 --- /dev/null +++ b/ansible/playbooks/k3s/playbook-worker.yml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +--- +- name: Setup k3s workers + hosts: worker + become: true + + tasks: + - name: Include variables (variables.yml) + ansible.builtin.include_vars: ../../variables.yml + + - name: Update the apt cache + ansible.builtin.apt: + update_cache: true + + - name: Install iptables + ansible.builtin.apt: + name: iptables + state: present + + - name: Install k3s + ansible.builtin.get_url: + url: https://get.k3s.io + dest: /tmp/k3s_install_script.sh + mode: "0755" + + - name: Set environment variable for k3s installation + ansible.builtin.shell: + cmd: > + export INSTALL_K3S_EXEC=agent + register: k3s_env_output + changed_when: k3s_env_output.rc != 0 + + - name: Run k3s installation script + ansible.builtin.shell: + cmd: > + /tmp/k3s_install_script.sh agent + --server https://192.168.2.203:6443 + --token {{ k3s_token }} + register: k3s_install_output + changed_when: k3s_install_output.rc != 0 diff --git a/ansible/playbooks/playbook-cleanup-rootfs.yaml b/ansible/playbooks/playbook-cleanup-rootfs.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73d7417 --- /dev/null +++ b/ansible/playbooks/playbook-cleanup-rootfs.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +--- +- name: Clean up Root FS + hosts: all + become: true + + tasks: + - name: Run crictl rmi --prune + ansible.builtin.shell: + cmd: > + sudo crictl rmi --prune + register: k3s_env_output + changed_when: k3s_env_output.rc != 0 diff --git a/ansible/variables.yml b/ansible/variables.yml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea61b2c --- /dev/null +++ b/ansible/variables.yml @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +k3s_token: \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/pictures/k8s_logo.png b/docs/pictures/k8s_logo.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0bd53f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/pictures/k8s_logo.png differ diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/argo-apps/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/argo-apps/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8106d8d --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/argo-apps/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + # User applications + - ../ddns/ + - ../trilium-notes/ + - ../ollama/ + - ../jobscrapper/ + + # System applications + - ../../system/cert-manager + - ../../system/cilium + - ../../system/argocd + - ../../system/rook-ceph + - ../../system/monitoring + - ../../system/ingress-nginx + - ../../system/sealed-secrets + - ../../system/oauth2-proxy + +patches: +- patch: |- + apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1 + kind: Application + metadata: + name: not-used + finalizers: + - resources-finalizer.argocd.argoproj.io + spec: + syncPolicy: + automated: + selfHeal: true + target: + kind: Application diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/ddns/argo-app.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/ddns/argo-app.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20c0a4f --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/ddns/argo-app.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1 +kind: Application +metadata: + name: ddns + namespace: argocd + finalizers: + - resources-finalizer.argocd.argoproj.io +spec: + project: default + destination: + server: https://kubernetes.default.svc + namespace: ddns + source: + repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab.git + path: kubernetes/apps/ddns/base + targetRevision: HEAD + syncPolicy: + automated: + selfHeal: true + syncOptions: + - CreateNamespace=true diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/ddns/base/ddns-secret.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/ddns/base/ddns-secret.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba4b602 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/ddns/base/ddns-secret.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +apiVersion: bitnami.com/v1alpha1 +kind: SealedSecret +metadata: + creationTimestamp: null + name: ddns-secrets + namespace: ddns +spec: + encryptedData: + CLOUDFLARE_A_RECORD_NAME: 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 + CLOUDFLARE_API_KEY: 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 + CLOUDFLARE_EMAIL: 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 + CLOUDFLARE_ZONE_ID: 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 + NOIP_HOSTNAME: 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 + template: + metadata: + creationTimestamp: null + name: ddns-secrets + namespace: ddns + diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/ddns/base/deployment.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/ddns/base/deployment.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06790c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/ddns/base/deployment.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +apiVersion: apps/v1 +kind: Deployment +metadata: + name: ddns-deployment + namespace: ddns +spec: + replicas: 1 + selector: + matchLabels: + app: ddns + template: + metadata: + labels: + app: ddns + spec: + containers: + - name: ddns + image: ghcr.io/thomascardin/ddns:1.0.1@sha256:088893f3bf25c66e5d20e17ac6c4e49706528db8c9b6f3a8581605586a344ad8 + env: + - name: NOIP_HOSTNAME + valueFrom: + secretKeyRef: + name: ddns-secrets + key: NOIP_HOSTNAME + - name: CLOUDFLARE_EMAIL + valueFrom: + secretKeyRef: + name: ddns-secrets + key: CLOUDFLARE_EMAIL + - name: CLOUDFLARE_API_KEY + valueFrom: + secretKeyRef: + name: ddns-secrets + key: CLOUDFLARE_API_KEY + - name: CLOUDFLARE_A_RECORD_NAME + valueFrom: + secretKeyRef: + name: ddns-secrets + key: CLOUDFLARE_A_RECORD_NAME + - name: CLOUDFLARE_ZONE_ID + valueFrom: + secretKeyRef: + name: ddns-secrets + key: CLOUDFLARE_ZONE_ID diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/ddns/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/ddns/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36c4b6f --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/ddns/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - argo-app.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/jobscrapper/argo-app.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/jobscrapper/argo-app.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06444c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/jobscrapper/argo-app.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1 +kind: Application +metadata: + name: jobscrapper + namespace: argocd + finalizers: + - resources-finalizer.argocd.argoproj.io +spec: + project: default + destination: + server: https://kubernetes.default.svc + namespace: jobscrapper + source: + repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab.git + path: kubernetes/apps/jobscrapper/base + targetRevision: HEAD + syncPolicy: + automated: + selfHeal: true + syncOptions: + - CreateNamespace=true diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/jobscrapper/base/cronjob.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/jobscrapper/base/cronjob.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14c91b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/jobscrapper/base/cronjob.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +apiVersion: batch/v1 +kind: CronJob +metadata: + name: jobscrapper-cronjob +spec: + schedule: "0 5 * * *" # Run every day at 5:00 AM + jobTemplate: + spec: + template: + spec: + containers: + - name: jobscrapper + image: ghcr.io/thomascardin/jobscrapper:v1.0.3 + env: + - name: DISCORD_WEBHOOK_URL + value: "https://discord.com/api/webhooks/1280607467704815617/B343SiZxAsWSe0KZc6JJnphbuxau1PrO3V0mXAwmlx7L4BxjN9836PTIruZC4hDfgjfn" + - name: JOBS_SCRAPPER_LIST + value: "golang,sre,devops,cloud" + - name: JOBS_SCRAPPER_LOCATION + value: "Montreal, QC, CA" + - name: JOBS_SCRAPPER_COUNTRY + value: "Canada" + restartPolicy: OnFailure diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/jobscrapper/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/jobscrapper/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36c4b6f --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/jobscrapper/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - argo-app.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/ollama/argo-app.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/argo-app.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9dcf318 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/argo-app.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1 +kind: Application +metadata: + name: ollama + namespace: argocd + finalizers: + - resources-finalizer.argocd.argoproj.io +spec: + project: default + destination: + server: https://kubernetes.default.svc + namespace: ollama + source: + repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab.git + path: kubernetes/apps/ollama/base + targetRevision: HEAD + syncPolicy: + automated: + selfHeal: true + syncOptions: + - CreateNamespace=true diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/ingress.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/ingress.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f90ac33 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/ingress.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1 +kind: Ingress +metadata: + name: ingress-external-ollama + namespace: ollama + annotations: + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/ssl-redirect: "true" + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/proxy-read-timeout: "500" + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/proxy-send-timeout: "500" + cert-manager.io/cluster-issuer: letsencrypt-prod + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/auth-url: "https://oauth2.ninebasetwo.net/oauth2/auth" + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/auth-signin: "https://oauth2.ninebasetwo.net/oauth2/start?rd=$scheme://$host$request_uri" +spec: + ingressClassName: nginx + rules: + - host: ollama.ninebasetwo.net + http: + paths: + - path: / + pathType: Prefix + backend: + service: + name: open-webui-service + port: + number: 8080 + tls: + - hosts: + - ollama.ninebasetwo.net + secretName: ollama-tls \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8784d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - ingress.yaml + - ollama/ollama-statefulset.yaml + - webui/webui-deployment.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/ollama/ollama-statefulset.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/ollama/ollama-statefulset.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e95784 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/ollama/ollama-statefulset.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +apiVersion: apps/v1 +kind: StatefulSet +metadata: + name: ollama + namespace: ollama +spec: + serviceName: "ollama" + replicas: 1 + selector: + matchLabels: + app: ollama + template: + metadata: + labels: + app: ollama + spec: + containers: + - name: ollama + image: ollama/ollama:latest + ports: + - containerPort: 11434 + volumeMounts: + - name: ollama-volume + mountPath: /root/.ollama + tty: true + volumeClaimTemplates: + - metadata: + name: ollama-volume + spec: + storageClassName: hdd-ceph-block + accessModes: [ "ReadWriteOnce" ] + resources: + requests: + storage: 30Gi + +--- +apiVersion: v1 +kind: Service +metadata: + name: ollama-service + namespace: ollama +spec: + selector: + app: ollama + ports: + - protocol: TCP + port: 11434 + targetPort: 11434 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/webui/webui-deployment.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/webui/webui-deployment.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..981e41b --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/base/webui/webui-deployment.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +apiVersion: apps/v1 +kind: Deployment +metadata: + name: open-webui-deployment + namespace: ollama +spec: + replicas: 1 + selector: + matchLabels: + app: open-webui + template: + metadata: + labels: + app: open-webui + spec: + containers: + - name: open-webui + image: ghcr.io/open-webui/open-webui:main + imagePullPolicy: Always + ports: + - containerPort: 8080 + env: + - name: OLLAMA_BASE_URL + value: "http://10.43.249.212:11434" + tty: true + volumeMounts: + - name: webui-volume + mountPath: /app/backend/data + volumes: + - name: webui-volume + persistentVolumeClaim: + claimName: open-webui-pvc + +--- +apiVersion: v1 +kind: Service +metadata: + name: open-webui-service + namespace: ollama +spec: + type: ClusterIP + selector: + app: open-webui + ports: + - protocol: TCP + port: 8080 + targetPort: 8080 + +--- +apiVersion: v1 +kind: PersistentVolumeClaim +metadata: + labels: + app: open-webui + name: open-webui-pvc + namespace: ollama +spec: + storageClassName: hdd-ceph-block + accessModes: + - ReadWriteOnce + resources: + requests: + storage: 10Gi \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/ollama/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36c4b6f --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/ollama/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - argo-app.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/argo-app.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/argo-app.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..952c375 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/argo-app.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1 +kind: Application +metadata: + name: trilium-notes + namespace: argocd + finalizers: + - resources-finalizer.argocd.argoproj.io +spec: + project: default + destination: + server: https://kubernetes.default.svc + namespace: trilium-notes + source: + repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab.git + path: kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/base + targetRevision: HEAD + syncPolicy: + automated: + selfHeal: true + syncOptions: + - CreateNamespace=true + managedNamespaceMetadata: + labels: + pod-security.kubernetes.io/enforce: privileged diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/base/deployment.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/base/deployment.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2741232 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/base/deployment.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +apiVersion: apps/v1 +kind: Deployment +metadata: + name: trilium-notes + namespace: trilium-notes +spec: + replicas: 1 + selector: + matchLabels: + app: trilium-notes + template: + metadata: + labels: + app: trilium-notes + spec: + initContainers: + - name: fix-permissions # default user of trilium notes is 1000 + image: busybox:latest + command: ["sh", "-c", "chown -R 1000:1000 /srv/trilium-data && chmod -R 755 /srv/trilium-data"] + volumeMounts: + - name: trilium-data + mountPath: /srv/trilium-data + containers: + - name: trilium + image: zadam/trilium:latest@sha256:93cb2cd4a6709858c154bab7cba0a7d397969685f507daecb6bbdc409d81304b + env: + - name: TRILIUM_PORT + value: "8080" + - name: TRILIUM_DATA_DIR + value: "/srv/trilium-data" + ports: + - containerPort: 8080 + volumeMounts: + - name: trilium-data + mountPath: /srv/trilium-data + volumes: + - name: trilium-data + persistentVolumeClaim: + claimName: trilium-notes-pv-claim + +--- +apiVersion: v1 +kind: Service +metadata: + name: trilium-svc +spec: + selector: + app: trilium-notes + ports: + - protocol: TCP + port: 8080 + targetPort: 8080 + type: ClusterIP + +--- +apiVersion: v1 +kind: PersistentVolumeClaim +metadata: + name: trilium-notes-pv-claim + labels: + app: trilium-notes +spec: + storageClassName: hdd-ceph-block + accessModes: + - ReadWriteOnce + resources: + requests: + storage: 20Gi \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/base/ingress.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/base/ingress.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0c2a98 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/base/ingress.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1 +kind: Ingress +metadata: + name: ingress-external-trilium-notes + namespace: trilium-notes + annotations: + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/ssl-redirect: "true" + cert-manager.io/cluster-issuer: letsencrypt-prod + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/auth-url: "https://oauth2.ninebasetwo.net/oauth2/auth" + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/auth-signin: "https://oauth2.ninebasetwo.net/oauth2/start?rd=$scheme://$host$request_uri" +spec: + ingressClassName: nginx + rules: + - host: trilium.ninebasetwo.net + http: + paths: + - path: / + pathType: Prefix + backend: + service: + name: trilium-svc + port: + number: 8080 + tls: + - hosts: + - trilium.ninebasetwo.net + secretName: trilium-tls \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/base/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/base/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8321aa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/base/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - deployment.yaml + - ingress.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36c4b6f --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/apps/trilium-notes/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - argo-app.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/argocd/argo-app.yaml b/kubernetes/system/argocd/argo-app.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0cb55e --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/argocd/argo-app.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1 +kind: Application +metadata: + name: argocd + namespace: argocd + annotations: + argocd.argoproj.io/sync-wave: "0" + finalizers: + - resources-finalizer.argocd.argoproj.io +spec: + project: default + destination: + namespace: argocd + server: https://kubernetes.default.svc + sources: + - chart: argo-cd + helm: + releaseName: argocd + valueFiles: + - $values/kubernetes/system/argocd/helm/values.yaml + repoURL: https://argoproj.github.io/argo-helm + targetRevision: 6.4.0 + - repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab.git + targetRevision: HEAD + ref: values + - repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab.git + path: kubernetes/system/argocd/base + targetRevision: HEAD + syncPolicy: + automated: + selfHeal: true + syncOptions: + - CreateNamespace=true diff --git a/kubernetes/system/argocd/base/dex-secret.yaml b/kubernetes/system/argocd/base/dex-secret.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49bb3b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/argocd/base/dex-secret.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +apiVersion: bitnami.com/v1alpha1 +kind: SealedSecret +metadata: + creationTimestamp: null + name: dex-secret + namespace: argocd +spec: + encryptedData: + dex.github.clientSecret: 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 + template: + metadata: + creationTimestamp: null + labels: + app.kubernetes.io/part-of: argocd + name: dex-secret + namespace: argocd + diff --git a/kubernetes/system/argocd/base/ingress.yaml b/kubernetes/system/argocd/base/ingress.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53ba318 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/argocd/base/ingress.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1 +kind: Ingress +metadata: + name: ingress-external-argocd + namespace: argocd + annotations: + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/ssl-redirect: "true" + cert-manager.io/cluster-issuer: letsencrypt-prod + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/auth-url: "https://oauth2.ninebasetwo.net/oauth2/auth" + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/auth-signin: "https://oauth2.ninebasetwo.net/oauth2/start?rd=$scheme://$host$request_uri" +spec: + ingressClassName: nginx + rules: + - host: argocd.ninebasetwo.net + http: + paths: + - path: / + pathType: Prefix + backend: + service: + name: argocd-server + port: + number: 443 + tls: + - hosts: + - argocd.ninebasetwo.net + secretName: argocd-tls \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/argocd/helm/values.yaml b/kubernetes/system/argocd/helm/values.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe7aca0 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/argocd/helm/values.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,3420 @@ +## Argo CD configuration +## Ref: https://github.com/argoproj/argo-cd +## + +# -- Provide a name in place of `argocd` +nameOverride: argocd +# -- String to fully override `"argo-cd.fullname"` +fullnameOverride: "" +# -- Override the Kubernetes version, which is used to evaluate certain manifests +kubeVersionOverride: "" +# Override APIVersions +# If you want to template helm charts but cannot access k8s API server +# you can set api versions here +apiVersionOverrides: {} + +# -- Create aggregated roles that extend existing cluster roles to interact with argo-cd resources +## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/rbac/#aggregated-clusterroles +createAggregateRoles: false +# -- Create cluster roles for cluster-wide installation. +## Used when you manage applications in the same cluster where Argo CD runs +createClusterRoles: true + +openshift: + # -- enables using arbitrary uid for argo repo server + enabled: false + +## Custom resource configuration +crds: + # -- Install and upgrade CRDs + install: true + # -- Keep CRDs on chart uninstall + keep: true + # -- Annotations to be added to all CRDs + annotations: {} + # -- Addtional labels to be added to all CRDs + additionalLabels: {} + +## Globally shared configuration +global: + # -- Default domain used by all components + ## Used for ingresses, certificates, SSO, notifications, etc. + domain: argocd.ninebasetwo.net + + # -- Common labels for the all resources + additionalLabels: {} + # app: argo-cd + + # -- Number of old deployment ReplicaSets to retain. The rest will be garbage collected. + revisionHistoryLimit: 3 + + # Default image used by all components + image: + # -- If defined, a repository applied to all Argo CD deployments + repository: quay.io/argoproj/argocd + # -- Overrides the global Argo CD image tag whose default is the chart appVersion + tag: "" + # -- If defined, a imagePullPolicy applied to all Argo CD deployments + imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent + + # -- Secrets with credentials to pull images from a private registry + imagePullSecrets: [] + + # Default logging options used by all components + logging: + # -- Set the global logging format. Either: `text` or `json` + format: text + # -- Set the global logging level. One of: `debug`, `info`, `warn` or `error` + level: info + + # -- Annotations for the all deployed Statefulsets + statefulsetAnnotations: {} + + # -- Annotations for the all deployed Deployments + deploymentAnnotations: {} + + # -- Annotations for the all deployed pods + podAnnotations: {} + + # -- Labels for the all deployed pods + podLabels: {} + + # -- Add Prometheus scrape annotations to all metrics services. This can be used as an alternative to the ServiceMonitors. + addPrometheusAnnotations: false + + # -- Toggle and define pod-level security context. + # @default -- `{}` (See [values.yaml]) + securityContext: {} + # runAsUser: 999 + # runAsGroup: 999 + # fsGroup: 999 + + # -- Mapping between IP and hostnames that will be injected as entries in the pod's hosts files + hostAliases: [] + # - ip: 10.20.30.40 + # hostnames: + # - git.myhostname + + # Default network policy rules used by all components + networkPolicy: + # -- Create NetworkPolicy objects for all components + create: false + # -- Default deny all ingress traffic + defaultDenyIngress: false + + # -- Default priority class for all components + priorityClassName: "" + + # -- Default node selector for all components + nodeSelector: {} + + # -- Default tolerations for all components + tolerations: [] + + # Default affinity preset for all components + affinity: + # -- Default pod anti-affinity rules. Either: `none`, `soft` or `hard` + podAntiAffinity: soft + # Node affinity rules + nodeAffinity: + # -- Default node affinity rules. Either: `none`, `soft` or `hard` + type: hard + # -- Default match expressions for node affinity + matchExpressions: [] + # - key: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # operator: In + # values: + # - antarctica-east1 + # - antarctica-west1 + + # -- Default [TopologySpreadConstraints] rules for all components + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + ## If labelSelector is left out, it will default to the labelSelector of the component + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- Deployment strategy for the all deployed Deployments + deploymentStrategy: {} + # type: RollingUpdate + # rollingUpdate: + # maxSurge: 25% + # maxUnavailable: 25% + + # -- Environment variables to pass to all deployed Deployments + env: [] + + # -- Annotations for the all deployed Certificates + certificateAnnotations: {} + +## Argo Configs +configs: + # General Argo CD configuration + ## Ref: https://github.com/argoproj/argo-cd/blob/master/docs/operator-manual/argocd-cm.yaml + cm: + # -- Create the argocd-cm configmap for [declarative setup] + create: true + + # -- Annotations to be added to argocd-cm configmap + annotations: {} + + # -- The name of tracking label used by Argo CD for resource pruning + application.instanceLabelKey: argocd.argoproj.io/instance + + # -- Enable logs RBAC enforcement + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/latest/operator-manual/upgrading/2.3-2.4/#enable-logs-rbac-enforcement + server.rbac.log.enforce.enable: false + + # -- Enable exec feature in Argo UI + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/latest/operator-manual/rbac/#exec-resource + exec.enabled: false + + # -- Enable local admin user + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/latest/faq/#how-to-disable-admin-user + admin.enabled: false + + # -- Timeout to discover if a new manifests version got published to the repository + timeout.reconciliation: 180s + + # -- Timeout to refresh application data as well as target manifests cache + timeout.hard.reconciliation: 0s + + # Dex configuration + dex.config: | + connectors: + # GitHub example + - type: github + id: github + name: GitHub + config: + clientID: 1bc2bc3403f9f5549339 + clientSecret: $dex-secret:dex.github.clientSecret + orgs: + - name: ninebasetwo-net + + # OIDC configuration as an alternative to dex (optional). + # oidc.config: | + # name: AzureAD + # issuer: https://login.microsoftonline.com/TENANT_ID/v2.0 + # clientID: CLIENT_ID + # clientSecret: $oidc.azuread.clientSecret + # rootCA: | + # -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- + # ... encoded certificate data here ... + # -----END CERTIFICATE----- + # requestedIDTokenClaims: + # groups: + # essential: true + # requestedScopes: + # - openid + # - profile + # - email + + # Argo CD configuration parameters + ## Ref: https://github.com/argoproj/argo-cd/blob/master/docs/operator-manual/argocd-cmd-params-cm.yaml + params: + # -- Create the argocd-cmd-params-cm configmap + # If false, it is expected the configmap will be created by something else. + create: true + + # -- Annotations to be added to the argocd-cmd-params-cm ConfigMap + annotations: {} + + ## Generic parameters + # -- Open-Telemetry collector address: (e.g. "otel-collector:4317") + otlp.address: '' + + ## Controller Properties + # -- Number of application status processors + controller.status.processors: 20 + # -- Number of application operation processors + controller.operation.processors: 10 + # -- Specifies timeout between application self heal attempts + controller.self.heal.timeout.seconds: 5 + # -- Repo server RPC call timeout seconds. + controller.repo.server.timeout.seconds: 60 + + ## Server properties + # -- Run server without TLS + ## NOTE: This value should be set when you generate params by other means as it changes ports used by ingress template. + ## See https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/ingress/#option-2-multiple-ingress-objects-and-hosts for more information + ## we are doing it with the ingress + server.insecure: true + # -- Value for base href in index.html. Used if Argo CD is running behind reverse proxy under subpath different from / + server.basehref: / + # -- Used if Argo CD is running behind reverse proxy under subpath different from / + server.rootpath: '' + # -- Directory path that contains additional static assets + server.staticassets: /shared/app + # -- Disable Argo CD RBAC for user authentication + server.disable.auth: false + # -- Enable GZIP compression + server.enable.gzip: true + # -- Set X-Frame-Options header in HTTP responses to value. To disable, set to "". + server.x.frame.options: sameorigin + + ## Repo-server properties + # -- Limit on number of concurrent manifests generate requests. Any value less the 1 means no limit. + reposerver.parallelism.limit: 0 + + ## ApplicationSet Properties + # -- Modify how application is synced between the generator and the cluster. One of: `sync`, `create-only`, `create-update`, `create-delete` + applicationsetcontroller.policy: sync + # -- Enables use of the Progressive Syncs capability + applicationsetcontroller.enable.progressive.syncs: false + + # -- Enables [Applications in any namespace] + ## List of additional namespaces where applications may be created in and reconciled from. + ## The namespace where Argo CD is installed to will always be allowed. + ## Set comma-separated list. (e.g. app-team-one, app-team-two) + application.namespaces: "" + + # Argo CD RBAC policy configuration + ## Ref: https://github.com/argoproj/argo-cd/blob/master/docs/operator-manual/rbac.md + rbac: + # -- Create the argocd-rbac-cm configmap with ([Argo CD RBAC policy]) definitions. + # If false, it is expected the configmap will be created by something else. + # Argo CD will not work if there is no configmap created with the name above. + create: true + + # -- Annotations to be added to argocd-rbac-cm configmap + annotations: {} + + # -- The name of the default role which Argo CD will falls back to, when authorizing API requests (optional). + # If omitted or empty, users may be still be able to login, but will see no apps, projects, etc... + policy.default: role:readonly + + # -- File containing user-defined policies and role definitions. + # @default -- `''` (See [values.yaml]) + policy.csv: | + g, ninebasetwo-net:admin, role:admin + + # Policy rules are in the form: + # p, subject, resource, action, object, effect + # Role definitions and bindings are in the form: + # g, subject, inherited-subject + # policy.csv: | + # p, role:org-admin, applications, *, */*, allow + # p, role:org-admin, clusters, get, *, allow + # p, role:org-admin, repositories, *, *, allow + # p, role:org-admin, logs, get, *, allow + # p, role:org-admin, exec, create, */*, allow + # g, your-github-org:your-team, role:org-admin + + # -- OIDC scopes to examine during rbac enforcement (in addition to `sub` scope). + # The scope value can be a string, or a list of strings. + scopes: "[groups]" + + # -- Matcher function for Casbin, `glob` for glob matcher and `regex` for regex matcher. + policy.matchMode: "glob" + + # GnuPG public keys for commit verification + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/user-guide/gpg-verification/ + gpg: + # -- Annotations to be added to argocd-gpg-keys-cm configmap + annotations: {} + + # -- [GnuPG] public keys to add to the keyring + # @default -- `{}` (See [values.yaml]) + ## Note: Public keys should be exported with `gpg --export --armor ` + keys: {} + # 4AEE18F83AFDEB23: | + # -----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK----- + # ... + # -----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK----- + + # SSH known hosts for Git repositories + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/declarative-setup/#ssh-known-host-public-keys + ssh: + # -- Annotations to be added to argocd-ssh-known-hosts-cm configmap + annotations: {} + + # -- Known hosts to be added to the known host list by default. + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + knownHosts: | + [ssh.github.com]:443 ecdsa-sha2-nistp256 AAAAE2VjZHNhLXNoYTItbmlzdHAyNTYAAAAIbmlzdHAyNTYAAABBBEmKSENjQEezOmxkZMy7opKgwFB9nkt5YRrYMjNuG5N87uRgg6CLrbo5wAdT/y6v0mKV0U2w0WZ2YB/++Tpockg= + [ssh.github.com]:443 ssh-ed25519 AAAAC3NzaC1lZDI1NTE5AAAAIOMqqnkVzrm0SdG6UOoqKLsabgH5C9okWi0dh2l9GKJl + [ssh.github.com]:443 ssh-rsa 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 + bitbucket.org ecdsa-sha2-nistp256 AAAAE2VjZHNhLXNoYTItbmlzdHAyNTYAAAAIbmlzdHAyNTYAAABBBPIQmuzMBuKdWeF4+a2sjSSpBK0iqitSQ+5BM9KhpexuGt20JpTVM7u5BDZngncgrqDMbWdxMWWOGtZ9UgbqgZE= + bitbucket.org ssh-ed25519 AAAAC3NzaC1lZDI1NTE5AAAAIIazEu89wgQZ4bqs3d63QSMzYVa0MuJ2e2gKTKqu+UUO + bitbucket.org ssh-rsa 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 + github.com ecdsa-sha2-nistp256 AAAAE2VjZHNhLXNoYTItbmlzdHAyNTYAAAAIbmlzdHAyNTYAAABBBEmKSENjQEezOmxkZMy7opKgwFB9nkt5YRrYMjNuG5N87uRgg6CLrbo5wAdT/y6v0mKV0U2w0WZ2YB/++Tpockg= + github.com ssh-ed25519 AAAAC3NzaC1lZDI1NTE5AAAAIOMqqnkVzrm0SdG6UOoqKLsabgH5C9okWi0dh2l9GKJl + github.com ssh-rsa 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 + gitlab.com ecdsa-sha2-nistp256 AAAAE2VjZHNhLXNoYTItbmlzdHAyNTYAAAAIbmlzdHAyNTYAAABBBFSMqzJeV9rUzU4kWitGjeR4PWSa29SPqJ1fVkhtj3Hw9xjLVXVYrU9QlYWrOLXBpQ6KWjbjTDTdDkoohFzgbEY= + gitlab.com ssh-ed25519 AAAAC3NzaC1lZDI1NTE5AAAAIAfuCHKVTjquxvt6CM6tdG4SLp1Btn/nOeHHE5UOzRdf + gitlab.com ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCsj2bNKTBSpIYDEGk9KxsGh3mySTRgMtXL583qmBpzeQ+jqCMRgBqB98u3z++J1sKlXHWfM9dyhSevkMwSbhoR8XIq/U0tCNyokEi/ueaBMCvbcTHhO7FcwzY92WK4Yt0aGROY5qX2UKSeOvuP4D6TPqKF1onrSzH9bx9XUf2lEdWT/ia1NEKjunUqu1xOB/StKDHMoX4/OKyIzuS0q/T1zOATthvasJFoPrAjkohTyaDUz2LN5JoH839hViyEG82yB+MjcFV5MU3N1l1QL3cVUCh93xSaua1N85qivl+siMkPGbO5xR/En4iEY6K2XPASUEMaieWVNTRCtJ4S8H+9 + ssh.dev.azure.com ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQC7Hr1oTWqNqOlzGJOfGJ4NakVyIzf1rXYd4d7wo6jBlkLvCA4odBlL0mDUyZ0/QUfTTqeu+tm22gOsv+VrVTMk6vwRU75gY/y9ut5Mb3bR5BV58dKXyq9A9UeB5Cakehn5Zgm6x1mKoVyf+FFn26iYqXJRgzIZZcZ5V6hrE0Qg39kZm4az48o0AUbf6Sp4SLdvnuMa2sVNwHBboS7EJkm57XQPVU3/QpyNLHbWDdzwtrlS+ez30S3AdYhLKEOxAG8weOnyrtLJAUen9mTkol8oII1edf7mWWbWVf0nBmly21+nZcmCTISQBtdcyPaEno7fFQMDD26/s0lfKob4Kw8H + vs-ssh.visualstudio.com ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQC7Hr1oTWqNqOlzGJOfGJ4NakVyIzf1rXYd4d7wo6jBlkLvCA4odBlL0mDUyZ0/QUfTTqeu+tm22gOsv+VrVTMk6vwRU75gY/y9ut5Mb3bR5BV58dKXyq9A9UeB5Cakehn5Zgm6x1mKoVyf+FFn26iYqXJRgzIZZcZ5V6hrE0Qg39kZm4az48o0AUbf6Sp4SLdvnuMa2sVNwHBboS7EJkm57XQPVU3/QpyNLHbWDdzwtrlS+ez30S3AdYhLKEOxAG8weOnyrtLJAUen9mTkol8oII1edf7mWWbWVf0nBmly21+nZcmCTISQBtdcyPaEno7fFQMDD26/s0lfKob4Kw8H + + # -- Additional known hosts for private repositories + extraHosts: '' + + # Repository TLS certificates + # Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/declarative-setup/#repositories-using-self-signed-tls-certificates-or-are-signed-by-custom-ca + tls: + # -- Annotations to be added to argocd-tls-certs-cm configmap + annotations: {} + + # -- TLS certificates for Git repositories + # @default -- `{}` (See [values.yaml]) + certificates: {} + # server.example.com: | + # -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- + # ... + # -----END CERTIFICATE----- + + # ConfigMap for Config Management Plugins + # Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/config-management-plugins/ + cmp: + # -- Create the argocd-cmp-cm configmap + create: false + + # -- Annotations to be added to argocd-cmp-cm configmap + annotations: {} + + # -- Plugin yaml files to be added to argocd-cmp-cm + plugins: {} + # --- First plugin + # my-plugin: + # init: + # command: [sh] + # args: [-c, 'echo "Initializing..."'] + # generate: + # command: [sh, -c] + # args: + # - | + # echo "{\"kind\": \"ConfigMap\", \"apiVersion\": \"v1\", \"metadata\": { \"name\": \"$ARGOCD_APP_NAME\", \"namespace\": \"$ARGOCD_APP_NAMESPACE\", \"annotations\": {\"Foo\": \"$ARGOCD_ENV_FOO\", \"KubeVersion\": \"$KUBE_VERSION\", \"KubeApiVersion\": \"$KUBE_API_VERSIONS\",\"Bar\": \"baz\"}}}" + # discover: + # fileName: "./subdir/s*.yaml" + # find: + # glob: "**/Chart.yaml" + # command: [sh, -c, find . -name env.yaml] + + # --- Second plugin + # my-plugin2: + # init: + # command: [sh] + # args: [-c, 'echo "Initializing..."'] + # generate: + # command: [sh, -c] + # args: + # - | + # echo "{\"kind\": \"ConfigMap\", \"apiVersion\": \"v1\", \"metadata\": { \"name\": \"$ARGOCD_APP_NAME\", \"namespace\": \"$ARGOCD_APP_NAMESPACE\", \"annotations\": {\"Foo\": \"$ARGOCD_ENV_FOO\", \"KubeVersion\": \"$KUBE_VERSION\", \"KubeApiVersion\": \"$KUBE_API_VERSIONS\",\"Bar\": \"baz\"}}}" + # discover: + # fileName: "./subdir/s*.yaml" + # find: + # glob: "**/Chart.yaml" + # command: [sh, -c, find . -name env.yaml] + + # -- Provide one or multiple [external cluster credentials] + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + ## Ref: + ## - https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/declarative-setup/#clusters + ## - https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/security/#external-cluster-credentials + ## - https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/user-guide/projects/#project-scoped-repositories-and-clusters + clusterCredentials: [] + # - name: mycluster + # server: https://mycluster.example.com + # labels: {} + # annotations: {} + # config: + # bearerToken: "" + # tlsClientConfig: + # insecure: false + # caData: "" + # - name: mycluster2 + # server: https://mycluster2.example.com + # labels: {} + # annotations: {} + # namespaces: namespace1,namespace2 + # clusterResources: true + # config: + # bearerToken: "" + # tlsClientConfig: + # insecure: false + # caData: "" + # - name: mycluster3-project-scoped + # server: https://mycluster3.example.com + # labels: {} + # annotations: {} + # project: my-project1 + # config: + # bearerToken: "" + # tlsClientConfig: + # insecure: false + # caData: "" + + # -- Repository credentials to be used as Templates for other repos + ## Creates a secret for each key/value specified below to create repository credentials + credentialTemplates: {} + # github-enterprise-creds-1: + # url: https://github.com/argoproj + # githubAppID: 1 + # githubAppInstallationID: 2 + # githubAppEnterpriseBaseUrl: https://ghe.example.com/api/v3 + # githubAppPrivateKey: | + # -----BEGIN OPENSSH PRIVATE KEY----- + # ... + # -----END OPENSSH PRIVATE KEY----- + # https-creds: + # url: https://github.com/argoproj + # password: my-password + # username: my-username + # ssh-creds: + # url: git@github.com:argoproj-labs + # sshPrivateKey: | + # -----BEGIN OPENSSH PRIVATE KEY----- + # ... + # -----END OPENSSH PRIVATE KEY----- + + # -- Annotations to be added to `configs.credentialTemplates` Secret + credentialTemplatesAnnotations: {} + + # -- Repositories list to be used by applications + ## Creates a secret for each key/value specified below to create repositories + ## Note: the last example in the list would use a repository credential template, configured under "configs.credentialTemplates". + repositories: {} + # istio-helm-repo: + # url: https://storage.googleapis.com/istio-prerelease/daily-build/master-latest-daily/charts + # name: istio.io + # type: helm + # private-helm-repo: + # url: https://my-private-chart-repo.internal + # name: private-repo + # type: helm + # password: my-password + # username: my-username + # private-repo: + # url: https://github.com/argoproj/private-repo + + # -- Annotations to be added to `configs.repositories` Secret + repositoriesAnnotations: {} + + # Argo CD sensitive data + # Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/user-management/#sensitive-data-and-sso-client-secrets + secret: + # -- Create the argocd-secret + createSecret: true + # -- Labels to be added to argocd-secret + labels: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to argocd-secret + annotations: {} + + # -- Shared secret for authenticating GitHub webhook events + githubSecret: "" + # -- Shared secret for authenticating GitLab webhook events + gitlabSecret: "" + # -- Shared secret for authenticating BitbucketServer webhook events + bitbucketServerSecret: "" + # -- UUID for authenticating Bitbucket webhook events + bitbucketUUID: "" + # -- Shared secret for authenticating Gogs webhook events + gogsSecret: "" + ## Azure DevOps + azureDevops: + # -- Shared secret username for authenticating Azure DevOps webhook events + username: "" + # -- Shared secret password for authenticating Azure DevOps webhook events + password: "" + + # -- add additional secrets to be added to argocd-secret + ## Custom secrets. Useful for injecting SSO secrets into environment variables. + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/user-management/#sensitive-data-and-sso-client-secrets + ## Note that all values must be non-empty. + extra: + {} + # LDAP_PASSWORD: "mypassword" + + # -- Bcrypt hashed admin password + ## Argo expects the password in the secret to be bcrypt hashed. You can create this hash with + ## `htpasswd -nbBC 10 "" $ARGO_PWD | tr -d ':\n' | sed 's/$2y/$2a/'` + argocdServerAdminPassword: "" + # -- Admin password modification time. Eg. `"2006-01-02T15:04:05Z"` + # @default -- `""` (defaults to current time) + argocdServerAdminPasswordMtime: "" + + # -- Define custom [CSS styles] for your argo instance. + # This setting will automatically mount the provided CSS and reference it in the argo configuration. + # @default -- `""` (See [values.yaml]) + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/custom-styles/ + styles: "" + # styles: | + # .sidebar { + # background: linear-gradient(to bottom, #999, #777, #333, #222, #111); + # } + +# -- Array of extra K8s manifests to deploy +## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates +extraObjects: [] + # - apiVersion: secrets-store.csi.x-k8s.io/v1 + # kind: SecretProviderClass + # metadata: + # name: argocd-secrets-store + # spec: + # provider: aws + # parameters: + # objects: | + # - objectName: "argocd" + # objectType: "secretsmanager" + # jmesPath: + # - path: "client_id" + # objectAlias: "client_id" + # - path: "client_secret" + # objectAlias: "client_secret" + # secretObjects: + # - data: + # - key: client_id + # objectName: client_id + # - key: client_secret + # objectName: client_secret + # secretName: argocd-secrets-store + # type: Opaque + # labels: + # app.kubernetes.io/part-of: argocd + +## Application controller +controller: + # -- Application controller name string + name: application-controller + + # -- The number of application controller pods to run. + # Additional replicas will cause sharding of managed clusters across number of replicas. + replicas: 1 + + # -- Maximum number of controller revisions that will be maintained in StatefulSet history + revisionHistoryLimit: 5 + + ## Application controller Pod Disruption Budget + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/configure-pdb/ + pdb: + # -- Deploy a [PodDisruptionBudget] for the application controller + enabled: false + # -- Labels to be added to application controller pdb + labels: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to application controller pdb + annotations: {} + # -- Number of pods that are available after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%) + # @default -- `""` (defaults to 0 if not specified) + minAvailable: "" + # -- Number of pods that are unavailable after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%). + ## Has higher precedence over `controller.pdb.minAvailable` + maxUnavailable: "" + + ## Application controller image + image: + # -- Repository to use for the application controller + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.repository) + repository: "" + # -- Tag to use for the application controller + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.tag) + tag: "" + # -- Image pull policy for the application controller + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.imagePullPolicy) + imagePullPolicy: "" + + # -- Secrets with credentials to pull images from a private registry + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.imagePullSecrets) + imagePullSecrets: [] + + # -- Additional command line arguments to pass to application controller + extraArgs: [] + + # -- Environment variables to pass to application controller + env: [] + + # -- envFrom to pass to application controller + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + envFrom: [] + # - configMapRef: + # name: config-map-name + # - secretRef: + # name: secret-name + + # -- Additional containers to be added to the application controller pod + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + extraContainers: [] + + # -- Init containers to add to the application controller pod + ## If your target Kubernetes cluster(s) require a custom credential (exec) plugin + ## you could use this (and the same in the server pod) to provide such executable + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/authentication/#client-go-credential-plugins + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + initContainers: [] + # - name: download-tools + # image: alpine:3 + # command: [sh, -c] + # args: + # - wget -qO kubelogin.zip https://github.com/Azure/kubelogin/releases/download/v0.0.25/kubelogin-linux-amd64.zip && + # unzip kubelogin.zip && mv bin/linux_amd64/kubelogin /custom-tools/ + # volumeMounts: + # - mountPath: /custom-tools + # name: custom-tools + + # -- Additional volumeMounts to the application controller main container + volumeMounts: [] + # - mountPath: /usr/local/bin/kubelogin + # name: custom-tools + # subPath: kubelogin + + # -- Additional volumes to the application controller pod + volumes: [] + # - name: custom-tools + # emptyDir: {} + + # -- Annotations for the application controller StatefulSet + statefulsetAnnotations: {} + + # -- Annotations to be added to application controller pods + podAnnotations: {} + + # -- Labels to be added to application controller pods + podLabels: {} + + # -- Resource limits and requests for the application controller pods + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 500m + # memory: 512Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 250m + # memory: 256Mi + + # Application controller container ports + containerPorts: + # -- Metrics container port + metrics: 8082 + + # -- Host Network for application controller pods + hostNetwork: false + + # -- [DNS configuration] + dnsConfig: {} + # -- Alternative DNS policy for application controller pods + dnsPolicy: "ClusterFirst" + + # -- Application controller container-level security context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + containerSecurityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + # Readiness probe for application controller + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/configure-liveness-readiness-probes/ + readinessProbe: + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 3 + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 10 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 1 + + # -- terminationGracePeriodSeconds for container lifecycle hook + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 30 + + # -- Priority class for the application controller pods + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.priorityClassName) + priorityClassName: "" + + # -- [Node selector] + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.nodeSelector) + nodeSelector: {} + + # -- [Tolerations] for use with node taints + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.tolerations) + tolerations: [] + + # -- Assign custom [affinity] rules to the deployment + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.affinity preset) + affinity: {} + + # -- Assign custom [TopologySpreadConstraints] rules to the application controller + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.topologySpreadConstraints) + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + ## If labelSelector is left out, it will default to the labelSelector configuration of the deployment + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + serviceAccount: + # -- Create a service account for the application controller + create: true + # -- Service account name + name: argocd-application-controller + # -- Annotations applied to created service account + annotations: {} + # -- Labels applied to created service account + labels: {} + # -- Automount API credentials for the Service Account + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + ## Application controller metrics configuration + metrics: + # -- Deploy metrics service + enabled: false + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor scrapeTimeout. If empty, Prometheus uses the global scrape timeout unless it is less than the target's scrape interval value in which the latter is used. + scrapeTimeout: "" + applicationLabels: + # -- Enables additional labels in argocd_app_labels metric + enabled: false + # -- Additional labels + labels: [] + service: + # -- Metrics service type + type: ClusterIP + # -- Metrics service clusterIP. `None` makes a "headless service" (no virtual IP) + clusterIP: "" + # -- Metrics service annotations + annotations: {} + # -- Metrics service labels + labels: {} + # -- Metrics service port + servicePort: 8082 + # -- Metrics service port name + portName: http-metrics + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable a prometheus ServiceMonitor + enabled: false + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor interval + interval: 30s + # -- Prometheus [RelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before scraping + relabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus [MetricRelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before ingestion + metricRelabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor selector + selector: {} + # prometheus: kube-prometheus + + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor scheme + scheme: "" + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor tlsConfig + tlsConfig: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor namespace + namespace: "" # "monitoring" + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor labels + additionalLabels: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor annotations + annotations: {} + rules: + # -- Deploy a PrometheusRule for the application controller + enabled: false + # -- PrometheusRule namespace + namespace: "" # "monitoring" + # -- PrometheusRule selector + selector: {} + # prometheus: kube-prometheus + + # -- PrometheusRule labels + additionalLabels: {} + # -- PrometheusRule annotations + annotations: {} + + # -- PrometheusRule.Spec for the application controller + spec: [] + # - alert: ArgoAppMissing + # expr: | + # absent(argocd_app_info) == 1 + # for: 15m + # labels: + # severity: critical + # annotations: + # summary: "[Argo CD] No reported applications" + # description: > + # Argo CD has not reported any applications data for the past 15 minutes which + # means that it must be down or not functioning properly. This needs to be + # resolved for this cloud to continue to maintain state. + # - alert: ArgoAppNotSynced + # expr: | + # argocd_app_info{sync_status!="Synced"} == 1 + # for: 12h + # labels: + # severity: warning + # annotations: + # summary: "[{{`{{$labels.name}}`}}] Application not synchronized" + # description: > + # The application [{{`{{$labels.name}}`}} has not been synchronized for over + # 12 hours which means that the state of this cloud has drifted away from the + # state inside Git. + + ## Enable this and set the rules: to whatever custom rules you want for the Cluster Role resource. + ## Defaults to off + clusterRoleRules: + # -- Enable custom rules for the application controller's ClusterRole resource + enabled: false + # -- List of custom rules for the application controller's ClusterRole resource + rules: [] + +## Dex +dex: + # -- Enable dex + enabled: true + # -- Dex name + name: dex-server + + # -- Additional command line arguments to pass to the Dex server + extraArgs: [] + + metrics: + # -- Deploy metrics service + enabled: false + service: + # -- Metrics service annotations + annotations: {} + # -- Metrics service labels + labels: {} + # -- Metrics service port name + portName: http-metrics + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable a prometheus ServiceMonitor + enabled: false + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor interval + interval: 30s + # -- Prometheus [RelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before scraping + relabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus [MetricRelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before ingestion + metricRelabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor selector + selector: {} + # prometheus: kube-prometheus + + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor scheme + scheme: "" + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor tlsConfig + tlsConfig: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor namespace + namespace: "" # "monitoring" + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor labels + additionalLabels: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor annotations + annotations: {} + + ## Dex Pod Disruption Budget + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/configure-pdb/ + pdb: + # -- Deploy a [PodDisruptionBudget] for the Dex server + enabled: false + # -- Labels to be added to Dex server pdb + labels: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to Dex server pdb + annotations: {} + # -- Number of pods that are available after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%) + # @default -- `""` (defaults to 0 if not specified) + minAvailable: "" + # -- Number of pods that are unavailble after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%). + ## Has higher precedence over `dex.pdb.minAvailable` + maxUnavailable: "" + + ## Dex image + image: + # -- Dex image repository + repository: ghcr.io/dexidp/dex + # -- Dex image tag + tag: v2.39.1 + # -- Dex imagePullPolicy + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.imagePullPolicy) + imagePullPolicy: "" + + # -- Secrets with credentials to pull images from a private registry + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.imagePullSecrets) + imagePullSecrets: [] + + # Argo CD init image that creates Dex config + initImage: + # -- Argo CD init image repository + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.repository) + repository: "" + # -- Argo CD init image tag + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.tag) + tag: "" + # -- Argo CD init image imagePullPolicy + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.imagePullPolicy) + imagePullPolicy: "" + # -- Argo CD init image resources + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to dex.resources) + resources: {} + # requests: + # cpu: 5m + # memory: 96Mi + # limits: + # cpu: 10m + # memory: 144Mi + + # -- Environment variables to pass to the Dex server + env: [] + + # -- envFrom to pass to the Dex server + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + envFrom: [] + # - configMapRef: + # name: config-map-name + # - secretRef: + # name: secret-name + + # -- Additional containers to be added to the dex pod + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + extraContainers: [] + + # -- Init containers to add to the dex pod + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + initContainers: [] + + # -- Additional volumeMounts to the dex main container + volumeMounts: [] + + # -- Additional volumes to the dex pod + volumes: [] + + # TLS certificate configuration via Secret + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/tls/#configuring-tls-to-argocd-dex-server + ## Note: Issuing certificates via cert-manager in not supported right now because it's not possible to restart Dex automatically without extra controllers. + certificateSecret: + # -- Create argocd-dex-server-tls secret + enabled: false + # -- Labels to be added to argocd-dex-server-tls secret + labels: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to argocd-dex-server-tls secret + annotations: {} + # -- Certificate authority. Required for self-signed certificates. + ca: '' + # -- Certificate private key + key: '' + # -- Certificate data. Must contain SANs of Dex service (ie: argocd-dex-server, argocd-dex-server.argo-cd.svc) + crt: '' + + # -- Annotations to be added to the Dex server Deployment + deploymentAnnotations: {} + + # -- Annotations to be added to the Dex server pods + podAnnotations: {} + + # -- Labels to be added to the Dex server pods + podLabels: {} + + # -- Resource limits and requests for dex + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 50m + # memory: 64Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 10m + # memory: 32Mi + + # Dex container ports + # NOTE: These ports are currently hardcoded and cannot be changed + containerPorts: + # -- HTTP container port + http: 5556 + # -- gRPC container port + grpc: 5557 + # -- Metrics container port + metrics: 5558 + + # -- [DNS configuration] + dnsConfig: {} + # -- Alternative DNS policy for Dex server pods + dnsPolicy: "ClusterFirst" + + # -- Dex container-level security context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + containerSecurityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + ## Probes for Dex server + ## Supported from Dex >= 2.28.0 + livenessProbe: + # -- Enable Kubernetes liveness probe for Dex >= 2.28.0 + enabled: false + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 3 + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 10 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 1 + + readinessProbe: + # -- Enable Kubernetes readiness probe for Dex >= 2.28.0 + enabled: false + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 3 + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 10 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 1 + + # -- terminationGracePeriodSeconds for container lifecycle hook + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 30 + + serviceAccount: + # -- Create dex service account + create: true + # -- Dex service account name + name: argocd-dex-server + # -- Annotations applied to created service account + annotations: {} + # -- Automount API credentials for the Service Account + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + # -- Service port for HTTP access + servicePortHttp: 5556 + # -- Service port name for HTTP access + servicePortHttpName: http + # -- Service port for gRPC access + servicePortGrpc: 5557 + # -- Service port name for gRPC access + servicePortGrpcName: grpc + # -- Service port for metrics access + servicePortMetrics: 5558 + + # -- Priority class for the dex pods + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.priorityClassName) + priorityClassName: "" + + # -- [Node selector] + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.nodeSelector) + nodeSelector: {} + + # -- [Tolerations] for use with node taints + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.tolerations) + tolerations: [] + + # -- Assign custom [affinity] rules to the deployment + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.affinity preset) + affinity: {} + + # -- Assign custom [TopologySpreadConstraints] rules to dex + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.topologySpreadConstraints) + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + ## If labelSelector is left out, it will default to the labelSelector configuration of the deployment + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- Deployment strategy to be added to the Dex server Deployment + deploymentStrategy: {} + # type: RollingUpdate + # rollingUpdate: + # maxSurge: 25% + # maxUnavailable: 25% + + # -- Dex log format. Either `text` or `json` + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.logging.format) + logFormat: "" + # -- Dex log level. One of: `debug`, `info`, `warn`, `error` + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.logging.level) + logLevel: "" + +## Redis +redis: + # -- Enable redis + enabled: true + # -- Redis name + name: redis + + ## Redis Pod Disruption Budget + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/configure-pdb/ + pdb: + # -- Deploy a [PodDisruptionBudget] for the Redis + enabled: false + # -- Labels to be added to Redis pdb + labels: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to Redis pdb + annotations: {} + # -- Number of pods that are available after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%) + # @default -- `""` (defaults to 0 if not specified) + minAvailable: "" + # -- Number of pods that are unavailble after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%). + ## Has higher precedence over `redis.pdb.minAvailable` + maxUnavailable: "" + + ## Redis image + image: + # -- Redis repository + repository: public.ecr.aws/docker/library/redis + # -- Redis tag + tag: 7.2.4-alpine + # -- Redis image pull policy + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.imagePullPolicy) + imagePullPolicy: "" + + ## Prometheus redis-exporter sidecar + exporter: + # -- Enable Prometheus redis-exporter sidecar + enabled: false + # -- Environment variables to pass to the Redis exporter + env: [] + ## Prometheus redis-exporter image + image: + # -- Repository to use for the redis-exporter + repository: public.ecr.aws/bitnami/redis-exporter + # -- Tag to use for the redis-exporter + tag: 1.59.0 + # -- Image pull policy for the redis-exporter + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.imagePullPolicy) + imagePullPolicy: "" + + # -- Redis exporter security context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + containerSecurityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + ## Probes for Redis exporter (optional) + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/configure-liveness-readiness-probes/ + readinessProbe: + # -- Enable Kubernetes liveness probe for Redis exporter (optional) + enabled: false + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 30 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 15 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 15 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 5 + livenessProbe: + # -- Enable Kubernetes liveness probe for Redis exporter + enabled: false + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 30 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 15 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 15 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 5 + + # -- Resource limits and requests for redis-exporter sidecar + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 50m + # memory: 64Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 10m + # memory: 32Mi + + # -- Secrets with credentials to pull images from a private registry + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.imagePullSecrets) + imagePullSecrets: [] + + # -- Additional command line arguments to pass to redis-server + extraArgs: [] + # - --bind + # - "0.0.0.0" + + # -- Environment variables to pass to the Redis server + env: [] + + # -- envFrom to pass to the Redis server + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + envFrom: [] + # - configMapRef: + # name: config-map-name + # - secretRef: + # name: secret-name + + ## Probes for Redis server (optional) + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/configure-liveness-readiness-probes/ + readinessProbe: + # -- Enable Kubernetes liveness probe for Redis server + enabled: false + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 30 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 15 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 15 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 5 + livenessProbe: + # -- Enable Kubernetes liveness probe for Redis server + enabled: false + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 30 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 15 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 15 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 5 + + # -- Additional containers to be added to the redis pod + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + extraContainers: [] + + # -- Init containers to add to the redis pod + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + initContainers: [] + + # -- Additional volumeMounts to the redis container + volumeMounts: [] + + # -- Additional volumes to the redis pod + volumes: [] + + # -- Annotations to be added to the Redis server Deployment + deploymentAnnotations: {} + + # -- Annotations to be added to the Redis server pods + podAnnotations: {} + + # -- Labels to be added to the Redis server pods + podLabels: {} + + # -- Resource limits and requests for redis + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 200m + # memory: 128Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 64Mi + + # -- Redis pod-level security context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + securityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + runAsUser: 999 + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + + # Redis container ports + containerPorts: + # -- Redis container port + redis: 6379 + # -- Metrics container port + metrics: 9121 + + # -- [DNS configuration] + dnsConfig: {} + # -- Alternative DNS policy for Redis server pods + dnsPolicy: "ClusterFirst" + + # -- Redis container-level security context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + containerSecurityContext: + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + # -- Redis service port + servicePort: 6379 + + # -- Priority class for redis pods + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.priorityClassName) + priorityClassName: "" + + # -- [Node selector] + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.nodeSelector) + nodeSelector: {} + + # -- [Tolerations] for use with node taints + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.tolerations) + tolerations: [] + + # -- Assign custom [affinity] rules to the deployment + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.affinity preset) + affinity: {} + + # -- Assign custom [TopologySpreadConstraints] rules to redis + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.topologySpreadConstraints) + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + ## If labelSelector is left out, it will default to the labelSelector configuration of the deployment + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- terminationGracePeriodSeconds for container lifecycle hook + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 30 + + serviceAccount: + # -- Create a service account for the redis pod + create: false + # -- Service account name for redis pod + name: "" + # -- Annotations applied to created service account + annotations: {} + # -- Automount API credentials for the Service Account + automountServiceAccountToken: false + + service: + # -- Redis service annotations + annotations: {} + # -- Additional redis service labels + labels: {} + + metrics: + # -- Deploy metrics service + enabled: false + + # Redis metrics service configuration + service: + # -- Metrics service type + type: ClusterIP + # -- Metrics service clusterIP. `None` makes a "headless service" (no virtual IP) + clusterIP: None + # -- Metrics service annotations + annotations: {} + # -- Metrics service labels + labels: {} + # -- Metrics service port + servicePort: 9121 + # -- Metrics service port name + portName: http-metrics + + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable a prometheus ServiceMonitor + enabled: false + # -- Interval at which metrics should be scraped + interval: 30s + # -- Prometheus [RelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before scraping + relabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus [MetricRelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before ingestion + metricRelabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor selector + selector: {} + # prometheus: kube-prometheus + + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor scheme + scheme: "" + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor tlsConfig + tlsConfig: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor namespace + namespace: "" # "monitoring" + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor labels + additionalLabels: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor annotations + annotations: {} + +## Redis-HA subchart replaces custom redis deployment when `redis-ha.enabled=true` +# Ref: https://github.com/DandyDeveloper/charts/blob/master/charts/redis-ha/values.yaml +redis-ha: + # -- Enables the Redis HA subchart and disables the custom Redis single node deployment + enabled: true + ## Redis image + image: + # -- Redis repository + repository: public.ecr.aws/docker/library/redis + # -- Redis tag + tag: 7.2.4-alpine + ## Prometheus redis-exporter sidecar + exporter: + # -- Enable Prometheus redis-exporter sidecar + enabled: false + # -- Repository to use for the redis-exporter + image: public.ecr.aws/bitnami/redis-exporter + # -- Tag to use for the redis-exporter + tag: 1.58.0 + persistentVolume: + # -- Configures persistence on Redis nodes + enabled: false + ## Redis specific configuration options + redis: + # -- Redis convention for naming the cluster group: must match `^[\\w-\\.]+$` and can be templated + masterGroupName: argocd + # -- Any valid redis config options in this section will be applied to each server (see `redis-ha` chart) + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + config: + # -- Will save the DB if both the given number of seconds and the given number of write operations against the DB occurred. `""` is disabled + # @default -- `'""'` + save: '""' + ## Enables a HA Proxy for better LoadBalancing / Sentinel Master support. Automatically proxies to Redis master. + haproxy: + # -- Enabled HAProxy LoadBalancing/Proxy + enabled: true + metrics: + # -- HAProxy enable prometheus metric scraping + enabled: true + # -- Whether the haproxy pods should be forced to run on separate nodes. + hardAntiAffinity: true + # -- Additional affinities to add to the haproxy pods. + additionalAffinities: {} + # -- Assign custom [affinity] rules to the haproxy pods. + affinity: | + + # -- [Tolerations] for use with node taints for haproxy pods. + tolerations: [] + # -- HAProxy container-level security context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + containerSecurityContext: + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + + # -- Whether the Redis server pods should be forced to run on separate nodes. + hardAntiAffinity: true + + # -- Additional affinities to add to the Redis server pods. + additionalAffinities: {} + + # -- Assign custom [affinity] rules to the Redis pods. + affinity: | + + # -- [Tolerations] for use with node taints for Redis pods. + tolerations: [] + + # -- Assign custom [TopologySpreadConstraints] rules to the Redis pods. + ## https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + topologySpreadConstraints: + # -- Enable Redis HA topology spread constraints + enabled: false + # -- Max skew of pods tolerated + # @default -- `""` (defaults to `1`) + maxSkew: "" + # -- Topology key for spread + # @default -- `""` (defaults to `topology.kubernetes.io/zone`) + topologyKey: "" + # -- Enforcement policy, hard or soft + # @default -- `""` (defaults to `ScheduleAnyway`) + whenUnsatisfiable: "" + # -- Redis HA statefulset container-level security context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + containerSecurityContext: + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + +# External Redis parameters +externalRedis: + # -- External Redis server host + host: "" + # -- External Redis username + username: "" + # -- External Redis password + password: "" + # -- External Redis server port + port: 6379 + # -- The name of an existing secret with Redis credentials (must contain key `redis-password`). + # When it's set, the `externalRedis.password` parameter is ignored + existingSecret: "" + # -- External Redis Secret annotations + secretAnnotations: {} + +## Server +server: + # -- Argo CD server name + name: server + + # -- The number of server pods to run + replicas: 2 + + ## Argo CD server Horizontal Pod Autoscaler + autoscaling: + # -- Enable Horizontal Pod Autoscaler ([HPA]) for the Argo CD server + enabled: false + # -- Minimum number of replicas for the Argo CD server [HPA] + minReplicas: 1 + # -- Maximum number of replicas for the Argo CD server [HPA] + maxReplicas: 5 + # -- Average CPU utilization percentage for the Argo CD server [HPA] + targetCPUUtilizationPercentage: 50 + # -- Average memory utilization percentage for the Argo CD server [HPA] + targetMemoryUtilizationPercentage: 50 + # -- Configures the scaling behavior of the target in both Up and Down directions. + behavior: {} + # scaleDown: + # stabilizationWindowSeconds: 300 + # policies: + # - type: Pods + # value: 1 + # periodSeconds: 180 + # scaleUp: + # stabilizationWindowSeconds: 300 + # policies: + # - type: Pods + # value: 2 + # periodSeconds: 60 + # -- Configures custom HPA metrics for the Argo CD server + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/horizontal-pod-autoscale/ + metrics: [] + + ## Argo CD server Pod Disruption Budget + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/configure-pdb/ + pdb: + # -- Deploy a [PodDisruptionBudget] for the Argo CD server + enabled: false + # -- Labels to be added to Argo CD server pdb + labels: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to Argo CD server pdb + annotations: {} + # -- Number of pods that are available after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%) + # @default -- `""` (defaults to 0 if not specified) + minAvailable: "" + # -- Number of pods that are unavailable after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%). + ## Has higher precedence over `server.pdb.minAvailable` + maxUnavailable: "" + + ## Argo CD server image + image: + # -- Repository to use for the Argo CD server + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.repository) + repository: "" # defaults to global.image.repository + # -- Tag to use for the Argo CD server + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.tag) + tag: "" # defaults to global.image.tag + # -- Image pull policy for the Argo CD server + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.imagePullPolicy) + imagePullPolicy: "" # IfNotPresent + + # -- Secrets with credentials to pull images from a private registry + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.imagePullSecrets) + imagePullSecrets: [] + + # -- Additional command line arguments to pass to Argo CD server + extraArgs: [] + + # -- Environment variables to pass to Argo CD server + env: [] + + # -- envFrom to pass to Argo CD server + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + envFrom: [] + # - configMapRef: + # name: config-map-name + # - secretRef: + # name: secret-name + + # -- Specify postStart and preStop lifecycle hooks for your argo-cd-server container + lifecycle: {} + + ## Argo CD extensions + ## This function in tech preview stage, do expect instability or breaking changes in newer versions. + ## Ref: https://github.com/argoproj-labs/argocd-extension-installer + ## When you enable extensions, you need to configure RBAC of logged in Argo CD user. + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/rbac/#the-extensions-resource + extensions: + # -- Enable support for Argo CD extensions + enabled: false + + ## Argo CD extension installer image + image: + # -- Repository to use for extension installer image + repository: "quay.io/argoprojlabs/argocd-extension-installer" + # -- Tag to use for extension installer image + tag: "v0.0.1" + # -- Image pull policy for extensions + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.imagePullPolicy) + imagePullPolicy: "" + + # -- Extensions for Argo CD + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + ## Ref: https://github.com/argoproj-labs/argocd-extension-metrics#install-ui-extension + extensionList: [] + # - name: extension-metrics + # env: + # - name: EXTENSION_URL + # value: https://github.com/argoproj-labs/argocd-extension-metrics/releases/download/v1.0.0/extension.tar.gz + # - name: EXTENSION_CHECKSUM_URL + # value: https://github.com/argoproj-labs/argocd-extension-metrics/releases/download/v1.0.0/extension_checksums.txt + + # -- Server UI extensions container-level security context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + containerSecurityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + runAsUser: 1000 + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + # -- Resource limits and requests for the argocd-extensions container + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 50m + # memory: 128Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 10m + # memory: 64Mi + + # -- Additional containers to be added to the server pod + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + extraContainers: [] + # - name: my-sidecar + # image: nginx:latest + # - name: lemonldap-ng-controller + # image: lemonldapng/lemonldap-ng-controller:0.2.0 + # args: + # - /lemonldap-ng-controller + # - --alsologtostderr + # - --configmap=$(POD_NAMESPACE)/lemonldap-ng-configuration + # env: + # - name: POD_NAME + # valueFrom: + # fieldRef: + # fieldPath: metadata.name + # - name: POD_NAMESPACE + # valueFrom: + # fieldRef: + # fieldPath: metadata.namespace + # volumeMounts: + # - name: copy-portal-skins + # mountPath: /srv/var/lib/lemonldap-ng/portal/skins + + # -- Init containers to add to the server pod + ## If your target Kubernetes cluster(s) require a custom credential (exec) plugin + ## you could use this (and the same in the application controller pod) to provide such executable + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/authentication/#client-go-credential-plugins + initContainers: [] + # - name: download-tools + # image: alpine:3 + # command: [sh, -c] + # args: + # - wget -qO kubelogin.zip https://github.com/Azure/kubelogin/releases/download/v0.0.25/kubelogin-linux-amd64.zip && + # unzip kubelogin.zip && mv bin/linux_amd64/kubelogin /custom-tools/ + # volumeMounts: + # - mountPath: /custom-tools + # name: custom-tools + + # -- Additional volumeMounts to the server main container + volumeMounts: [] + # - mountPath: /usr/local/bin/kubelogin + # name: custom-tools + # subPath: kubelogin + + # -- Additional volumes to the server pod + volumes: [] + # - name: custom-tools + # emptyDir: {} + + # -- Annotations to be added to server Deployment + deploymentAnnotations: {} + + # -- Annotations to be added to server pods + podAnnotations: {} + + # -- Labels to be added to server pods + podLabels: {} + + # -- Resource limits and requests for the Argo CD server + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 128Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 50m + # memory: 64Mi + + # Server container ports + containerPorts: + # -- Server container port + server: 8080 + # -- Metrics container port + metrics: 8083 + + # -- Host Network for Server pods + hostNetwork: false + + # -- [DNS configuration] + dnsConfig: {} + # -- Alternative DNS policy for Server pods + dnsPolicy: "ClusterFirst" + + # -- Server container-level security context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + containerSecurityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + ## Readiness and liveness probes for default backend + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/configure-liveness-readiness-probes/ + readinessProbe: + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 3 + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 10 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 1 + + livenessProbe: + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 3 + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 10 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 1 + + # -- terminationGracePeriodSeconds for container lifecycle hook + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 30 + + # -- Priority class for the Argo CD server pods + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.priorityClassName) + priorityClassName: "" + + # -- [Node selector] + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.nodeSelector) + nodeSelector: {} + + # -- [Tolerations] for use with node taints + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.tolerations) + tolerations: [] + + # -- Assign custom [affinity] rules to the deployment + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.affinity preset) + affinity: {} + + # -- Assign custom [TopologySpreadConstraints] rules to the Argo CD server + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.topologySpreadConstraints) + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + ## If labelSelector is left out, it will default to the labelSelector configuration of the deployment + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- Deployment strategy to be added to the server Deployment + deploymentStrategy: {} + # type: RollingUpdate + # rollingUpdate: + # maxSurge: 25% + # maxUnavailable: 25% + + # TLS certificate configuration via cert-manager + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/tls/#tls-certificates-used-by-argocd-server + certificate: + # -- Deploy a Certificate resource (requires cert-manager) + enabled: false + # -- The name of the Secret that will be automatically created and managed by this Certificate resource + secretName: argocd-server-tls + # -- Certificate primary domain (commonName) + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.domain) + domain: "" + # -- Certificate Subject Alternate Names (SANs) + additionalHosts: [] + # -- The requested 'duration' (i.e. lifetime) of the certificate. + # @default -- `""` (defaults to 2160h = 90d if not specified) + ## Ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/usage/certificate/#renewal + duration: "" + # -- How long before the expiry a certificate should be renewed. + # @default -- `""` (defaults to 360h = 15d if not specified) + ## Ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/usage/certificate/#renewal + renewBefore: "" + # Certificate issuer + ## Ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/concepts/issuer + issuer: + # -- Certificate issuer group. Set if using an external issuer. Eg. `cert-manager.io` + group: "" + # -- Certificate issuer kind. Either `Issuer` or `ClusterIssuer` + kind: "" + # -- Certificate issuer name. Eg. `letsencrypt` + name: "" + # Private key of the certificate + privateKey: + # -- Rotation policy of private key when certificate is re-issued. Either: `Never` or `Always` + rotationPolicy: Never + # -- The private key cryptography standards (PKCS) encoding for private key. Either: `PCKS1` or `PKCS8` + encoding: PKCS1 + # -- Algorithm used to generate certificate private key. One of: `RSA`, `Ed25519` or `ECDSA` + algorithm: RSA + # -- Key bit size of the private key. If algorithm is set to `Ed25519`, size is ignored. + size: 2048 + # -- Annotations to be applied to the Server Certificate + annotations: {} + # -- Usages for the certificate + ### Ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/reference/api-docs/#cert-manager.io/v1.KeyUsage + usages: [] + + # TLS certificate configuration via Secret + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/tls/#tls-certificates-used-by-argocd-server + certificateSecret: + # -- Create argocd-server-tls secret + enabled: false + # -- Annotations to be added to argocd-server-tls secret + annotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to argocd-server-tls secret + labels: {} + # -- Private Key of the certificate + key: '' + # -- Certificate data + crt: '' + + ## Server service configuration + service: + # -- Server service annotations + annotations: {} + # -- Server service labels + labels: {} + # -- Server service type + type: ClusterIP + # -- Server service http port for NodePort service type (only if `server.service.type` is set to "NodePort") + nodePortHttp: 30080 + # -- Server service https port for NodePort service type (only if `server.service.type` is set to "NodePort") + nodePortHttps: 30443 + # -- Server service http port + servicePortHttp: 80 + # -- Server service https port + servicePortHttps: 443 + # -- Server service http port name, can be used to route traffic via istio + servicePortHttpName: http + # -- Server service https port name, can be used to route traffic via istio + servicePortHttpsName: https + # -- Server service https port appProtocol. (should be upper case - i.e. HTTPS) + # servicePortHttpsAppProtocol: HTTPS + # -- LoadBalancer will get created with the IP specified in this field + loadBalancerIP: "" + # -- Source IP ranges to allow access to service from + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + # -- Server service external IPs + externalIPs: [] + # -- Denotes if this Service desires to route external traffic to node-local or cluster-wide endpoints + externalTrafficPolicy: "" + # -- Used to maintain session affinity. Supports `ClientIP` and `None` + sessionAffinity: "" + + ## Server metrics service configuration + metrics: + # -- Deploy metrics service + enabled: false + service: + # -- Metrics service type + type: ClusterIP + # -- Metrics service clusterIP. `None` makes a "headless service" (no virtual IP) + clusterIP: "" + # -- Metrics service annotations + annotations: {} + # -- Metrics service labels + labels: {} + # -- Metrics service port + servicePort: 8083 + # -- Metrics service port name + portName: http-metrics + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable a prometheus ServiceMonitor + enabled: false + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor interval + interval: 30s + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor scrapeTimeout. If empty, Prometheus uses the global scrape timeout unless it is less than the target's scrape interval value in which the latter is used. + scrapeTimeout: "" + # -- Prometheus [RelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before scraping + relabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus [MetricRelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before ingestion + metricRelabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor selector + selector: {} + # prometheus: kube-prometheus + + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor scheme + scheme: "" + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor tlsConfig + tlsConfig: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor namespace + namespace: "" # monitoring + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor labels + additionalLabels: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor annotations + annotations: {} + + serviceAccount: + # -- Create server service account + create: true + # -- Server service account name + name: argocd-server + # -- Annotations applied to created service account + annotations: {} + # -- Labels applied to created service account + labels: {} + # -- Automount API credentials for the Service Account + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + # Argo CD server ingress configuration + ingress: + # -- Enable an ingress resource for the Argo CD server + enabled: false + # -- Specific implementation for ingress controller. One of `generic`, `aws` or `gke` + ## Additional configuration might be required in related configuration sections + controller: generic + # -- Additional ingress labels + labels: {} + # -- Additional ingress annotations + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/ingress/#option-1-ssl-passthrough + annotations: {} + # external-dns.alpha.kubernetes.io/target: inspection.alpha.canada.ca + # nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/force-ssl-redirect: "true" + # cert-manager.io/cluster-issuer: letsencrypt-prod + # kubernetes.io/tls-acme: "true" + + # -- Defines which ingress controller will implement the resource + ingressClassName: nginx + + # -- Argo CD server hostname + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.domain) + hostname: "" + + # -- The path to Argo CD server + path: / + + # -- Ingress path type. One of `Exact`, `Prefix` or `ImplementationSpecific` + pathType: Prefix + + # -- Enable TLS configuration for the hostname defined at `server.ingress.hostname` + ## TLS certificate will be retrieved from a TLS secret `argocd-server-tls` + ## You can create this secret via `certificate` or `certificateSecret` option + tls: true + + # -- The list of additional hostnames to be covered by ingress record + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraHosts: [] + # - name: argocd.example.com + # path: / + + # -- Additional ingress paths + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraPaths: [] + # - path: /* + # pathType: Prefix + # backend: + # service: + # name: ssl-redirect + # port: + # name: use-annotation + + # -- Additional ingress rules + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraRules: [] + # - host: example.example.com + # http: + # path: / + # backend: + # service: + # name: example-svc + # port: + # name: http + + # -- Additional TLS configuration + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraTls: [] + # - hosts: + # - argocd.example.com + # secretName: your-certificate-name + + # AWS specific options for Application Load Balancer + # Applies only when `serv.ingress.controller` is set to `aws` + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/ingress/#aws-application-load-balancers-albs-and-classic-elb-http-mode + aws: + # -- Backend protocol version for the AWS ALB gRPC service + ## This tells AWS to send traffic from the ALB using HTTP2. Can use gRPC as well if you want to leverage gRPC specific features + backendProtocolVersion: HTTP2 + # -- Service type for the AWS ALB gRPC service + ## Can be of type NodePort or ClusterIP depending on which mode you are running. + ## Instance mode needs type NodePort, IP mode needs type ClusterIP + ## Ref: https://kubernetes-sigs.github.io/aws-load-balancer-controller/v2.2/how-it-works/#ingress-traffic + serviceType: NodePort + + # Google specific options for Google Application Load Balancer + # Applies only when `server.ingress.controller` is set to `gke` + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/ingress/#google-cloud-load-balancers-with-kubernetes-ingress + gke: + # -- Google [BackendConfig] resource, for use with the GKE Ingress Controller + # @default -- `{}` (See [values.yaml]) + ## Ref: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ingress-features#configuring_ingress_features_through_frontendconfig_parameters + backendConfig: {} + # iap: + # enabled: true + # oauthclientCredentials: + # secretName: argocd-secret + + # -- Google [FrontendConfig] resource, for use with the GKE Ingress Controller + # @default -- `{}` (See [values.yaml]) + ## Ref: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ingress-features#configuring_ingress_features_through_frontendconfig_parameters + frontendConfig: {} + # redirectToHttps: + # enabled: true + # responseCodeName: RESPONSE_CODE + + # Managed GKE certificate for ingress hostname + managedCertificate: + # -- Create ManagedCertificate resource and annotations for Google Load balancer + ## Ref: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/managed-certs + create: true + # -- Additional domains for ManagedCertificate resource + extraDomains: [] + # - argocd.example.com + + # Dedicated gRPC ingress for ingress controllers that supports only single backend protocol per Ingress resource + # Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/ingress/#option-2-multiple-ingress-objects-and-hosts + ingressGrpc: + # -- Enable an ingress resource for the Argo CD server for dedicated [gRPC-ingress] + enabled: false + # -- Additional ingress annotations for dedicated [gRPC-ingress] + annotations: {} + # -- Additional ingress labels for dedicated [gRPC-ingress] + labels: {} + # -- Defines which ingress controller will implement the resource [gRPC-ingress] + ingressClassName: "" + + # -- Argo CD server hostname for dedicated [gRPC-ingress] + # @default -- `""` (defaults to grpc.`server.ingress.hostname`) + hostname: "" + + # -- Argo CD server ingress path for dedicated [gRPC-ingress] + path: / + + # -- Ingress path type for dedicated [gRPC-ingress]. One of `Exact`, `Prefix` or `ImplementationSpecific` + pathType: Prefix + + # -- Enable TLS configuration for the hostname defined at `server.ingressGrpc.hostname` + ## TLS certificate will be retrieved from a TLS secret with name: `argocd-server-grpc-tls` + tls: false + + # -- The list of additional hostnames to be covered by ingress record + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraHosts: [] + # - name: grpc.argocd.example.com + # path: / + + # -- Additional ingress paths for dedicated [gRPC-ingress] + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraPaths: [] + # - path: /* + # pathType: Prefix + # backend: + # service: + # name: ssl-redirect + # port: + # name: use-annotation + + # -- Additional ingress rules + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraRules: [] + # - host: example.example.com + # http: + # path: / + # backend: + # service: + # name: example-svc + # port: + # name: http + + # -- Additional TLS configuration for dedicated [gRPC-ingress] + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraTls: [] + # - secretName: your-certificate-name + # hosts: + # - argocd.example.com + + # Create a OpenShift Route with SSL passthrough for UI and CLI + # Consider setting 'hostname' e.g. https://argocd.apps-crc.testing/ using your Default Ingress Controller Domain + # Find your domain with: kubectl describe --namespace=openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontroller/default | grep Domain: + # If 'hostname' is an empty string "" OpenShift will create a hostname for you. + route: + # -- Enable an OpenShift Route for the Argo CD server + enabled: false + # -- Openshift Route annotations + annotations: {} + # -- Hostname of OpenShift Route + hostname: "" + # -- Termination type of Openshift Route + termination_type: passthrough + # -- Termination policy of Openshift Route + termination_policy: None + +## Repo Server +repoServer: + # -- Repo server name + name: repo-server + + # -- The number of repo server pods to run + replicas: 2 + + ## Repo server Horizontal Pod Autoscaler + autoscaling: + # -- Enable Horizontal Pod Autoscaler ([HPA]) for the repo server + enabled: false + # -- Minimum number of replicas for the repo server [HPA] + minReplicas: 1 + # -- Maximum number of replicas for the repo server [HPA] + maxReplicas: 5 + # -- Average CPU utilization percentage for the repo server [HPA] + targetCPUUtilizationPercentage: 50 + # -- Average memory utilization percentage for the repo server [HPA] + targetMemoryUtilizationPercentage: 50 + # -- Configures the scaling behavior of the target in both Up and Down directions. + behavior: {} + # scaleDown: + # stabilizationWindowSeconds: 300 + # policies: + # - type: Pods + # value: 1 + # periodSeconds: 180 + # scaleUp: + # stabilizationWindowSeconds: 300 + # policies: + # - type: Pods + # value: 2 + # periodSeconds: 60 + # -- Configures custom HPA metrics for the Argo CD repo server + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/horizontal-pod-autoscale/ + metrics: [] + + ## Repo server Pod Disruption Budget + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/configure-pdb/ + pdb: + # -- Deploy a [PodDisruptionBudget] for the repo server + enabled: false + # -- Labels to be added to repo server pdb + labels: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to repo server pdb + annotations: {} + # -- Number of pods that are available after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%) + # @default -- `""` (defaults to 0 if not specified) + minAvailable: "" + # -- Number of pods that are unavailable after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%). + ## Has higher precedence over `repoServer.pdb.minAvailable` + maxUnavailable: "" + + ## Repo server image + image: + # -- Repository to use for the repo server + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.repository) + repository: "" + # -- Tag to use for the repo server + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.tag) + tag: "" + # -- Image pull policy for the repo server + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.imagePullPolicy) + imagePullPolicy: "" + + # -- Secrets with credentials to pull images from a private registry + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.imagePullSecrets) + imagePullSecrets: [] + + # -- Additional command line arguments to pass to repo server + extraArgs: [] + + # -- Environment variables to pass to repo server + env: [] + + # -- envFrom to pass to repo server + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + envFrom: [] + # - configMapRef: + # name: config-map-name + # - secretRef: + # name: secret-name + + # -- Specify postStart and preStop lifecycle hooks for your argo-repo-server container + lifecycle: {} + + # -- Additional containers to be added to the repo server pod + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/user-guide/config-management-plugins/ + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + extraContainers: [] + # - name: cmp-my-plugin + # command: + # - "/var/run/argocd/argocd-cmp-server" + # image: busybox + # securityContext: + # runAsNonRoot: true + # runAsUser: 999 + # volumeMounts: + # - mountPath: /var/run/argocd + # name: var-files + # - mountPath: /home/argocd/cmp-server/plugins + # name: plugins + # # Remove this volumeMount if you've chosen to bake the config file into the sidecar image. + # - mountPath: /home/argocd/cmp-server/config/plugin.yaml + # subPath: my-plugin.yaml + # name: argocd-cmp-cm + # # Starting with v2.4, do NOT mount the same tmp volume as the repo-server container. The filesystem separation helps + # # mitigate path traversal attacks. + # - mountPath: /tmp + # name: cmp-tmp + # - name: cmp-my-plugin2 + # command: + # - "/var/run/argocd/argocd-cmp-server" + # image: busybox + # securityContext: + # runAsNonRoot: true + # runAsUser: 999 + # volumeMounts: + # - mountPath: /var/run/argocd + # name: var-files + # # Remove this volumeMount if you've chosen to bake the config file into the sidecar image. + # - mountPath: /home/argocd/cmp-server/plugins + # name: plugins + # - mountPath: /home/argocd/cmp-server/config/plugin.yaml + # subPath: my-plugin2.yaml + # name: argocd-cmp-cm + # # Starting with v2.4, do NOT mount the same tmp volume as the repo-server container. The filesystem separation helps + # # mitigate path traversal attacks. + # - mountPath: /tmp + # name: cmp-tmp + + # -- Init containers to add to the repo server pods + initContainers: [] + + # -- Additional volumeMounts to the repo server main container + volumeMounts: [] + + # -- Additional volumes to the repo server pod + volumes: [] + # - name: argocd-cmp-cm + # configMap: + # name: argocd-cmp-cm + # - name: cmp-tmp + # emptyDir: {} + + # -- Volumes to be used in replacement of emptydir on default volumes + existingVolumes: {} + # gpgKeyring: + # persistentVolumeClaim: + # claimName: pvc-argocd-repo-server-keyring + # helmWorkingDir: + # persistentVolumeClaim: + # claimName: pvc-argocd-repo-server-workdir + # tmp: + # persistentVolumeClaim: + # claimName: pvc-argocd-repo-server-tmp + # varFiles: + # persistentVolumeClaim: + # claimName: pvc-argocd-repo-server-varfiles + # plugins: + # persistentVolumeClaim: + # claimName: pvc-argocd-repo-server-plugins + + # -- Toggle the usage of a ephemeral Helm working directory + useEphemeralHelmWorkingDir: true + + # -- Annotations to be added to repo server Deployment + deploymentAnnotations: {} + + # -- Annotations to be added to repo server pods + podAnnotations: {} + + # -- Labels to be added to repo server pods + podLabels: {} + + # -- Resource limits and requests for the repo server pods + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 50m + # memory: 128Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 10m + # memory: 64Mi + + # Repo server container ports + containerPorts: + # -- Repo server container port + server: 8081 + # -- Metrics container port + metrics: 8084 + + # -- Host Network for Repo server pods + hostNetwork: false + + # -- [DNS configuration] + dnsConfig: {} + # -- Alternative DNS policy for Repo server pods + dnsPolicy: "ClusterFirst" + + # -- Repo server container-level security context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + containerSecurityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + ## Readiness and liveness probes for default backend + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/configure-liveness-readiness-probes/ + readinessProbe: + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 3 + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 10 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 1 + + livenessProbe: + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 3 + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 10 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 1 + + # -- terminationGracePeriodSeconds for container lifecycle hook + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 30 + + # -- [Node selector] + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.nodeSelector) + nodeSelector: {} + + # -- [Tolerations] for use with node taints + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.tolerations) + tolerations: [] + + # -- Assign custom [affinity] rules to the deployment + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.affinity preset) + affinity: {} + + # -- Assign custom [TopologySpreadConstraints] rules to the repo server + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.topologySpreadConstraints) + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + ## If labelSelector is left out, it will default to the labelSelector configuration of the deployment + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- Deployment strategy to be added to the repo server Deployment + deploymentStrategy: {} + # type: RollingUpdate + # rollingUpdate: + # maxSurge: 25% + # maxUnavailable: 25% + + # -- Priority class for the repo server pods + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.priorityClassName) + priorityClassName: "" + + # TLS certificate configuration via Secret + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/tls/#configuring-tls-to-argocd-repo-server + ## Note: Issuing certificates via cert-manager in not supported right now because it's not possible to restart repo server automatically without extra controllers. + certificateSecret: + # -- Create argocd-repo-server-tls secret + enabled: false + # -- Annotations to be added to argocd-repo-server-tls secret + annotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to argocd-repo-server-tls secret + labels: {} + # -- Certificate authority. Required for self-signed certificates. + ca: '' + # -- Certificate private key + key: '' + # -- Certificate data. Must contain SANs of Repo service (ie: argocd-repo-server, argocd-repo-server.argo-cd.svc) + crt: '' + + ## Repo server service configuration + service: + # -- Repo server service annotations + annotations: {} + # -- Repo server service labels + labels: {} + # -- Repo server service port + port: 8081 + # -- Repo server service port name + portName: tcp-repo-server + + ## Repo server metrics service configuration + metrics: + # -- Deploy metrics service + enabled: false + service: + # -- Metrics service type + type: ClusterIP + # -- Metrics service clusterIP. `None` makes a "headless service" (no virtual IP) + clusterIP: "" + # -- Metrics service annotations + annotations: {} + # -- Metrics service labels + labels: {} + # -- Metrics service port + servicePort: 8084 + # -- Metrics service port name + portName: http-metrics + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable a prometheus ServiceMonitor + enabled: false + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor interval + interval: 30s + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor scrapeTimeout. If empty, Prometheus uses the global scrape timeout unless it is less than the target's scrape interval value in which the latter is used. + scrapeTimeout: "" + # -- Prometheus [RelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before scraping + relabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus [MetricRelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before ingestion + metricRelabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor selector + selector: {} + # prometheus: kube-prometheus + + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor scheme + scheme: "" + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor tlsConfig + tlsConfig: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor namespace + namespace: "" # "monitoring" + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor labels + additionalLabels: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor annotations + annotations: {} + + ## Enable Custom Rules for the Repo server's Cluster Role resource + ## Enable this and set the rules: to whatever custom rules you want for the Cluster Role resource. + ## Defaults to off + clusterRoleRules: + # -- Enable custom rules for the Repo server's Cluster Role resource + enabled: false + # -- List of custom rules for the Repo server's Cluster Role resource + rules: [] + + ## Repo server service account + ## If create is set to true, make sure to uncomment the name and update the rbac section below + serviceAccount: + # -- Create repo server service account + create: true + # -- Repo server service account name + name: "" # "argocd-repo-server" + # -- Annotations applied to created service account + annotations: {} + # -- Labels applied to created service account + labels: {} + # -- Automount API credentials for the Service Account + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + # -- Repo server rbac rules + rbac: [] + # - apiGroups: + # - argoproj.io + # resources: + # - applications + # verbs: + # - get + # - list + # - watch + +## ApplicationSet controller +applicationSet: + # -- Enable ApplicationSet controller + enabled: true + + # -- ApplicationSet controller name string + name: applicationset-controller + + # -- The number of ApplicationSet controller pods to run + replicas: 2 + + ## ApplicationSet controller Pod Disruption Budget + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/configure-pdb/ + pdb: + # -- Deploy a [PodDisruptionBudget] for the ApplicationSet controller + enabled: false + # -- Labels to be added to ApplicationSet controller pdb + labels: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to ApplicationSet controller pdb + annotations: {} + # -- Number of pods that are available after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%) + # @default -- `""` (defaults to 0 if not specified) + minAvailable: "" + # -- Number of pods that are unavailable after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%). + ## Has higher precedence over `applicationSet.pdb.minAvailable` + maxUnavailable: "" + + ## ApplicationSet controller image + image: + # -- Repository to use for the ApplicationSet controller + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.repository) + repository: "" + # -- Tag to use for the ApplicationSet controller + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.tag) + tag: "" + # -- Image pull policy for the ApplicationSet controller + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.imagePullPolicy) + imagePullPolicy: "" + + # -- If defined, uses a Secret to pull an image from a private Docker registry or repository. + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.imagePullSecrets) + imagePullSecrets: [] + + # -- ApplicationSet controller command line flags + extraArgs: [] + + # -- Environment variables to pass to the ApplicationSet controller + extraEnv: [] + # - name: "MY_VAR" + # value: "value" + + # -- envFrom to pass to the ApplicationSet controller + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraEnvFrom: [] + # - configMapRef: + # name: config-map-name + # - secretRef: + # name: secret-name + + # -- Additional containers to be added to the ApplicationSet controller pod + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + extraContainers: [] + + # -- Init containers to add to the ApplicationSet controller pod + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + initContainers: [] + + # -- List of extra mounts to add (normally used with extraVolumes) + extraVolumeMounts: [] + + # -- List of extra volumes to add + extraVolumes: [] + + ## Metrics service configuration + metrics: + # -- Deploy metrics service + enabled: false + service: + # -- Metrics service type + type: ClusterIP + # -- Metrics service clusterIP. `None` makes a "headless service" (no virtual IP) + clusterIP: "" + # -- Metrics service annotations + annotations: {} + # -- Metrics service labels + labels: {} + # -- Metrics service port + servicePort: 8080 + # -- Metrics service port name + portName: http-metrics + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable a prometheus ServiceMonitor + enabled: false + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor interval + interval: 30s + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor scrapeTimeout. If empty, Prometheus uses the global scrape timeout unless it is less than the target's scrape interval value in which the latter is used. + scrapeTimeout: "" + # -- Prometheus [RelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before scraping + relabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus [MetricRelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before ingestion + metricRelabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor selector + selector: {} + # prometheus: kube-prometheus + + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor scheme + scheme: "" + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor tlsConfig + tlsConfig: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor namespace + namespace: "" # monitoring + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor labels + additionalLabels: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor annotations + annotations: {} + + ## ApplicationSet service configuration + service: + # -- ApplicationSet service annotations + annotations: {} + # -- ApplicationSet service labels + labels: {} + # -- ApplicationSet service type + type: ClusterIP + # -- ApplicationSet service port + port: 7000 + # -- ApplicationSet service port name + portName: http-webhook + + serviceAccount: + # -- Create ApplicationSet controller service account + create: true + # -- ApplicationSet controller service account name + name: argocd-applicationset-controller + # -- Annotations applied to created service account + annotations: {} + # -- Labels applied to created service account + labels: {} + # -- Automount API credentials for the Service Account + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + # -- Annotations to be added to ApplicationSet controller Deployment + deploymentAnnotations: {} + + # -- Annotations for the ApplicationSet controller pods + podAnnotations: {} + + # -- Labels for the ApplicationSet controller pods + podLabels: {} + + # -- Resource limits and requests for the ApplicationSet controller pods. + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 128Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 128Mi + + # ApplicationSet controller container ports + containerPorts: + # -- Metrics container port + metrics: 8080 + # -- Probe container port + probe: 8081 + # -- Webhook container port + webhook: 7000 + + # -- [DNS configuration] + dnsConfig: {} + # -- Alternative DNS policy for ApplicationSet controller pods + dnsPolicy: "ClusterFirst" + + # -- ApplicationSet controller container-level security context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + containerSecurityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + ## Probes for ApplicationSet controller (optional) + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/configure-liveness-readiness-probes/ + readinessProbe: + # -- Enable Kubernetes liveness probe for ApplicationSet controller + enabled: false + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 10 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 1 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 3 + + livenessProbe: + # -- Enable Kubernetes liveness probe for ApplicationSet controller + enabled: false + # -- Number of seconds after the container has started before [probe] is initiated + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + # -- How often (in seconds) to perform the [probe] + periodSeconds: 10 + # -- Number of seconds after which the [probe] times out + timeoutSeconds: 1 + # -- Minimum consecutive successes for the [probe] to be considered successful after having failed + successThreshold: 1 + # -- Minimum consecutive failures for the [probe] to be considered failed after having succeeded + failureThreshold: 3 + + # -- terminationGracePeriodSeconds for container lifecycle hook + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 30 + + # -- [Node selector] + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.nodeSelector) + nodeSelector: {} + + # -- [Tolerations] for use with node taints + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.tolerations) + tolerations: [] + + # -- Assign custom [affinity] rules + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.affinity preset) + affinity: {} + + # -- Assign custom [TopologySpreadConstraints] rules to the ApplicationSet controller + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.topologySpreadConstraints) + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + ## If labelSelector is left out, it will default to the labelSelector configuration of the deployment + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- Deployment strategy to be added to the ApplicationSet controller Deployment + deploymentStrategy: {} + # type: RollingUpdate + # rollingUpdate: + # maxSurge: 25% + # maxUnavailable: 25% + + # -- Priority class for the ApplicationSet controller pods + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.priorityClassName) + priorityClassName: "" + + # TLS certificate configuration via cert-manager + ## Ref: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/tls/#tls-configuration + certificate: + # -- Deploy a Certificate resource (requires cert-manager) + enabled: false + # -- The name of the Secret that will be automatically created and managed by this Certificate resource + secretName: argocd-applicationset-controller-tls + # -- Certificate primary domain (commonName) + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.domain) + domain: "" + # -- Certificate Subject Alternate Names (SANs) + additionalHosts: [] + # -- The requested 'duration' (i.e. lifetime) of the certificate. + # @default -- `""` (defaults to 2160h = 90d if not specified) + ## Ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/usage/certificate/#renewal + duration: "" + # -- How long before the expiry a certificate should be renewed. + # @default -- `""` (defaults to 360h = 15d if not specified) + ## Ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/usage/certificate/#renewal + renewBefore: "" + # Certificate issuer + ## Ref: https://cert-manager.io/docs/concepts/issuer + issuer: + # -- Certificate issuer group. Set if using an external issuer. Eg. `cert-manager.io` + group: "" + # -- Certificate issuer kind. Either `Issuer` or `ClusterIssuer` + kind: "" + # -- Certificate issuer name. Eg. `letsencrypt` + name: "" + # Private key of the certificate + privateKey: + # -- Rotation policy of private key when certificate is re-issued. Either: `Never` or `Always` + rotationPolicy: Never + # -- The private key cryptography standards (PKCS) encoding for private key. Either: `PCKS1` or `PKCS8` + encoding: PKCS1 + # -- Algorithm used to generate certificate private key. One of: `RSA`, `Ed25519` or `ECDSA` + algorithm: RSA + # -- Key bit size of the private key. If algorithm is set to `Ed25519`, size is ignored. + size: 2048 + # -- Annotations to be applied to the ApplicationSet Certificate + annotations: {} + + ## Ingress for the Git Generator webhook + ## Ref: https://argocd-applicationset.readthedocs.io/en/master/Generators-Git/#webhook-configuration) + ingress: + # -- Enable an ingress resource for ApplicationSet webhook + enabled: false + # -- Additional ingress labels + labels: {} + # -- Additional ingress annotations + annotations: {} + + # -- Defines which ingress ApplicationSet controller will implement the resource + ingressClassName: "" + + # -- Argo CD ApplicationSet hostname + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.domain) + hostname: "" + + # -- List of ingress paths + path: /api/webhook + + # -- Ingress path type. One of `Exact`, `Prefix` or `ImplementationSpecific` + pathType: Prefix + + # -- Enable TLS configuration for the hostname defined at `applicationSet.webhook.ingress.hostname` + ## TLS certificate will be retrieved from a TLS secret with name:`argocd-applicationset-controller-tls` + tls: false + + # -- The list of additional hostnames to be covered by ingress record + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraHosts: [] + # - name: argocd.example.com + # path: / + + # -- Additional ingress paths + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraPaths: [] + # - path: /* + # pathType: Prefix + # backend: + # service: + # name: ssl-redirect + # port: + # name: use-annotation + + # -- Additional ingress rules + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraRules: [] + # - host: example.example.com + # http: + # path: / + # backend: + # service: + # name: example-svc + # port: + # name: http + + # -- Additional ingress TLS configuration + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraTls: [] + # - secretName: argocd-applicationset-tls + # hosts: + # - argocd-applicationset.example.com + +## Notifications controller +notifications: + # -- Enable notifications controller + enabled: true + + # -- Notifications controller name string + name: notifications-controller + + # -- Argo CD dashboard url; used in place of {{.context.argocdUrl}} in templates + # @default -- `""` (defaults to https://`global.domain`) + argocdUrl: "" + + ## Notifications controller Pod Disruption Budget + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/configure-pdb/ + pdb: + # -- Deploy a [PodDisruptionBudget] for the notifications controller + enabled: false + # -- Labels to be added to notifications controller pdb + labels: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to notifications controller pdb + annotations: {} + # -- Number of pods that are available after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%) + # @default -- `""` (defaults to 0 if not specified) + minAvailable: "" + # -- Number of pods that are unavailable after eviction as number or percentage (eg.: 50%). + ## Has higher precedence over `notifications.pdb.minAvailable` + maxUnavailable: "" + + ## Notifications controller image + image: + # -- Repository to use for the notifications controller + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.repository) + repository: "" + # -- Tag to use for the notifications controller + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.tag) + tag: "" + # -- Image pull policy for the notifications controller + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.image.imagePullPolicy) + imagePullPolicy: "" + + # -- Secrets with credentials to pull images from a private registry + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.imagePullSecrets) + imagePullSecrets: [] + + # -- Notifications controller log format. Either `text` or `json` + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.logging.format) + logFormat: "" + # -- Notifications controller log level. One of: `debug`, `info`, `warn`, `error` + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.logging.level) + logLevel: "" + + # -- Extra arguments to provide to the notifications controller + extraArgs: [] + + # -- Additional container environment variables + extraEnv: [] + + # -- envFrom to pass to the notifications controller + # @default -- `[]` (See [values.yaml]) + extraEnvFrom: [] + # - configMapRef: + # name: config-map-name + # - secretRef: + # name: secret-name + + # -- Additional containers to be added to the notifications controller pod + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + extraContainers: [] + + # -- Init containers to add to the notifications controller pod + ## Note: Supports use of custom Helm templates + initContainers: [] + + # -- List of extra mounts to add (normally used with extraVolumes) + extraVolumeMounts: [] + + # -- List of extra volumes to add + extraVolumes: [] + + # -- Define user-defined context + ## For more information: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/notifications/templates/#defining-user-defined-context + context: {} + # region: east + # environmentName: staging + + secret: + # -- Whether helm chart creates notifications controller secret + create: true + + # -- key:value pairs of annotations to be added to the secret + annotations: {} + + # -- key:value pairs of labels to be added to the secret + labels: {} + + # -- Generic key:value pairs to be inserted into the secret + ## Can be used for templates, notification services etc. Some examples given below. + ## For more information: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/notifications/services/overview/ + items: {} + # slack-token: + # # For more information: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/notifications/services/slack/ + + # grafana-apiKey: + # # For more information: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/notifications/services/grafana/ + + # webhooks-github-token: + + # email-username: + # email-password: + # For more information: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/notifications/services/email/ + + metrics: + # -- Enables prometheus metrics server + enabled: false + # -- Metrics port + port: 9001 + service: + # -- Metrics service type + type: ClusterIP + # -- Metrics service clusterIP. `None` makes a "headless service" (no virtual IP) + clusterIP: "" + # -- Metrics service annotations + annotations: {} + # -- Metrics service labels + labels: {} + # -- Metrics service port name + portName: http-metrics + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable a prometheus ServiceMonitor + enabled: false + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor selector + selector: {} + # prometheus: kube-prometheus + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor labels + additionalLabels: {} + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor annotations + annotations: {} + # namespace: monitoring + # interval: 30s + # scrapeTimeout: 10s + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor scheme + scheme: "" + # -- Prometheus ServiceMonitor tlsConfig + tlsConfig: {} + # -- Prometheus [RelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before scraping + relabelings: [] + # -- Prometheus [MetricRelabelConfigs] to apply to samples before ingestion + metricRelabelings: [] + + # -- Configures notification services such as slack, email or custom webhook + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + ## For more information: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/notifications/services/overview/ + notifiers: {} + # service.slack: | + # token: $slack-token + + # -- Annotations to be applied to the notifications controller Deployment + deploymentAnnotations: {} + + # -- Annotations to be applied to the notifications controller Pods + podAnnotations: {} + + # -- Labels to be applied to the notifications controller Pods + podLabels: {} + + # -- Resource limits and requests for the notifications controller + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 128Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 128Mi + + # Notification controller container ports + containerPorts: + # -- Metrics container port + metrics: 9001 + + # -- [DNS configuration] + dnsConfig: {} + # -- Alternative DNS policy for notifications controller Pods + dnsPolicy: "ClusterFirst" + + # -- Notification controller container-level security Context + # @default -- See [values.yaml] + containerSecurityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + # -- terminationGracePeriodSeconds for container lifecycle hook + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 30 + + # -- [Node selector] + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.nodeSelector) + nodeSelector: {} + + # -- [Tolerations] for use with node taints + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.tolerations) + tolerations: [] + + # -- Assign custom [affinity] rules + # @default -- `{}` (defaults to global.affinity preset) + affinity: {} + + # -- Assign custom [TopologySpreadConstraints] rules to the application controller + # @default -- `[]` (defaults to global.topologySpreadConstraints) + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + ## If labelSelector is left out, it will default to the labelSelector configuration of the deployment + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- Deployment strategy to be added to the notifications controller Deployment + deploymentStrategy: + type: Recreate + + # -- Priority class for the notifications controller pods + # @default -- `""` (defaults to global.priorityClassName) + priorityClassName: "" + + serviceAccount: + # -- Create notifications controller service account + create: true + # -- Notification controller service account name + name: argocd-notifications-controller + # -- Annotations applied to created service account + annotations: {} + # -- Labels applied to created service account + labels: {} + # -- Automount API credentials for the Service Account + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + cm: + # -- Whether helm chart creates notifications controller config map + create: true + + ## Enable this and set the rules: to whatever custom rules you want for the Cluster Role resource. + ## Defaults to off + clusterRoleRules: + # -- List of custom rules for the notifications controller's ClusterRole resource + rules: [] + + # -- Contains centrally managed global application subscriptions + ## For more information: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/notifications/subscriptions/ + subscriptions: [] + # # subscription for on-sync-status-unknown trigger notifications + # - recipients: + # - slack:test2 + # - email:test@gmail.com + # triggers: + # - on-sync-status-unknown + # # subscription restricted to applications with matching labels only + # - recipients: + # - slack:test3 + # selector: test=true + # triggers: + # - on-sync-status-unknown + + # -- The notification template is used to generate the notification content + ## For more information: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/notifications/templates/ + templates: {} + # template.app-deployed: | + # email: + # subject: New version of an application {{.app.metadata.name}} is up and running. + # message: | + # {{if eq .serviceType "slack"}}:white_check_mark:{{end}} Application {{.app.metadata.name}} is now running new version of deployments manifests. + # slack: + # attachments: | + # [{ + # "title": "{{ .app.metadata.name}}", + # "title_link":"{{.context.argocdUrl}}/applications/{{.app.metadata.name}}", + # "color": "#18be52", + # "fields": [ + # { + # "title": "Sync Status", + # "value": "{{.app.status.sync.status}}", + # "short": true + # }, + # { + # "title": "Repository", + # "value": "{{.app.spec.source.repoURL}}", + # "short": true + # }, + # { + # "title": "Revision", + # "value": "{{.app.status.sync.revision}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{range $index, $c := .app.status.conditions}} + # {{if not $index}},{{end}} + # {{if $index}},{{end}} + # { + # "title": "{{$c.type}}", + # "value": "{{$c.message}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{end}} + # ] + # }] + # template.app-health-degraded: | + # email: + # subject: Application {{.app.metadata.name}} has degraded. + # message: | + # {{if eq .serviceType "slack"}}:exclamation:{{end}} Application {{.app.metadata.name}} has degraded. + # Application details: {{.context.argocdUrl}}/applications/{{.app.metadata.name}}. + # slack: + # attachments: |- + # [{ + # "title": "{{ .app.metadata.name}}", + # "title_link": "{{.context.argocdUrl}}/applications/{{.app.metadata.name}}", + # "color": "#f4c030", + # "fields": [ + # { + # "title": "Sync Status", + # "value": "{{.app.status.sync.status}}", + # "short": true + # }, + # { + # "title": "Repository", + # "value": "{{.app.spec.source.repoURL}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{range $index, $c := .app.status.conditions}} + # {{if not $index}},{{end}} + # {{if $index}},{{end}} + # { + # "title": "{{$c.type}}", + # "value": "{{$c.message}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{end}} + # ] + # }] + # template.app-sync-failed: | + # email: + # subject: Failed to sync application {{.app.metadata.name}}. + # message: | + # {{if eq .serviceType "slack"}}:exclamation:{{end}} The sync operation of application {{.app.metadata.name}} has failed at {{.app.status.operationState.finishedAt}} with the following error: {{.app.status.operationState.message}} + # Sync operation details are available at: {{.context.argocdUrl}}/applications/{{.app.metadata.name}}?operation=true . + # slack: + # attachments: |- + # [{ + # "title": "{{ .app.metadata.name}}", + # "title_link":"{{.context.argocdUrl}}/applications/{{.app.metadata.name}}", + # "color": "#E96D76", + # "fields": [ + # { + # "title": "Sync Status", + # "value": "{{.app.status.sync.status}}", + # "short": true + # }, + # { + # "title": "Repository", + # "value": "{{.app.spec.source.repoURL}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{range $index, $c := .app.status.conditions}} + # {{if not $index}},{{end}} + # {{if $index}},{{end}} + # { + # "title": "{{$c.type}}", + # "value": "{{$c.message}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{end}} + # ] + # }] + # template.app-sync-running: | + # email: + # subject: Start syncing application {{.app.metadata.name}}. + # message: | + # The sync operation of application {{.app.metadata.name}} has started at {{.app.status.operationState.startedAt}}. + # Sync operation details are available at: {{.context.argocdUrl}}/applications/{{.app.metadata.name}}?operation=true . + # slack: + # attachments: |- + # [{ + # "title": "{{ .app.metadata.name}}", + # "title_link":"{{.context.argocdUrl}}/applications/{{.app.metadata.name}}", + # "color": "#0DADEA", + # "fields": [ + # { + # "title": "Sync Status", + # "value": "{{.app.status.sync.status}}", + # "short": true + # }, + # { + # "title": "Repository", + # "value": "{{.app.spec.source.repoURL}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{range $index, $c := .app.status.conditions}} + # {{if not $index}},{{end}} + # {{if $index}},{{end}} + # { + # "title": "{{$c.type}}", + # "value": "{{$c.message}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{end}} + # ] + # }] + # template.app-sync-status-unknown: | + # email: + # subject: Application {{.app.metadata.name}} sync status is 'Unknown' + # message: | + # {{if eq .serviceType "slack"}}:exclamation:{{end}} Application {{.app.metadata.name}} sync is 'Unknown'. + # Application details: {{.context.argocdUrl}}/applications/{{.app.metadata.name}}. + # {{if ne .serviceType "slack"}} + # {{range $c := .app.status.conditions}} + # * {{$c.message}} + # {{end}} + # {{end}} + # slack: + # attachments: |- + # [{ + # "title": "{{ .app.metadata.name}}", + # "title_link":"{{.context.argocdUrl}}/applications/{{.app.metadata.name}}", + # "color": "#E96D76", + # "fields": [ + # { + # "title": "Sync Status", + # "value": "{{.app.status.sync.status}}", + # "short": true + # }, + # { + # "title": "Repository", + # "value": "{{.app.spec.source.repoURL}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{range $index, $c := .app.status.conditions}} + # {{if not $index}},{{end}} + # {{if $index}},{{end}} + # { + # "title": "{{$c.type}}", + # "value": "{{$c.message}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{end}} + # ] + # }] + # template.app-sync-succeeded: | + # email: + # subject: Application {{.app.metadata.name}} has been successfully synced. + # message: | + # {{if eq .serviceType "slack"}}:white_check_mark:{{end}} Application {{.app.metadata.name}} has been successfully synced at {{.app.status.operationState.finishedAt}}. + # Sync operation details are available at: {{.context.argocdUrl}}/applications/{{.app.metadata.name}}?operation=true . + # slack: + # attachments: |- + # [{ + # "title": "{{ .app.metadata.name}}", + # "title_link":"{{.context.argocdUrl}}/applications/{{.app.metadata.name}}", + # "color": "#18be52", + # "fields": [ + # { + # "title": "Sync Status", + # "value": "{{.app.status.sync.status}}", + # "short": true + # }, + # { + # "title": "Repository", + # "value": "{{.app.spec.source.repoURL}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{range $index, $c := .app.status.conditions}} + # {{if not $index}},{{end}} + # {{if $index}},{{end}} + # { + # "title": "{{$c.type}}", + # "value": "{{$c.message}}", + # "short": true + # } + # {{end}} + # ] + # }] + + # -- The trigger defines the condition when the notification should be sent + ## For more information: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/notifications/triggers/ + triggers: {} + # trigger.on-deployed: | + # - description: Application is synced and healthy. Triggered once per commit. + # oncePer: app.status.sync.revision + # send: + # - app-deployed + # when: app.status.operationState.phase in ['Succeeded'] and app.status.health.status == 'Healthy' + # trigger.on-health-degraded: | + # - description: Application has degraded + # send: + # - app-health-degraded + # when: app.status.health.status == 'Degraded' + # trigger.on-sync-failed: | + # - description: Application syncing has failed + # send: + # - app-sync-failed + # when: app.status.operationState.phase in ['Error', 'Failed'] + # trigger.on-sync-running: | + # - description: Application is being synced + # send: + # - app-sync-running + # when: app.status.operationState.phase in ['Running'] + # trigger.on-sync-status-unknown: | + # - description: Application status is 'Unknown' + # send: + # - app-sync-status-unknown + # when: app.status.sync.status == 'Unknown' + # trigger.on-sync-succeeded: | + # - description: Application syncing has succeeded + # send: + # - app-sync-succeeded + # when: app.status.operationState.phase in ['Succeeded'] + # + # For more information: https://argo-cd.readthedocs.io/en/stable/operator-manual/notifications/triggers/#default-triggers + # defaultTriggers: | + # - on-sync-status-unknown diff --git a/kubernetes/system/argocd/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/system/argocd/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36c4b6f --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/argocd/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - argo-app.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/argo-app.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/argo-app.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..883d97c --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/argo-app.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1 +kind: Application +metadata: + name: cert-manager + namespace: argocd + finalizers: + - resources-finalizer.argocd.argoproj.io +spec: + project: default + destination: + server: https://kubernetes.default.svc + namespace: cert-manager + source: + repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab + path: kubernetes/system/cert-manager/base + targetRevision: HEAD + syncPolicy: + automated: + selfHeal: true + syncOptions: + - CreateNamespace=true diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/base/cloudflare-api-token-secret.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/base/cloudflare-api-token-secret.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e6aa33 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/base/cloudflare-api-token-secret.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +apiVersion: bitnami.com/v1alpha1 +kind: SealedSecret +metadata: + creationTimestamp: null + name: cloudflare-api-token-secret + namespace: cert-manager +spec: + encryptedData: + api-token: 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 + template: + metadata: + creationTimestamp: null + name: cloudflare-api-token-secret + namespace: cert-manager + type: Opaque + diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/base/cluster-issuer.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/base/cluster-issuer.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f001111 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/base/cluster-issuer.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +apiVersion: cert-manager.io/v1 +kind: ClusterIssuer +metadata: + name: letsencrypt-prod +spec: + acme: + server: https://acme-v02.api.letsencrypt.org/directory + email: tomcardin@outlook.com + privateKeySecretRef: + name: letsencrypt-prod + solvers: + - dns01: + cloudflare: + email: tomcardin@outlook.com + apiTokenSecretRef: + name: cloudflare-api-token-secret + key: api-token diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/base/values.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/base/values.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..343f48f --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/base/values.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,5843 @@ +# Copyright 2022 The cert-manager Authors. +# +# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +# You may obtain a copy of the License at +# +# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +# +# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +# limitations under the License. + +apiVersion: v1 +kind: Namespace +metadata: + name: cert-manager + labels: + pod-security.kubernetes.io/enforce: privileged +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/crds.yaml +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + name: certificaterequests.cert-manager.io + labels: + app: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/name: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/instance: 'cert-manager' + # Generated labels + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +spec: + group: cert-manager.io + names: + kind: CertificateRequest + listKind: CertificateRequestList + plural: certificaterequests + shortNames: + - cr + - crs + singular: certificaterequest + categories: + - cert-manager + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1 + subresources: + status: {} + additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Approved")].status + name: Approved + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Denied")].status + name: Denied + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].status + name: Ready + type: string + - jsonPath: .spec.issuerRef.name + name: Issuer + type: string + - jsonPath: .spec.username + name: Requestor + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].message + name: Status + priority: 1 + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. + name: Age + type: date + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: "A CertificateRequest is used to request a signed certificate from one of the configured issuers. \n All fields within the CertificateRequest's `spec` are immutable after creation. A CertificateRequest will either succeed or fail, as denoted by its `Ready` status condition and its `status.failureTime` field. \n A CertificateRequest is a one-shot resource, meaning it represents a single point in time request for a certificate and cannot be re-used." + type: object + properties: + apiVersion: + description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + type: string + kind: + description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Specification of the desired state of the CertificateRequest resource. https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status + type: object + required: + - issuerRef + - request + properties: + duration: + description: Requested 'duration' (i.e. lifetime) of the Certificate. Note that the issuer may choose to ignore the requested duration, just like any other requested attribute. + type: string + extra: + description: Extra contains extra attributes of the user that created the CertificateRequest. Populated by the cert-manager webhook on creation and immutable. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: array + items: + type: string + groups: + description: Groups contains group membership of the user that created the CertificateRequest. Populated by the cert-manager webhook on creation and immutable. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + isCA: + description: "Requested basic constraints isCA value. Note that the issuer may choose to ignore the requested isCA value, just like any other requested attribute. \n NOTE: If the CSR in the `Request` field has a BasicConstraints extension, it must have the same isCA value as specified here. \n If true, this will automatically add the `cert sign` usage to the list of requested `usages`." + type: boolean + issuerRef: + description: "Reference to the issuer responsible for issuing the certificate. If the issuer is namespace-scoped, it must be in the same namespace as the Certificate. If the issuer is cluster-scoped, it can be used from any namespace. \n The `name` field of the reference must always be specified." + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + group: + description: Group of the resource being referred to. + type: string + kind: + description: Kind of the resource being referred to. + type: string + name: + description: Name of the resource being referred to. + type: string + request: + description: "The PEM-encoded X.509 certificate signing request to be submitted to the issuer for signing. \n If the CSR has a BasicConstraints extension, its isCA attribute must match the `isCA` value of this CertificateRequest. If the CSR has a KeyUsage extension, its key usages must match the key usages in the `usages` field of this CertificateRequest. If the CSR has a ExtKeyUsage extension, its extended key usages must match the extended key usages in the `usages` field of this CertificateRequest." + type: string + format: byte + uid: + description: UID contains the uid of the user that created the CertificateRequest. Populated by the cert-manager webhook on creation and immutable. + type: string + usages: + description: "Requested key usages and extended key usages. \n NOTE: If the CSR in the `Request` field has uses the KeyUsage or ExtKeyUsage extension, these extensions must have the same values as specified here without any additional values. \n If unset, defaults to `digital signature` and `key encipherment`." + type: array + items: + description: "KeyUsage specifies valid usage contexts for keys. See: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280#section-4.2.1.3 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280#section-4.2.1.12 \n Valid KeyUsage values are as follows: \"signing\", \"digital signature\", \"content commitment\", \"key encipherment\", \"key agreement\", \"data encipherment\", \"cert sign\", \"crl sign\", \"encipher only\", \"decipher only\", \"any\", \"server auth\", \"client auth\", \"code signing\", \"email protection\", \"s/mime\", \"ipsec end system\", \"ipsec tunnel\", \"ipsec user\", \"timestamping\", \"ocsp signing\", \"microsoft sgc\", \"netscape sgc\"" + type: string + enum: + - signing + - digital signature + - content commitment + - key encipherment + - key agreement + - data encipherment + - cert sign + - crl sign + - encipher only + - decipher only + - any + - server auth + - client auth + - code signing + - email protection + - s/mime + - ipsec end system + - ipsec tunnel + - ipsec user + - timestamping + - ocsp signing + - microsoft sgc + - netscape sgc + username: + description: Username contains the name of the user that created the CertificateRequest. Populated by the cert-manager webhook on creation and immutable. + type: string + status: + description: 'Status of the CertificateRequest. This is set and managed automatically. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status' + type: object + properties: + ca: + description: The PEM encoded X.509 certificate of the signer, also known as the CA (Certificate Authority). This is set on a best-effort basis by different issuers. If not set, the CA is assumed to be unknown/not available. + type: string + format: byte + certificate: + description: The PEM encoded X.509 certificate resulting from the certificate signing request. If not set, the CertificateRequest has either not been completed or has failed. More information on failure can be found by checking the `conditions` field. + type: string + format: byte + conditions: + description: List of status conditions to indicate the status of a CertificateRequest. Known condition types are `Ready`, `InvalidRequest`, `Approved` and `Denied`. + type: array + items: + description: CertificateRequestCondition contains condition information for a CertificateRequest. + type: object + required: + - status + - type + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: LastTransitionTime is the timestamp corresponding to the last status change of this condition. + type: string + format: date-time + message: + description: Message is a human readable description of the details of the last transition, complementing reason. + type: string + reason: + description: Reason is a brief machine readable explanation for the condition's last transition. + type: string + status: + description: Status of the condition, one of (`True`, `False`, `Unknown`). + type: string + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: + description: Type of the condition, known values are (`Ready`, `InvalidRequest`, `Approved`, `Denied`). + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + failureTime: + description: FailureTime stores the time that this CertificateRequest failed. This is used to influence garbage collection and back-off. + type: string + format: date-time + served: true + storage: true +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/crds.yaml +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + name: certificates.cert-manager.io + labels: + app: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/name: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/instance: 'cert-manager' + # Generated labels + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +spec: + group: cert-manager.io + names: + kind: Certificate + listKind: CertificateList + plural: certificates + shortNames: + - cert + - certs + singular: certificate + categories: + - cert-manager + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1 + subresources: + status: {} + additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].status + name: Ready + type: string + - jsonPath: .spec.secretName + name: Secret + type: string + - jsonPath: .spec.issuerRef.name + name: Issuer + priority: 1 + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].message + name: Status + priority: 1 + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. + name: Age + type: date + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: "A Certificate resource should be created to ensure an up to date and signed X.509 certificate is stored in the Kubernetes Secret resource named in `spec.secretName`. \n The stored certificate will be renewed before it expires (as configured by `spec.renewBefore`)." + type: object + properties: + apiVersion: + description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + type: string + kind: + description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Specification of the desired state of the Certificate resource. https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status + type: object + required: + - issuerRef + - secretName + properties: + additionalOutputFormats: + description: "Defines extra output formats of the private key and signed certificate chain to be written to this Certificate's target Secret. \n This is an Alpha Feature and is only enabled with the `--feature-gates=AdditionalCertificateOutputFormats=true` option set on both the controller and webhook components." + type: array + items: + description: CertificateAdditionalOutputFormat defines an additional output format of a Certificate resource. These contain supplementary data formats of the signed certificate chain and paired private key. + type: object + required: + - type + properties: + type: + description: Type is the name of the format type that should be written to the Certificate's target Secret. + type: string + enum: + - DER + - CombinedPEM + commonName: + description: "Requested common name X509 certificate subject attribute. More info: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5280#section-4.1.2.6 NOTE: TLS clients will ignore this value when any subject alternative name is set (see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6125#section-6.4.4). \n Should have a length of 64 characters or fewer to avoid generating invalid CSRs. Cannot be set if the `literalSubject` field is set." + type: string + dnsNames: + description: Requested DNS subject alternative names. + type: array + items: + type: string + duration: + description: "Requested 'duration' (i.e. lifetime) of the Certificate. Note that the issuer may choose to ignore the requested duration, just like any other requested attribute. \n If unset, this defaults to 90 days. Minimum accepted duration is 1 hour. Value must be in units accepted by Go time.ParseDuration https://golang.org/pkg/time/#ParseDuration." + type: string + emailAddresses: + description: Requested email subject alternative names. + type: array + items: + type: string + encodeUsagesInRequest: + description: "Whether the KeyUsage and ExtKeyUsage extensions should be set in the encoded CSR. \n This option defaults to true, and should only be disabled if the target issuer does not support CSRs with these X509 KeyUsage/ ExtKeyUsage extensions." + type: boolean + ipAddresses: + description: Requested IP address subject alternative names. + type: array + items: + type: string + isCA: + description: "Requested basic constraints isCA value. The isCA value is used to set the `isCA` field on the created CertificateRequest resources. Note that the issuer may choose to ignore the requested isCA value, just like any other requested attribute. \n If true, this will automatically add the `cert sign` usage to the list of requested `usages`." + type: boolean + issuerRef: + description: "Reference to the issuer responsible for issuing the certificate. If the issuer is namespace-scoped, it must be in the same namespace as the Certificate. If the issuer is cluster-scoped, it can be used from any namespace. \n The `name` field of the reference must always be specified." + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + group: + description: Group of the resource being referred to. + type: string + kind: + description: Kind of the resource being referred to. + type: string + name: + description: Name of the resource being referred to. + type: string + keystores: + description: Additional keystore output formats to be stored in the Certificate's Secret. + type: object + properties: + jks: + description: JKS configures options for storing a JKS keystore in the `spec.secretName` Secret resource. + type: object + required: + - create + - passwordSecretRef + properties: + create: + description: Create enables JKS keystore creation for the Certificate. If true, a file named `keystore.jks` will be created in the target Secret resource, encrypted using the password stored in `passwordSecretRef`. The keystore file will be updated immediately. If the issuer provided a CA certificate, a file named `truststore.jks` will also be created in the target Secret resource, encrypted using the password stored in `passwordSecretRef` containing the issuing Certificate Authority + type: boolean + passwordSecretRef: + description: PasswordSecretRef is a reference to a key in a Secret resource containing the password used to encrypt the JKS keystore. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + pkcs12: + description: PKCS12 configures options for storing a PKCS12 keystore in the `spec.secretName` Secret resource. + type: object + required: + - create + - passwordSecretRef + properties: + create: + description: Create enables PKCS12 keystore creation for the Certificate. If true, a file named `keystore.p12` will be created in the target Secret resource, encrypted using the password stored in `passwordSecretRef`. The keystore file will be updated immediately. If the issuer provided a CA certificate, a file named `truststore.p12` will also be created in the target Secret resource, encrypted using the password stored in `passwordSecretRef` containing the issuing Certificate Authority + type: boolean + passwordSecretRef: + description: PasswordSecretRef is a reference to a key in a Secret resource containing the password used to encrypt the PKCS12 keystore. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + profile: + description: "Profile specifies the key and certificate encryption algorithms and the HMAC algorithm used to create the PKCS12 keystore. Default value is `LegacyRC2` for backward compatibility. \n If provided, allowed values are: `LegacyRC2`: Deprecated. Not supported by default in OpenSSL 3 or Java 20. `LegacyDES`: Less secure algorithm. Use this option for maximal compatibility. `Modern2023`: Secure algorithm. Use this option in case you have to always use secure algorithms (eg. because of company policy). Please note that the security of the algorithm is not that important in reality, because the unencrypted certificate and private key are also stored in the Secret." + type: string + enum: + - LegacyRC2 + - LegacyDES + - Modern2023 + literalSubject: + description: "Requested X.509 certificate subject, represented using the LDAP \"String Representation of a Distinguished Name\" [1]. Important: the LDAP string format also specifies the order of the attributes in the subject, this is important when issuing certs for LDAP authentication. Example: `CN=foo,DC=corp,DC=example,DC=com` More info [1]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4514 More info: https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/issues/3203 More info: https://github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager/issues/4424 \n Cannot be set if the `subject` or `commonName` field is set. This is an Alpha Feature and is only enabled with the `--feature-gates=LiteralCertificateSubject=true` option set on both the controller and webhook components." + type: string + nameConstraints: + description: "x.509 certificate NameConstraint extension which MUST NOT be used in a non-CA certificate. More Info: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5280#section-4.2.1.10 \n This is an Alpha Feature and is only enabled with the `--feature-gates=NameConstraints=true` option set on both the controller and webhook components." + type: object + properties: + critical: + description: if true then the name constraints are marked critical. + type: boolean + excluded: + description: Excluded contains the constraints which must be disallowed. Any name matching a restriction in the excluded field is invalid regardless of information appearing in the permitted + type: object + properties: + dnsDomains: + description: DNSDomains is a list of DNS domains that are permitted or excluded. + type: array + items: + type: string + emailAddresses: + description: EmailAddresses is a list of Email Addresses that are permitted or excluded. + type: array + items: + type: string + ipRanges: + description: IPRanges is a list of IP Ranges that are permitted or excluded. This should be a valid CIDR notation. + type: array + items: + type: string + uriDomains: + description: URIDomains is a list of URI domains that are permitted or excluded. + type: array + items: + type: string + permitted: + description: Permitted contains the constraints in which the names must be located. + type: object + properties: + dnsDomains: + description: DNSDomains is a list of DNS domains that are permitted or excluded. + type: array + items: + type: string + emailAddresses: + description: EmailAddresses is a list of Email Addresses that are permitted or excluded. + type: array + items: + type: string + ipRanges: + description: IPRanges is a list of IP Ranges that are permitted or excluded. This should be a valid CIDR notation. + type: array + items: + type: string + uriDomains: + description: URIDomains is a list of URI domains that are permitted or excluded. + type: array + items: + type: string + otherNames: + description: '`otherNames` is an escape hatch for SAN that allows any type. We currently restrict the support to string like otherNames, cf RFC 5280 p 37 Any UTF8 String valued otherName can be passed with by setting the keys oid: x.x.x.x and UTF8Value: somevalue for `otherName`. Most commonly this would be UPN set with oid: 1.3.6.1.4.1.311.20.2.3 You should ensure that any OID passed is valid for the UTF8String type as we do not explicitly validate this.' + type: array + items: + type: object + properties: + oid: + description: OID is the object identifier for the otherName SAN. The object identifier must be expressed as a dotted string, for example, "1.2.840.113556.1.4.221". + type: string + utf8Value: + description: utf8Value is the string value of the otherName SAN. The utf8Value accepts any valid UTF8 string to set as value for the otherName SAN. + type: string + privateKey: + description: Private key options. These include the key algorithm and size, the used encoding and the rotation policy. + type: object + properties: + algorithm: + description: "Algorithm is the private key algorithm of the corresponding private key for this certificate. \n If provided, allowed values are either `RSA`, `ECDSA` or `Ed25519`. If `algorithm` is specified and `size` is not provided, key size of 2048 will be used for `RSA` key algorithm and key size of 256 will be used for `ECDSA` key algorithm. key size is ignored when using the `Ed25519` key algorithm." + type: string + enum: + - RSA + - ECDSA + - Ed25519 + encoding: + description: "The private key cryptography standards (PKCS) encoding for this certificate's private key to be encoded in. \n If provided, allowed values are `PKCS1` and `PKCS8` standing for PKCS#1 and PKCS#8, respectively. Defaults to `PKCS1` if not specified." + type: string + enum: + - PKCS1 + - PKCS8 + rotationPolicy: + description: "RotationPolicy controls how private keys should be regenerated when a re-issuance is being processed. \n If set to `Never`, a private key will only be generated if one does not already exist in the target `spec.secretName`. If one does exists but it does not have the correct algorithm or size, a warning will be raised to await user intervention. If set to `Always`, a private key matching the specified requirements will be generated whenever a re-issuance occurs. Default is `Never` for backward compatibility." + type: string + enum: + - Never + - Always + size: + description: "Size is the key bit size of the corresponding private key for this certificate. \n If `algorithm` is set to `RSA`, valid values are `2048`, `4096` or `8192`, and will default to `2048` if not specified. If `algorithm` is set to `ECDSA`, valid values are `256`, `384` or `521`, and will default to `256` if not specified. If `algorithm` is set to `Ed25519`, Size is ignored. No other values are allowed." + type: integer + renewBefore: + description: "How long before the currently issued certificate's expiry cert-manager should renew the certificate. For example, if a certificate is valid for 60 minutes, and `renewBefore=10m`, cert-manager will begin to attempt to renew the certificate 50 minutes after it was issued (i.e. when there are 10 minutes remaining until the certificate is no longer valid). \n NOTE: The actual lifetime of the issued certificate is used to determine the renewal time. If an issuer returns a certificate with a different lifetime than the one requested, cert-manager will use the lifetime of the issued certificate. \n If unset, this defaults to 1/3 of the issued certificate's lifetime. Minimum accepted value is 5 minutes. Value must be in units accepted by Go time.ParseDuration https://golang.org/pkg/time/#ParseDuration." + type: string + revisionHistoryLimit: + description: "The maximum number of CertificateRequest revisions that are maintained in the Certificate's history. Each revision represents a single `CertificateRequest` created by this Certificate, either when it was created, renewed, or Spec was changed. Revisions will be removed by oldest first if the number of revisions exceeds this number. \n If set, revisionHistoryLimit must be a value of `1` or greater. If unset (`nil`), revisions will not be garbage collected. Default value is `nil`." + type: integer + format: int32 + secretName: + description: Name of the Secret resource that will be automatically created and managed by this Certificate resource. It will be populated with a private key and certificate, signed by the denoted issuer. The Secret resource lives in the same namespace as the Certificate resource. + type: string + secretTemplate: + description: Defines annotations and labels to be copied to the Certificate's Secret. Labels and annotations on the Secret will be changed as they appear on the SecretTemplate when added or removed. SecretTemplate annotations are added in conjunction with, and cannot overwrite, the base set of annotations cert-manager sets on the Certificate's Secret. + type: object + properties: + annotations: + description: Annotations is a key value map to be copied to the target Kubernetes Secret. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + labels: + description: Labels is a key value map to be copied to the target Kubernetes Secret. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + subject: + description: "Requested set of X509 certificate subject attributes. More info: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5280#section-4.1.2.6 \n The common name attribute is specified separately in the `commonName` field. Cannot be set if the `literalSubject` field is set." + type: object + properties: + countries: + description: Countries to be used on the Certificate. + type: array + items: + type: string + localities: + description: Cities to be used on the Certificate. + type: array + items: + type: string + organizationalUnits: + description: Organizational Units to be used on the Certificate. + type: array + items: + type: string + organizations: + description: Organizations to be used on the Certificate. + type: array + items: + type: string + postalCodes: + description: Postal codes to be used on the Certificate. + type: array + items: + type: string + provinces: + description: State/Provinces to be used on the Certificate. + type: array + items: + type: string + serialNumber: + description: Serial number to be used on the Certificate. + type: string + streetAddresses: + description: Street addresses to be used on the Certificate. + type: array + items: + type: string + uris: + description: Requested URI subject alternative names. + type: array + items: + type: string + usages: + description: "Requested key usages and extended key usages. These usages are used to set the `usages` field on the created CertificateRequest resources. If `encodeUsagesInRequest` is unset or set to `true`, the usages will additionally be encoded in the `request` field which contains the CSR blob. \n If unset, defaults to `digital signature` and `key encipherment`." + type: array + items: + description: "KeyUsage specifies valid usage contexts for keys. See: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280#section-4.2.1.3 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280#section-4.2.1.12 \n Valid KeyUsage values are as follows: \"signing\", \"digital signature\", \"content commitment\", \"key encipherment\", \"key agreement\", \"data encipherment\", \"cert sign\", \"crl sign\", \"encipher only\", \"decipher only\", \"any\", \"server auth\", \"client auth\", \"code signing\", \"email protection\", \"s/mime\", \"ipsec end system\", \"ipsec tunnel\", \"ipsec user\", \"timestamping\", \"ocsp signing\", \"microsoft sgc\", \"netscape sgc\"" + type: string + enum: + - signing + - digital signature + - content commitment + - key encipherment + - key agreement + - data encipherment + - cert sign + - crl sign + - encipher only + - decipher only + - any + - server auth + - client auth + - code signing + - email protection + - s/mime + - ipsec end system + - ipsec tunnel + - ipsec user + - timestamping + - ocsp signing + - microsoft sgc + - netscape sgc + status: + description: 'Status of the Certificate. This is set and managed automatically. Read-only. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#spec-and-status' + type: object + properties: + conditions: + description: List of status conditions to indicate the status of certificates. Known condition types are `Ready` and `Issuing`. + type: array + items: + description: CertificateCondition contains condition information for an Certificate. + type: object + required: + - status + - type + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: LastTransitionTime is the timestamp corresponding to the last status change of this condition. + type: string + format: date-time + message: + description: Message is a human readable description of the details of the last transition, complementing reason. + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: If set, this represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.condition[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date with respect to the current state of the Certificate. + type: integer + format: int64 + reason: + description: Reason is a brief machine readable explanation for the condition's last transition. + type: string + status: + description: Status of the condition, one of (`True`, `False`, `Unknown`). + type: string + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: + description: Type of the condition, known values are (`Ready`, `Issuing`). + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + failedIssuanceAttempts: + description: The number of continuous failed issuance attempts up till now. This field gets removed (if set) on a successful issuance and gets set to 1 if unset and an issuance has failed. If an issuance has failed, the delay till the next issuance will be calculated using formula time.Hour * 2 ^ (failedIssuanceAttempts - 1). + type: integer + lastFailureTime: + description: LastFailureTime is set only if the lastest issuance for this Certificate failed and contains the time of the failure. If an issuance has failed, the delay till the next issuance will be calculated using formula time.Hour * 2 ^ (failedIssuanceAttempts - 1). If the latest issuance has succeeded this field will be unset. + type: string + format: date-time + nextPrivateKeySecretName: + description: The name of the Secret resource containing the private key to be used for the next certificate iteration. The keymanager controller will automatically set this field if the `Issuing` condition is set to `True`. It will automatically unset this field when the Issuing condition is not set or False. + type: string + notAfter: + description: The expiration time of the certificate stored in the secret named by this resource in `spec.secretName`. + type: string + format: date-time + notBefore: + description: The time after which the certificate stored in the secret named by this resource in `spec.secretName` is valid. + type: string + format: date-time + renewalTime: + description: RenewalTime is the time at which the certificate will be next renewed. If not set, no upcoming renewal is scheduled. + type: string + format: date-time + revision: + description: "The current 'revision' of the certificate as issued. \n When a CertificateRequest resource is created, it will have the `cert-manager.io/certificate-revision` set to one greater than the current value of this field. \n Upon issuance, this field will be set to the value of the annotation on the CertificateRequest resource used to issue the certificate. \n Persisting the value on the CertificateRequest resource allows the certificates controller to know whether a request is part of an old issuance or if it is part of the ongoing revision's issuance by checking if the revision value in the annotation is greater than this field." + type: integer + served: true + storage: true +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/crds.yaml +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + name: challenges.acme.cert-manager.io + labels: + app: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/name: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/instance: 'cert-manager' + # Generated labels + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +spec: + group: acme.cert-manager.io + names: + kind: Challenge + listKind: ChallengeList + plural: challenges + singular: challenge + categories: + - cert-manager + - cert-manager-acme + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .status.state + name: State + type: string + - jsonPath: .spec.dnsName + name: Domain + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.reason + name: Reason + priority: 1 + type: string + - description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. + jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + name: Age + type: date + name: v1 + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: Challenge is a type to represent a Challenge request with an ACME server + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + properties: + apiVersion: + description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + type: string + kind: + description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + type: object + required: + - authorizationURL + - dnsName + - issuerRef + - key + - solver + - token + - type + - url + properties: + authorizationURL: + description: The URL to the ACME Authorization resource that this challenge is a part of. + type: string + dnsName: + description: dnsName is the identifier that this challenge is for, e.g. example.com. If the requested DNSName is a 'wildcard', this field MUST be set to the non-wildcard domain, e.g. for `*.example.com`, it must be `example.com`. + type: string + issuerRef: + description: References a properly configured ACME-type Issuer which should be used to create this Challenge. If the Issuer does not exist, processing will be retried. If the Issuer is not an 'ACME' Issuer, an error will be returned and the Challenge will be marked as failed. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + group: + description: Group of the resource being referred to. + type: string + kind: + description: Kind of the resource being referred to. + type: string + name: + description: Name of the resource being referred to. + type: string + key: + description: 'The ACME challenge key for this challenge For HTTP01 challenges, this is the value that must be responded with to complete the HTTP01 challenge in the format: `.`. For DNS01 challenges, this is the base64 encoded SHA256 sum of the `.` text that must be set as the TXT record content.' + type: string + solver: + description: Contains the domain solving configuration that should be used to solve this challenge resource. + type: object + properties: + dns01: + description: Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by performing the DNS01 challenge flow. + type: object + properties: + acmeDNS: + description: Use the 'ACME DNS' (https://github.com/joohoi/acme-dns) API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - accountSecretRef + - host + properties: + accountSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + host: + type: string + akamai: + description: Use the Akamai DNS zone management API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - accessTokenSecretRef + - clientSecretSecretRef + - clientTokenSecretRef + - serviceConsumerDomain + properties: + accessTokenSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + clientSecretSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + clientTokenSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + serviceConsumerDomain: + type: string + azureDNS: + description: Use the Microsoft Azure DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - resourceGroupName + - subscriptionID + properties: + clientID: + description: 'Auth: Azure Service Principal: The ClientID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS. If set, ClientSecret and TenantID must also be set.' + type: string + clientSecretSecretRef: + description: 'Auth: Azure Service Principal: A reference to a Secret containing the password associated with the Service Principal. If set, ClientID and TenantID must also be set.' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + environment: + description: name of the Azure environment (default AzurePublicCloud) + type: string + enum: + - AzurePublicCloud + - AzureChinaCloud + - AzureGermanCloud + - AzureUSGovernmentCloud + hostedZoneName: + description: name of the DNS zone that should be used + type: string + managedIdentity: + description: 'Auth: Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity: Settings to enable Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity If set, ClientID, ClientSecret and TenantID must not be set.' + type: object + properties: + clientID: + description: client ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID + type: string + resourceID: + description: resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID Cannot be used for Azure Managed Service Identity + type: string + resourceGroupName: + description: resource group the DNS zone is located in + type: string + subscriptionID: + description: ID of the Azure subscription + type: string + tenantID: + description: 'Auth: Azure Service Principal: The TenantID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS. If set, ClientID and ClientSecret must also be set.' + type: string + cloudDNS: + description: Use the Google Cloud DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - project + properties: + hostedZoneName: + description: HostedZoneName is an optional field that tells cert-manager in which Cloud DNS zone the challenge record has to be created. If left empty cert-manager will automatically choose a zone. + type: string + project: + type: string + serviceAccountSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + cloudflare: + description: Use the Cloudflare API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + properties: + apiKeySecretRef: + description: 'API key to use to authenticate with Cloudflare. Note: using an API token to authenticate is now the recommended method as it allows greater control of permissions.' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + apiTokenSecretRef: + description: API token used to authenticate with Cloudflare. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + email: + description: Email of the account, only required when using API key based authentication. + type: string + cnameStrategy: + description: CNAMEStrategy configures how the DNS01 provider should handle CNAME records when found in DNS zones. + type: string + enum: + - None + - Follow + digitalocean: + description: Use the DigitalOcean DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - tokenSecretRef + properties: + tokenSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + rfc2136: + description: Use RFC2136 ("Dynamic Updates in the Domain Name System") (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc2136/) to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - nameserver + properties: + nameserver: + description: The IP address or hostname of an authoritative DNS server supporting RFC2136 in the form host:port. If the host is an IPv6 address it must be enclosed in square brackets (e.g [2001:db8::1]) ; port is optional. This field is required. + type: string + tsigAlgorithm: + description: 'The TSIG Algorithm configured in the DNS supporting RFC2136. Used only when ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` and ``tsigKeyName`` are defined. Supported values are (case-insensitive): ``HMACMD5`` (default), ``HMACSHA1``, ``HMACSHA256`` or ``HMACSHA512``.' + type: string + tsigKeyName: + description: The TSIG Key name configured in the DNS. If ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` is defined, this field is required. + type: string + tsigSecretSecretRef: + description: The name of the secret containing the TSIG value. If ``tsigKeyName`` is defined, this field is required. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + route53: + description: Use the AWS Route53 API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - region + properties: + accessKeyID: + description: 'The AccessKeyID is used for authentication. Cannot be set when SecretAccessKeyID is set. If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials' + type: string + accessKeyIDSecretRef: + description: 'The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication. If set, pull the AWS access key ID from a key within a Kubernetes Secret. Cannot be set when AccessKeyID is set. If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + hostedZoneID: + description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do an lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call. + type: string + region: + description: Always set the region when using AccessKeyID and SecretAccessKey + type: string + role: + description: Role is a Role ARN which the Route53 provider will assume using either the explicit credentials AccessKeyID/SecretAccessKey or the inferred credentials from environment variables, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata + type: string + secretAccessKeySecretRef: + description: 'The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication. If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + webhook: + description: Configure an external webhook based DNS01 challenge solver to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - groupName + - solverName + properties: + config: + description: Additional configuration that should be passed to the webhook apiserver when challenges are processed. This can contain arbitrary JSON data. Secret values should not be specified in this stanza. If secret values are needed (e.g. credentials for a DNS service), you should use a SecretKeySelector to reference a Secret resource. For details on the schema of this field, consult the webhook provider implementation's documentation. + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + groupName: + description: The API group name that should be used when POSTing ChallengePayload resources to the webhook apiserver. This should be the same as the GroupName specified in the webhook provider implementation. + type: string + solverName: + description: The name of the solver to use, as defined in the webhook provider implementation. This will typically be the name of the provider, e.g. 'cloudflare'. + type: string + http01: + description: Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by performing the HTTP01 challenge flow. It is not possible to obtain certificates for wildcard domain names (e.g. `*.example.com`) using the HTTP01 challenge mechanism. + type: object + properties: + gatewayHTTPRoute: + description: The Gateway API is a sig-network community API that models service networking in Kubernetes (https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/). The Gateway solver will create HTTPRoutes with the specified labels in the same namespace as the challenge. This solver is experimental, and fields / behaviour may change in the future. + type: object + properties: + labels: + description: Custom labels that will be applied to HTTPRoutes created by cert-manager while solving HTTP-01 challenges. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + parentRefs: + description: 'When solving an HTTP-01 challenge, cert-manager creates an HTTPRoute. cert-manager needs to know which parentRefs should be used when creating the HTTPRoute. Usually, the parentRef references a Gateway. See: https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/api-types/httproute/#attaching-to-gateways' + type: array + items: + description: "ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources with \"Core\" support: \n * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) * Service (Mesh conformance profile, experimental, ClusterIP Services only) \n This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent resources. \n The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid." + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + group: + description: "Group is the group of the referent. When unspecified, \"gateway.networking.k8s.io\" is inferred. To set the core API group (such as for a \"Service\" kind referent), Group must be explicitly set to \"\" (empty string). \n Support: Core" + type: string + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + kind: + description: "Kind is kind of the referent. \n There are two kinds of parent resources with \"Core\" support: \n * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) * Service (Mesh conformance profile, experimental, ClusterIP Services only) \n Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific." + type: string + default: Gateway + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + name: + description: "Name is the name of the referent. \n Support: Core" + type: string + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + namespace: + description: "Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers to the local namespace of the Route. \n Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. \n ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are \"producer\" routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from any namespace to the Service. \n ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are \"consumer\" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a ParentRef of the Route. \n Support: Core" + type: string + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + port: + description: "Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted differently based on the type of parent resource. \n When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match both specified values. \n When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. \n Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly document how/if Port is interpreted. \n For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. \n Support: Extended \n " + type: integer + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + sectionName: + description: "SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: \n * Gateway: Listener Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match both specified values. * Service: Port Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match both specified values. Note that attaching Routes to Services as Parents is part of experimental Mesh support and is not supported for any other purpose. \n Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is interpreted. \n When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. \n Support: Core" + type: string + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + serviceType: + description: Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort. + type: string + ingress: + description: The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed. + type: object + properties: + class: + description: This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified. + type: string + ingressClassName: + description: This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver. This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified. + type: string + ingressTemplate: + description: Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver ingress used for HTTP01 challenges. + type: object + properties: + metadata: + description: ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges. Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set. If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here will override the in-built values. + type: object + properties: + annotations: + description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + labels: + description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + name: + description: The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges. This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified. + type: string + podTemplate: + description: Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods used for HTTP01 challenges. + type: object + properties: + metadata: + description: ObjectMeta overrides for the pod used to solve HTTP01 challenges. Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set. If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here will override the in-built values. + type: object + properties: + annotations: + description: Annotations that should be added to the create ACME HTTP01 solver pods. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + labels: + description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + spec: + description: PodSpec defines overrides for the HTTP01 challenge solver pod. Check ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01IngressPodSpec to find out currently supported fields. All other fields will be ignored. + type: object + properties: + affinity: + description: If specified, the pod's scheduling constraints + type: object + properties: + nodeAffinity: + description: Describes node affinity scheduling rules for the pod. + type: object + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.), compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding "weight" to the sum if the node matches the corresponding matchExpressions; the node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + type: array + items: + description: An empty preferred scheduling term matches all objects with implicit weight 0 (i.e. it's a no-op). A null preferred scheduling term matches no objects (i.e. is also a no-op). + type: object + required: + - preference + - weight + properties: + preference: + description: A node selector term, associated with the corresponding weight. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchFields: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + weight: + description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100. + type: integer + format: int32 + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to an update), the system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. + type: object + required: + - nodeSelectorTerms + properties: + nodeSelectorTerms: + description: Required. A list of node selector terms. The terms are ORed. + type: array + items: + description: A null or empty node selector term matches no objects. The requirements of them are ANDed. The TopologySelectorTerm type implements a subset of the NodeSelectorTerm. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchFields: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + podAffinity: + description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)). + type: object + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.), compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + type: array + items: + description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s) + type: object + required: + - podAffinityTerm + - weight + properties: + podAffinityTerm: + description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight. + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + weight: + description: weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm, in the range 1-100. + type: integer + format: int32 + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied. + type: array + items: + description: Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key matches that of any node on which a pod of the set of pods is running + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + podAntiAffinity: + description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)). + type: object + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy the anti-affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource request, requiredDuringScheduling anti-affinity expressions, etc.), compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + type: array + items: + description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s) + type: object + required: + - podAffinityTerm + - weight + properties: + podAffinityTerm: + description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight. + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + weight: + description: weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm, in the range 1-100. + type: integer + format: int32 + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied. + type: array + items: + description: Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key matches that of any node on which a pod of the set of pods is running + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + imagePullSecrets: + description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets + type: array + items: + description: LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. + type: object + properties: + name: + description: 'Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?' + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + nodeSelector: + description: 'NodeSelector is a selector which must be true for the pod to fit on a node. Selector which must match a node''s labels for the pod to be scheduled on that node. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/' + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + priorityClassName: + description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName. + type: string + serviceAccountName: + description: If specified, the pod's service account + type: string + tolerations: + description: If specified, the pod's tolerations. + type: array + items: + description: The pod this Toleration is attached to tolerates any taint that matches the triple using the matching operator . + type: object + properties: + effect: + description: Effect indicates the taint effect to match. Empty means match all taint effects. When specified, allowed values are NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule and NoExecute. + type: string + key: + description: Key is the taint key that the toleration applies to. Empty means match all taint keys. If the key is empty, operator must be Exists; this combination means to match all values and all keys. + type: string + operator: + description: Operator represents a key's relationship to the value. Valid operators are Exists and Equal. Defaults to Equal. Exists is equivalent to wildcard for value, so that a pod can tolerate all taints of a particular category. + type: string + tolerationSeconds: + description: TolerationSeconds represents the period of time the toleration (which must be of effect NoExecute, otherwise this field is ignored) tolerates the taint. By default, it is not set, which means tolerate the taint forever (do not evict). Zero and negative values will be treated as 0 (evict immediately) by the system. + type: integer + format: int64 + value: + description: Value is the taint value the toleration matches to. If the operator is Exists, the value should be empty, otherwise just a regular string. + type: string + serviceType: + description: Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort. + type: string + selector: + description: Selector selects a set of DNSNames on the Certificate resource that should be solved using this challenge solver. If not specified, the solver will be treated as the 'default' solver with the lowest priority, i.e. if any other solver has a more specific match, it will be used instead. + type: object + properties: + dnsNames: + description: List of DNSNames that this solver will be used to solve. If specified and a match is found, a dnsNames selector will take precedence over a dnsZones selector. If multiple solvers match with the same dnsNames value, the solver with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected. If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list will be selected. + type: array + items: + type: string + dnsZones: + description: List of DNSZones that this solver will be used to solve. The most specific DNS zone match specified here will take precedence over other DNS zone matches, so a solver specifying sys.example.com will be selected over one specifying example.com for the domain www.sys.example.com. If multiple solvers match with the same dnsZones value, the solver with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected. If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list will be selected. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: A label selector that is used to refine the set of certificate's that this challenge solver will apply to. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + token: + description: The ACME challenge token for this challenge. This is the raw value returned from the ACME server. + type: string + type: + description: The type of ACME challenge this resource represents. One of "HTTP-01" or "DNS-01". + type: string + enum: + - HTTP-01 + - DNS-01 + url: + description: The URL of the ACME Challenge resource for this challenge. This can be used to lookup details about the status of this challenge. + type: string + wildcard: + description: wildcard will be true if this challenge is for a wildcard identifier, for example '*.example.com'. + type: boolean + status: + type: object + properties: + presented: + description: presented will be set to true if the challenge values for this challenge are currently 'presented'. This *does not* imply the self check is passing. Only that the values have been 'submitted' for the appropriate challenge mechanism (i.e. the DNS01 TXT record has been presented, or the HTTP01 configuration has been configured). + type: boolean + processing: + description: Used to denote whether this challenge should be processed or not. This field will only be set to true by the 'scheduling' component. It will only be set to false by the 'challenges' controller, after the challenge has reached a final state or timed out. If this field is set to false, the challenge controller will not take any more action. + type: boolean + reason: + description: Contains human readable information on why the Challenge is in the current state. + type: string + state: + description: Contains the current 'state' of the challenge. If not set, the state of the challenge is unknown. + type: string + enum: + - valid + - ready + - pending + - processing + - invalid + - expired + - errored + served: true + storage: true + subresources: + status: {} +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/crds.yaml +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + name: clusterissuers.cert-manager.io + labels: + app: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/name: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/instance: "cert-manager" + # Generated labels + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +spec: + group: cert-manager.io + names: + kind: ClusterIssuer + listKind: ClusterIssuerList + plural: clusterissuers + singular: clusterissuer + categories: + - cert-manager + scope: Cluster + versions: + - name: v1 + subresources: + status: {} + additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].status + name: Ready + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].message + name: Status + priority: 1 + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. + name: Age + type: date + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: A ClusterIssuer represents a certificate issuing authority which can be referenced as part of `issuerRef` fields. It is similar to an Issuer, however it is cluster-scoped and therefore can be referenced by resources that exist in *any* namespace, not just the same namespace as the referent. + type: object + required: + - spec + properties: + apiVersion: + description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + type: string + kind: + description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Desired state of the ClusterIssuer resource. + type: object + properties: + acme: + description: ACME configures this issuer to communicate with a RFC8555 (ACME) server to obtain signed x509 certificates. + type: object + required: + - privateKeySecretRef + - server + properties: + caBundle: + description: Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which can be used to validate the certificate chain presented by the ACME server. Mutually exclusive with SkipTLSVerify; prefer using CABundle to prevent various kinds of security vulnerabilities. If CABundle and SkipTLSVerify are unset, the system certificate bundle inside the container is used to validate the TLS connection. + type: string + format: byte + disableAccountKeyGeneration: + description: Enables or disables generating a new ACME account key. If true, the Issuer resource will *not* request a new account but will expect the account key to be supplied via an existing secret. If false, the cert-manager system will generate a new ACME account key for the Issuer. Defaults to false. + type: boolean + email: + description: Email is the email address to be associated with the ACME account. This field is optional, but it is strongly recommended to be set. It will be used to contact you in case of issues with your account or certificates, including expiry notification emails. This field may be updated after the account is initially registered. + type: string + enableDurationFeature: + description: Enables requesting a Not After date on certificates that matches the duration of the certificate. This is not supported by all ACME servers like Let's Encrypt. If set to true when the ACME server does not support it it will create an error on the Order. Defaults to false. + type: boolean + externalAccountBinding: + description: ExternalAccountBinding is a reference to a CA external account of the ACME server. If set, upon registration cert-manager will attempt to associate the given external account credentials with the registered ACME account. + type: object + required: + - keyID + - keySecretRef + properties: + keyAlgorithm: + description: 'Deprecated: keyAlgorithm field exists for historical compatibility reasons and should not be used. The algorithm is now hardcoded to HS256 in golang/x/crypto/acme.' + type: string + enum: + - HS256 + - HS384 + - HS512 + keyID: + description: keyID is the ID of the CA key that the External Account is bound to. + type: string + keySecretRef: + description: keySecretRef is a Secret Key Selector referencing a data item in a Kubernetes Secret which holds the symmetric MAC key of the External Account Binding. The `key` is the index string that is paired with the key data in the Secret and should not be confused with the key data itself, or indeed with the External Account Binding keyID above. The secret key stored in the Secret **must** be un-padded, base64 URL encoded data. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + preferredChain: + description: 'PreferredChain is the chain to use if the ACME server outputs multiple. PreferredChain is no guarantee that this one gets delivered by the ACME endpoint. For example, for Let''s Encrypt''s DST crosssign you would use: "DST Root CA X3" or "ISRG Root X1" for the newer Let''s Encrypt root CA. This value picks the first certificate bundle in the ACME alternative chains that has a certificate with this value as its issuer''s CN' + type: string + maxLength: 64 + privateKeySecretRef: + description: PrivateKey is the name of a Kubernetes Secret resource that will be used to store the automatically generated ACME account private key. Optionally, a `key` may be specified to select a specific entry within the named Secret resource. If `key` is not specified, a default of `tls.key` will be used. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + server: + description: 'Server is the URL used to access the ACME server''s ''directory'' endpoint. For example, for Let''s Encrypt''s staging endpoint, you would use: "https://acme-staging-v02.api.letsencrypt.org/directory". Only ACME v2 endpoints (i.e. RFC 8555) are supported.' + type: string + skipTLSVerify: + description: 'INSECURE: Enables or disables validation of the ACME server TLS certificate. If true, requests to the ACME server will not have the TLS certificate chain validated. Mutually exclusive with CABundle; prefer using CABundle to prevent various kinds of security vulnerabilities. Only enable this option in development environments. If CABundle and SkipTLSVerify are unset, the system certificate bundle inside the container is used to validate the TLS connection. Defaults to false.' + type: boolean + solvers: + description: 'Solvers is a list of challenge solvers that will be used to solve ACME challenges for the matching domains. Solver configurations must be provided in order to obtain certificates from an ACME server. For more information, see: https://cert-manager.io/docs/configuration/acme/' + type: array + items: + description: An ACMEChallengeSolver describes how to solve ACME challenges for the issuer it is part of. A selector may be provided to use different solving strategies for different DNS names. Only one of HTTP01 or DNS01 must be provided. + type: object + properties: + dns01: + description: Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by performing the DNS01 challenge flow. + type: object + properties: + acmeDNS: + description: Use the 'ACME DNS' (https://github.com/joohoi/acme-dns) API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - accountSecretRef + - host + properties: + accountSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + host: + type: string + akamai: + description: Use the Akamai DNS zone management API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - accessTokenSecretRef + - clientSecretSecretRef + - clientTokenSecretRef + - serviceConsumerDomain + properties: + accessTokenSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + clientSecretSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + clientTokenSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + serviceConsumerDomain: + type: string + azureDNS: + description: Use the Microsoft Azure DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - resourceGroupName + - subscriptionID + properties: + clientID: + description: 'Auth: Azure Service Principal: The ClientID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS. If set, ClientSecret and TenantID must also be set.' + type: string + clientSecretSecretRef: + description: 'Auth: Azure Service Principal: A reference to a Secret containing the password associated with the Service Principal. If set, ClientID and TenantID must also be set.' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + environment: + description: name of the Azure environment (default AzurePublicCloud) + type: string + enum: + - AzurePublicCloud + - AzureChinaCloud + - AzureGermanCloud + - AzureUSGovernmentCloud + hostedZoneName: + description: name of the DNS zone that should be used + type: string + managedIdentity: + description: 'Auth: Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity: Settings to enable Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity If set, ClientID, ClientSecret and TenantID must not be set.' + type: object + properties: + clientID: + description: client ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID + type: string + resourceID: + description: resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID Cannot be used for Azure Managed Service Identity + type: string + resourceGroupName: + description: resource group the DNS zone is located in + type: string + subscriptionID: + description: ID of the Azure subscription + type: string + tenantID: + description: 'Auth: Azure Service Principal: The TenantID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS. If set, ClientID and ClientSecret must also be set.' + type: string + cloudDNS: + description: Use the Google Cloud DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - project + properties: + hostedZoneName: + description: HostedZoneName is an optional field that tells cert-manager in which Cloud DNS zone the challenge record has to be created. If left empty cert-manager will automatically choose a zone. + type: string + project: + type: string + serviceAccountSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + cloudflare: + description: Use the Cloudflare API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + properties: + apiKeySecretRef: + description: 'API key to use to authenticate with Cloudflare. Note: using an API token to authenticate is now the recommended method as it allows greater control of permissions.' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + apiTokenSecretRef: + description: API token used to authenticate with Cloudflare. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + email: + description: Email of the account, only required when using API key based authentication. + type: string + cnameStrategy: + description: CNAMEStrategy configures how the DNS01 provider should handle CNAME records when found in DNS zones. + type: string + enum: + - None + - Follow + digitalocean: + description: Use the DigitalOcean DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - tokenSecretRef + properties: + tokenSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + rfc2136: + description: Use RFC2136 ("Dynamic Updates in the Domain Name System") (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc2136/) to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - nameserver + properties: + nameserver: + description: The IP address or hostname of an authoritative DNS server supporting RFC2136 in the form host:port. If the host is an IPv6 address it must be enclosed in square brackets (e.g [2001:db8::1]) ; port is optional. This field is required. + type: string + tsigAlgorithm: + description: 'The TSIG Algorithm configured in the DNS supporting RFC2136. Used only when ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` and ``tsigKeyName`` are defined. Supported values are (case-insensitive): ``HMACMD5`` (default), ``HMACSHA1``, ``HMACSHA256`` or ``HMACSHA512``.' + type: string + tsigKeyName: + description: The TSIG Key name configured in the DNS. If ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` is defined, this field is required. + type: string + tsigSecretSecretRef: + description: The name of the secret containing the TSIG value. If ``tsigKeyName`` is defined, this field is required. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + route53: + description: Use the AWS Route53 API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - region + properties: + accessKeyID: + description: 'The AccessKeyID is used for authentication. Cannot be set when SecretAccessKeyID is set. If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials' + type: string + accessKeyIDSecretRef: + description: 'The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication. If set, pull the AWS access key ID from a key within a Kubernetes Secret. Cannot be set when AccessKeyID is set. If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + hostedZoneID: + description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do an lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call. + type: string + region: + description: Always set the region when using AccessKeyID and SecretAccessKey + type: string + role: + description: Role is a Role ARN which the Route53 provider will assume using either the explicit credentials AccessKeyID/SecretAccessKey or the inferred credentials from environment variables, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata + type: string + secretAccessKeySecretRef: + description: 'The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication. If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + webhook: + description: Configure an external webhook based DNS01 challenge solver to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - groupName + - solverName + properties: + config: + description: Additional configuration that should be passed to the webhook apiserver when challenges are processed. This can contain arbitrary JSON data. Secret values should not be specified in this stanza. If secret values are needed (e.g. credentials for a DNS service), you should use a SecretKeySelector to reference a Secret resource. For details on the schema of this field, consult the webhook provider implementation's documentation. + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + groupName: + description: The API group name that should be used when POSTing ChallengePayload resources to the webhook apiserver. This should be the same as the GroupName specified in the webhook provider implementation. + type: string + solverName: + description: The name of the solver to use, as defined in the webhook provider implementation. This will typically be the name of the provider, e.g. 'cloudflare'. + type: string + http01: + description: Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by performing the HTTP01 challenge flow. It is not possible to obtain certificates for wildcard domain names (e.g. `*.example.com`) using the HTTP01 challenge mechanism. + type: object + properties: + gatewayHTTPRoute: + description: The Gateway API is a sig-network community API that models service networking in Kubernetes (https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/). The Gateway solver will create HTTPRoutes with the specified labels in the same namespace as the challenge. This solver is experimental, and fields / behaviour may change in the future. + type: object + properties: + labels: + description: Custom labels that will be applied to HTTPRoutes created by cert-manager while solving HTTP-01 challenges. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + parentRefs: + description: 'When solving an HTTP-01 challenge, cert-manager creates an HTTPRoute. cert-manager needs to know which parentRefs should be used when creating the HTTPRoute. Usually, the parentRef references a Gateway. See: https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/api-types/httproute/#attaching-to-gateways' + type: array + items: + description: "ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources with \"Core\" support: \n * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) * Service (Mesh conformance profile, experimental, ClusterIP Services only) \n This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent resources. \n The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid." + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + group: + description: "Group is the group of the referent. When unspecified, \"gateway.networking.k8s.io\" is inferred. To set the core API group (such as for a \"Service\" kind referent), Group must be explicitly set to \"\" (empty string). \n Support: Core" + type: string + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + kind: + description: "Kind is kind of the referent. \n There are two kinds of parent resources with \"Core\" support: \n * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) * Service (Mesh conformance profile, experimental, ClusterIP Services only) \n Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific." + type: string + default: Gateway + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + name: + description: "Name is the name of the referent. \n Support: Core" + type: string + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + namespace: + description: "Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers to the local namespace of the Route. \n Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. \n ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are \"producer\" routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from any namespace to the Service. \n ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are \"consumer\" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a ParentRef of the Route. \n Support: Core" + type: string + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + port: + description: "Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted differently based on the type of parent resource. \n When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match both specified values. \n When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. \n Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly document how/if Port is interpreted. \n For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. \n Support: Extended \n " + type: integer + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + sectionName: + description: "SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: \n * Gateway: Listener Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match both specified values. * Service: Port Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match both specified values. Note that attaching Routes to Services as Parents is part of experimental Mesh support and is not supported for any other purpose. \n Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is interpreted. \n When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. \n Support: Core" + type: string + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + serviceType: + description: Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort. + type: string + ingress: + description: The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed. + type: object + properties: + class: + description: This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified. + type: string + ingressClassName: + description: This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver. This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified. + type: string + ingressTemplate: + description: Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver ingress used for HTTP01 challenges. + type: object + properties: + metadata: + description: ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges. Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set. If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here will override the in-built values. + type: object + properties: + annotations: + description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + labels: + description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + name: + description: The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges. This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified. + type: string + podTemplate: + description: Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods used for HTTP01 challenges. + type: object + properties: + metadata: + description: ObjectMeta overrides for the pod used to solve HTTP01 challenges. Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set. If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here will override the in-built values. + type: object + properties: + annotations: + description: Annotations that should be added to the create ACME HTTP01 solver pods. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + labels: + description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + spec: + description: PodSpec defines overrides for the HTTP01 challenge solver pod. Check ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01IngressPodSpec to find out currently supported fields. All other fields will be ignored. + type: object + properties: + affinity: + description: If specified, the pod's scheduling constraints + type: object + properties: + nodeAffinity: + description: Describes node affinity scheduling rules for the pod. + type: object + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.), compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding "weight" to the sum if the node matches the corresponding matchExpressions; the node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + type: array + items: + description: An empty preferred scheduling term matches all objects with implicit weight 0 (i.e. it's a no-op). A null preferred scheduling term matches no objects (i.e. is also a no-op). + type: object + required: + - preference + - weight + properties: + preference: + description: A node selector term, associated with the corresponding weight. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchFields: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + weight: + description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100. + type: integer + format: int32 + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to an update), the system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. + type: object + required: + - nodeSelectorTerms + properties: + nodeSelectorTerms: + description: Required. A list of node selector terms. The terms are ORed. + type: array + items: + description: A null or empty node selector term matches no objects. The requirements of them are ANDed. The TopologySelectorTerm type implements a subset of the NodeSelectorTerm. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchFields: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + podAffinity: + description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)). + type: object + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.), compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + type: array + items: + description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s) + type: object + required: + - podAffinityTerm + - weight + properties: + podAffinityTerm: + description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight. + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + weight: + description: weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm, in the range 1-100. + type: integer + format: int32 + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied. + type: array + items: + description: Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key matches that of any node on which a pod of the set of pods is running + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + podAntiAffinity: + description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)). + type: object + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy the anti-affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource request, requiredDuringScheduling anti-affinity expressions, etc.), compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + type: array + items: + description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s) + type: object + required: + - podAffinityTerm + - weight + properties: + podAffinityTerm: + description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight. + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + weight: + description: weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm, in the range 1-100. + type: integer + format: int32 + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied. + type: array + items: + description: Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key matches that of any node on which a pod of the set of pods is running + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + imagePullSecrets: + description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets + type: array + items: + description: LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. + type: object + properties: + name: + description: 'Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?' + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + nodeSelector: + description: 'NodeSelector is a selector which must be true for the pod to fit on a node. Selector which must match a node''s labels for the pod to be scheduled on that node. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/' + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + priorityClassName: + description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName. + type: string + serviceAccountName: + description: If specified, the pod's service account + type: string + tolerations: + description: If specified, the pod's tolerations. + type: array + items: + description: The pod this Toleration is attached to tolerates any taint that matches the triple using the matching operator . + type: object + properties: + effect: + description: Effect indicates the taint effect to match. Empty means match all taint effects. When specified, allowed values are NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule and NoExecute. + type: string + key: + description: Key is the taint key that the toleration applies to. Empty means match all taint keys. If the key is empty, operator must be Exists; this combination means to match all values and all keys. + type: string + operator: + description: Operator represents a key's relationship to the value. Valid operators are Exists and Equal. Defaults to Equal. Exists is equivalent to wildcard for value, so that a pod can tolerate all taints of a particular category. + type: string + tolerationSeconds: + description: TolerationSeconds represents the period of time the toleration (which must be of effect NoExecute, otherwise this field is ignored) tolerates the taint. By default, it is not set, which means tolerate the taint forever (do not evict). Zero and negative values will be treated as 0 (evict immediately) by the system. + type: integer + format: int64 + value: + description: Value is the taint value the toleration matches to. If the operator is Exists, the value should be empty, otherwise just a regular string. + type: string + serviceType: + description: Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort. + type: string + selector: + description: Selector selects a set of DNSNames on the Certificate resource that should be solved using this challenge solver. If not specified, the solver will be treated as the 'default' solver with the lowest priority, i.e. if any other solver has a more specific match, it will be used instead. + type: object + properties: + dnsNames: + description: List of DNSNames that this solver will be used to solve. If specified and a match is found, a dnsNames selector will take precedence over a dnsZones selector. If multiple solvers match with the same dnsNames value, the solver with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected. If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list will be selected. + type: array + items: + type: string + dnsZones: + description: List of DNSZones that this solver will be used to solve. The most specific DNS zone match specified here will take precedence over other DNS zone matches, so a solver specifying sys.example.com will be selected over one specifying example.com for the domain www.sys.example.com. If multiple solvers match with the same dnsZones value, the solver with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected. If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list will be selected. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: A label selector that is used to refine the set of certificate's that this challenge solver will apply to. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + ca: + description: CA configures this issuer to sign certificates using a signing CA keypair stored in a Secret resource. This is used to build internal PKIs that are managed by cert-manager. + type: object + required: + - secretName + properties: + crlDistributionPoints: + description: The CRL distribution points is an X.509 v3 certificate extension which identifies the location of the CRL from which the revocation of this certificate can be checked. If not set, certificates will be issued without distribution points set. + type: array + items: + type: string + issuingCertificateURLs: + description: IssuingCertificateURLs is a list of URLs which this issuer should embed into certificates it creates. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc5280#section-4.2.2.1 for more details. As an example, such a URL might be "http://ca.domain.com/ca.crt". + type: array + items: + type: string + ocspServers: + description: The OCSP server list is an X.509 v3 extension that defines a list of URLs of OCSP responders. The OCSP responders can be queried for the revocation status of an issued certificate. If not set, the certificate will be issued with no OCSP servers set. For example, an OCSP server URL could be "http://ocsp.int-x3.letsencrypt.org". + type: array + items: + type: string + secretName: + description: SecretName is the name of the secret used to sign Certificates issued by this Issuer. + type: string + selfSigned: + description: SelfSigned configures this issuer to 'self sign' certificates using the private key used to create the CertificateRequest object. + type: object + properties: + crlDistributionPoints: + description: The CRL distribution points is an X.509 v3 certificate extension which identifies the location of the CRL from which the revocation of this certificate can be checked. If not set certificate will be issued without CDP. Values are strings. + type: array + items: + type: string + vault: + description: Vault configures this issuer to sign certificates using a HashiCorp Vault PKI backend. + type: object + required: + - auth + - path + - server + properties: + auth: + description: Auth configures how cert-manager authenticates with the Vault server. + type: object + properties: + appRole: + description: AppRole authenticates with Vault using the App Role auth mechanism, with the role and secret stored in a Kubernetes Secret resource. + type: object + required: + - path + - roleId + - secretRef + properties: + path: + description: 'Path where the App Role authentication backend is mounted in Vault, e.g: "approle"' + type: string + roleId: + description: RoleID configured in the App Role authentication backend when setting up the authentication backend in Vault. + type: string + secretRef: + description: Reference to a key in a Secret that contains the App Role secret used to authenticate with Vault. The `key` field must be specified and denotes which entry within the Secret resource is used as the app role secret. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + kubernetes: + description: Kubernetes authenticates with Vault by passing the ServiceAccount token stored in the named Secret resource to the Vault server. + type: object + required: + - role + properties: + mountPath: + description: The Vault mountPath here is the mount path to use when authenticating with Vault. For example, setting a value to `/v1/auth/foo`, will use the path `/v1/auth/foo/login` to authenticate with Vault. If unspecified, the default value "/v1/auth/kubernetes" will be used. + type: string + role: + description: A required field containing the Vault Role to assume. A Role binds a Kubernetes ServiceAccount with a set of Vault policies. + type: string + secretRef: + description: The required Secret field containing a Kubernetes ServiceAccount JWT used for authenticating with Vault. Use of 'ambient credentials' is not supported. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + serviceAccountRef: + description: A reference to a service account that will be used to request a bound token (also known as "projected token"). Compared to using "secretRef", using this field means that you don't rely on statically bound tokens. To use this field, you must configure an RBAC rule to let cert-manager request a token. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + name: + description: Name of the ServiceAccount used to request a token. + type: string + tokenSecretRef: + description: TokenSecretRef authenticates with Vault by presenting a token. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + caBundle: + description: Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which will be used to validate the certificate chain presented by Vault. Only used if using HTTPS to connect to Vault and ignored for HTTP connections. Mutually exclusive with CABundleSecretRef. If neither CABundle nor CABundleSecretRef are defined, the certificate bundle in the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the TLS connection. + type: string + format: byte + caBundleSecretRef: + description: Reference to a Secret containing a bundle of PEM-encoded CAs to use when verifying the certificate chain presented by Vault when using HTTPS. Mutually exclusive with CABundle. If neither CABundle nor CABundleSecretRef are defined, the certificate bundle in the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the TLS connection. If no key for the Secret is specified, cert-manager will default to 'ca.crt'. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + namespace: + description: 'Name of the vault namespace. Namespaces is a set of features within Vault Enterprise that allows Vault environments to support Secure Multi-tenancy. e.g: "ns1" More about namespaces can be found here https://www.vaultproject.io/docs/enterprise/namespaces' + type: string + path: + description: 'Path is the mount path of the Vault PKI backend''s `sign` endpoint, e.g: "my_pki_mount/sign/my-role-name".' + type: string + server: + description: 'Server is the connection address for the Vault server, e.g: "https://vault.example.com:8200".' + type: string + venafi: + description: Venafi configures this issuer to sign certificates using a Venafi TPP or Venafi Cloud policy zone. + type: object + required: + - zone + properties: + cloud: + description: Cloud specifies the Venafi cloud configuration settings. Only one of TPP or Cloud may be specified. + type: object + required: + - apiTokenSecretRef + properties: + apiTokenSecretRef: + description: APITokenSecretRef is a secret key selector for the Venafi Cloud API token. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + url: + description: URL is the base URL for Venafi Cloud. Defaults to "https://api.venafi.cloud/v1". + type: string + tpp: + description: TPP specifies Trust Protection Platform configuration settings. Only one of TPP or Cloud may be specified. + type: object + required: + - credentialsRef + - url + properties: + caBundle: + description: Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which will be used to validate the certificate chain presented by the TPP server. Only used if using HTTPS; ignored for HTTP. If undefined, the certificate bundle in the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the chain. + type: string + format: byte + credentialsRef: + description: CredentialsRef is a reference to a Secret containing the username and password for the TPP server. The secret must contain two keys, 'username' and 'password'. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + url: + description: 'URL is the base URL for the vedsdk endpoint of the Venafi TPP instance, for example: "https://tpp.example.com/vedsdk".' + type: string + zone: + description: Zone is the Venafi Policy Zone to use for this issuer. All requests made to the Venafi platform will be restricted by the named zone policy. This field is required. + type: string + status: + description: Status of the ClusterIssuer. This is set and managed automatically. + type: object + properties: + acme: + description: ACME specific status options. This field should only be set if the Issuer is configured to use an ACME server to issue certificates. + type: object + properties: + lastPrivateKeyHash: + description: LastPrivateKeyHash is a hash of the private key associated with the latest registered ACME account, in order to track changes made to registered account associated with the Issuer + type: string + lastRegisteredEmail: + description: LastRegisteredEmail is the email associated with the latest registered ACME account, in order to track changes made to registered account associated with the Issuer + type: string + uri: + description: URI is the unique account identifier, which can also be used to retrieve account details from the CA + type: string + conditions: + description: List of status conditions to indicate the status of a CertificateRequest. Known condition types are `Ready`. + type: array + items: + description: IssuerCondition contains condition information for an Issuer. + type: object + required: + - status + - type + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: LastTransitionTime is the timestamp corresponding to the last status change of this condition. + type: string + format: date-time + message: + description: Message is a human readable description of the details of the last transition, complementing reason. + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: If set, this represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.condition[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date with respect to the current state of the Issuer. + type: integer + format: int64 + reason: + description: Reason is a brief machine readable explanation for the condition's last transition. + type: string + status: + description: Status of the condition, one of (`True`, `False`, `Unknown`). + type: string + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: + description: Type of the condition, known values are (`Ready`). + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + served: true + storage: true +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/crds.yaml +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + name: issuers.cert-manager.io + labels: + app: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/name: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/instance: "cert-manager" + # Generated labels + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +spec: + group: cert-manager.io + names: + kind: Issuer + listKind: IssuerList + plural: issuers + singular: issuer + categories: + - cert-manager + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1 + subresources: + status: {} + additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].status + name: Ready + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Ready")].message + name: Status + priority: 1 + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. + name: Age + type: date + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: An Issuer represents a certificate issuing authority which can be referenced as part of `issuerRef` fields. It is scoped to a single namespace and can therefore only be referenced by resources within the same namespace. + type: object + required: + - spec + properties: + apiVersion: + description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + type: string + kind: + description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + description: Desired state of the Issuer resource. + type: object + properties: + acme: + description: ACME configures this issuer to communicate with a RFC8555 (ACME) server to obtain signed x509 certificates. + type: object + required: + - privateKeySecretRef + - server + properties: + caBundle: + description: Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which can be used to validate the certificate chain presented by the ACME server. Mutually exclusive with SkipTLSVerify; prefer using CABundle to prevent various kinds of security vulnerabilities. If CABundle and SkipTLSVerify are unset, the system certificate bundle inside the container is used to validate the TLS connection. + type: string + format: byte + disableAccountKeyGeneration: + description: Enables or disables generating a new ACME account key. If true, the Issuer resource will *not* request a new account but will expect the account key to be supplied via an existing secret. If false, the cert-manager system will generate a new ACME account key for the Issuer. Defaults to false. + type: boolean + email: + description: Email is the email address to be associated with the ACME account. This field is optional, but it is strongly recommended to be set. It will be used to contact you in case of issues with your account or certificates, including expiry notification emails. This field may be updated after the account is initially registered. + type: string + enableDurationFeature: + description: Enables requesting a Not After date on certificates that matches the duration of the certificate. This is not supported by all ACME servers like Let's Encrypt. If set to true when the ACME server does not support it it will create an error on the Order. Defaults to false. + type: boolean + externalAccountBinding: + description: ExternalAccountBinding is a reference to a CA external account of the ACME server. If set, upon registration cert-manager will attempt to associate the given external account credentials with the registered ACME account. + type: object + required: + - keyID + - keySecretRef + properties: + keyAlgorithm: + description: 'Deprecated: keyAlgorithm field exists for historical compatibility reasons and should not be used. The algorithm is now hardcoded to HS256 in golang/x/crypto/acme.' + type: string + enum: + - HS256 + - HS384 + - HS512 + keyID: + description: keyID is the ID of the CA key that the External Account is bound to. + type: string + keySecretRef: + description: keySecretRef is a Secret Key Selector referencing a data item in a Kubernetes Secret which holds the symmetric MAC key of the External Account Binding. The `key` is the index string that is paired with the key data in the Secret and should not be confused with the key data itself, or indeed with the External Account Binding keyID above. The secret key stored in the Secret **must** be un-padded, base64 URL encoded data. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + preferredChain: + description: 'PreferredChain is the chain to use if the ACME server outputs multiple. PreferredChain is no guarantee that this one gets delivered by the ACME endpoint. For example, for Let''s Encrypt''s DST crosssign you would use: "DST Root CA X3" or "ISRG Root X1" for the newer Let''s Encrypt root CA. This value picks the first certificate bundle in the ACME alternative chains that has a certificate with this value as its issuer''s CN' + type: string + maxLength: 64 + privateKeySecretRef: + description: PrivateKey is the name of a Kubernetes Secret resource that will be used to store the automatically generated ACME account private key. Optionally, a `key` may be specified to select a specific entry within the named Secret resource. If `key` is not specified, a default of `tls.key` will be used. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + server: + description: 'Server is the URL used to access the ACME server''s ''directory'' endpoint. For example, for Let''s Encrypt''s staging endpoint, you would use: "https://acme-staging-v02.api.letsencrypt.org/directory". Only ACME v2 endpoints (i.e. RFC 8555) are supported.' + type: string + skipTLSVerify: + description: 'INSECURE: Enables or disables validation of the ACME server TLS certificate. If true, requests to the ACME server will not have the TLS certificate chain validated. Mutually exclusive with CABundle; prefer using CABundle to prevent various kinds of security vulnerabilities. Only enable this option in development environments. If CABundle and SkipTLSVerify are unset, the system certificate bundle inside the container is used to validate the TLS connection. Defaults to false.' + type: boolean + solvers: + description: 'Solvers is a list of challenge solvers that will be used to solve ACME challenges for the matching domains. Solver configurations must be provided in order to obtain certificates from an ACME server. For more information, see: https://cert-manager.io/docs/configuration/acme/' + type: array + items: + description: An ACMEChallengeSolver describes how to solve ACME challenges for the issuer it is part of. A selector may be provided to use different solving strategies for different DNS names. Only one of HTTP01 or DNS01 must be provided. + type: object + properties: + dns01: + description: Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by performing the DNS01 challenge flow. + type: object + properties: + acmeDNS: + description: Use the 'ACME DNS' (https://github.com/joohoi/acme-dns) API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - accountSecretRef + - host + properties: + accountSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + host: + type: string + akamai: + description: Use the Akamai DNS zone management API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - accessTokenSecretRef + - clientSecretSecretRef + - clientTokenSecretRef + - serviceConsumerDomain + properties: + accessTokenSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + clientSecretSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + clientTokenSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + serviceConsumerDomain: + type: string + azureDNS: + description: Use the Microsoft Azure DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - resourceGroupName + - subscriptionID + properties: + clientID: + description: 'Auth: Azure Service Principal: The ClientID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS. If set, ClientSecret and TenantID must also be set.' + type: string + clientSecretSecretRef: + description: 'Auth: Azure Service Principal: A reference to a Secret containing the password associated with the Service Principal. If set, ClientID and TenantID must also be set.' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + environment: + description: name of the Azure environment (default AzurePublicCloud) + type: string + enum: + - AzurePublicCloud + - AzureChinaCloud + - AzureGermanCloud + - AzureUSGovernmentCloud + hostedZoneName: + description: name of the DNS zone that should be used + type: string + managedIdentity: + description: 'Auth: Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity: Settings to enable Azure Workload Identity or Azure Managed Service Identity If set, ClientID, ClientSecret and TenantID must not be set.' + type: object + properties: + clientID: + description: client ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as resourceID + type: string + resourceID: + description: resource ID of the managed identity, can not be used at the same time as clientID Cannot be used for Azure Managed Service Identity + type: string + resourceGroupName: + description: resource group the DNS zone is located in + type: string + subscriptionID: + description: ID of the Azure subscription + type: string + tenantID: + description: 'Auth: Azure Service Principal: The TenantID of the Azure Service Principal used to authenticate with Azure DNS. If set, ClientID and ClientSecret must also be set.' + type: string + cloudDNS: + description: Use the Google Cloud DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - project + properties: + hostedZoneName: + description: HostedZoneName is an optional field that tells cert-manager in which Cloud DNS zone the challenge record has to be created. If left empty cert-manager will automatically choose a zone. + type: string + project: + type: string + serviceAccountSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + cloudflare: + description: Use the Cloudflare API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + properties: + apiKeySecretRef: + description: 'API key to use to authenticate with Cloudflare. Note: using an API token to authenticate is now the recommended method as it allows greater control of permissions.' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + apiTokenSecretRef: + description: API token used to authenticate with Cloudflare. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + email: + description: Email of the account, only required when using API key based authentication. + type: string + cnameStrategy: + description: CNAMEStrategy configures how the DNS01 provider should handle CNAME records when found in DNS zones. + type: string + enum: + - None + - Follow + digitalocean: + description: Use the DigitalOcean DNS API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - tokenSecretRef + properties: + tokenSecretRef: + description: A reference to a specific 'key' within a Secret resource. In some instances, `key` is a required field. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + rfc2136: + description: Use RFC2136 ("Dynamic Updates in the Domain Name System") (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc2136/) to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - nameserver + properties: + nameserver: + description: The IP address or hostname of an authoritative DNS server supporting RFC2136 in the form host:port. If the host is an IPv6 address it must be enclosed in square brackets (e.g [2001:db8::1]) ; port is optional. This field is required. + type: string + tsigAlgorithm: + description: 'The TSIG Algorithm configured in the DNS supporting RFC2136. Used only when ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` and ``tsigKeyName`` are defined. Supported values are (case-insensitive): ``HMACMD5`` (default), ``HMACSHA1``, ``HMACSHA256`` or ``HMACSHA512``.' + type: string + tsigKeyName: + description: The TSIG Key name configured in the DNS. If ``tsigSecretSecretRef`` is defined, this field is required. + type: string + tsigSecretSecretRef: + description: The name of the secret containing the TSIG value. If ``tsigKeyName`` is defined, this field is required. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + route53: + description: Use the AWS Route53 API to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - region + properties: + accessKeyID: + description: 'The AccessKeyID is used for authentication. Cannot be set when SecretAccessKeyID is set. If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials' + type: string + accessKeyIDSecretRef: + description: 'The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication. If set, pull the AWS access key ID from a key within a Kubernetes Secret. Cannot be set when AccessKeyID is set. If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + hostedZoneID: + description: If set, the provider will manage only this zone in Route53 and will not do an lookup using the route53:ListHostedZonesByName api call. + type: string + region: + description: Always set the region when using AccessKeyID and SecretAccessKey + type: string + role: + description: Role is a Role ARN which the Route53 provider will assume using either the explicit credentials AccessKeyID/SecretAccessKey or the inferred credentials from environment variables, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata + type: string + secretAccessKeySecretRef: + description: 'The SecretAccessKey is used for authentication. If neither the Access Key nor Key ID are set, we fall-back to using env vars, shared credentials file or AWS Instance metadata, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/v1/developer-guide/configuring-sdk.html#specifying-credentials' + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + webhook: + description: Configure an external webhook based DNS01 challenge solver to manage DNS01 challenge records. + type: object + required: + - groupName + - solverName + properties: + config: + description: Additional configuration that should be passed to the webhook apiserver when challenges are processed. This can contain arbitrary JSON data. Secret values should not be specified in this stanza. If secret values are needed (e.g. credentials for a DNS service), you should use a SecretKeySelector to reference a Secret resource. For details on the schema of this field, consult the webhook provider implementation's documentation. + x-kubernetes-preserve-unknown-fields: true + groupName: + description: The API group name that should be used when POSTing ChallengePayload resources to the webhook apiserver. This should be the same as the GroupName specified in the webhook provider implementation. + type: string + solverName: + description: The name of the solver to use, as defined in the webhook provider implementation. This will typically be the name of the provider, e.g. 'cloudflare'. + type: string + http01: + description: Configures cert-manager to attempt to complete authorizations by performing the HTTP01 challenge flow. It is not possible to obtain certificates for wildcard domain names (e.g. `*.example.com`) using the HTTP01 challenge mechanism. + type: object + properties: + gatewayHTTPRoute: + description: The Gateway API is a sig-network community API that models service networking in Kubernetes (https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/). The Gateway solver will create HTTPRoutes with the specified labels in the same namespace as the challenge. This solver is experimental, and fields / behaviour may change in the future. + type: object + properties: + labels: + description: Custom labels that will be applied to HTTPRoutes created by cert-manager while solving HTTP-01 challenges. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + parentRefs: + description: 'When solving an HTTP-01 challenge, cert-manager creates an HTTPRoute. cert-manager needs to know which parentRefs should be used when creating the HTTPRoute. Usually, the parentRef references a Gateway. See: https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/api-types/httproute/#attaching-to-gateways' + type: array + items: + description: "ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources with \"Core\" support: \n * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) * Service (Mesh conformance profile, experimental, ClusterIP Services only) \n This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent resources. \n The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid." + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + group: + description: "Group is the group of the referent. When unspecified, \"gateway.networking.k8s.io\" is inferred. To set the core API group (such as for a \"Service\" kind referent), Group must be explicitly set to \"\" (empty string). \n Support: Core" + type: string + default: gateway.networking.k8s.io + maxLength: 253 + pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + kind: + description: "Kind is kind of the referent. \n There are two kinds of parent resources with \"Core\" support: \n * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile) * Service (Mesh conformance profile, experimental, ClusterIP Services only) \n Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific." + type: string + default: Gateway + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$ + name: + description: "Name is the name of the referent. \n Support: Core" + type: string + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + namespace: + description: "Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers to the local namespace of the Route. \n Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example: Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference. \n ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are \"producer\" routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from any namespace to the Service. \n ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are \"consumer\" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a ParentRef of the Route. \n Support: Core" + type: string + maxLength: 63 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$ + port: + description: "Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted differently based on the type of parent resource. \n When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match both specified values. \n When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values. \n Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources. Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly document how/if Port is interpreted. \n For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. \n Support: Extended \n " + type: integer + format: int32 + maximum: 65535 + minimum: 1 + sectionName: + description: "SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following: \n * Gateway: Listener Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match both specified values. * Service: Port Name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match both specified values. Note that attaching Routes to Services as Parents is part of experimental Mesh support and is not supported for any other purpose. \n Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources. If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is interpreted. \n When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource. For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind, namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway. \n Support: Core" + type: string + maxLength: 253 + minLength: 1 + pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$ + serviceType: + description: Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort. + type: string + ingress: + description: The ingress based HTTP01 challenge solver will solve challenges by creating or modifying Ingress resources in order to route requests for '/.well-known/acme-challenge/XYZ' to 'challenge solver' pods that are provisioned by cert-manager for each Challenge to be completed. + type: object + properties: + class: + description: This field configures the annotation `kubernetes.io/ingress.class` when creating Ingress resources to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified. + type: string + ingressClassName: + description: This field configures the field `ingressClassName` on the created Ingress resources used to solve ACME challenges that use this challenge solver. This is the recommended way of configuring the ingress class. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified. + type: string + ingressTemplate: + description: Optional ingress template used to configure the ACME challenge solver ingress used for HTTP01 challenges. + type: object + properties: + metadata: + description: ObjectMeta overrides for the ingress used to solve HTTP01 challenges. Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set. If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here will override the in-built values. + type: object + properties: + annotations: + description: Annotations that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + labels: + description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver ingress. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + name: + description: The name of the ingress resource that should have ACME challenge solving routes inserted into it in order to solve HTTP01 challenges. This is typically used in conjunction with ingress controllers like ingress-gce, which maintains a 1:1 mapping between external IPs and ingress resources. Only one of `class`, `name` or `ingressClassName` may be specified. + type: string + podTemplate: + description: Optional pod template used to configure the ACME challenge solver pods used for HTTP01 challenges. + type: object + properties: + metadata: + description: ObjectMeta overrides for the pod used to solve HTTP01 challenges. Only the 'labels' and 'annotations' fields may be set. If labels or annotations overlap with in-built values, the values here will override the in-built values. + type: object + properties: + annotations: + description: Annotations that should be added to the create ACME HTTP01 solver pods. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + labels: + description: Labels that should be added to the created ACME HTTP01 solver pods. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + spec: + description: PodSpec defines overrides for the HTTP01 challenge solver pod. Check ACMEChallengeSolverHTTP01IngressPodSpec to find out currently supported fields. All other fields will be ignored. + type: object + properties: + affinity: + description: If specified, the pod's scheduling constraints + type: object + properties: + nodeAffinity: + description: Describes node affinity scheduling rules for the pod. + type: object + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.), compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding "weight" to the sum if the node matches the corresponding matchExpressions; the node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + type: array + items: + description: An empty preferred scheduling term matches all objects with implicit weight 0 (i.e. it's a no-op). A null preferred scheduling term matches no objects (i.e. is also a no-op). + type: object + required: + - preference + - weight + properties: + preference: + description: A node selector term, associated with the corresponding weight. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchFields: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + weight: + description: Weight associated with matching the corresponding nodeSelectorTerm, in the range 1-100. + type: integer + format: int32 + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to an update), the system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. + type: object + required: + - nodeSelectorTerms + properties: + nodeSelectorTerms: + description: Required. A list of node selector terms. The terms are ORed. + type: array + items: + description: A null or empty node selector term matches no objects. The requirements of them are ANDed. The TopologySelectorTerm type implements a subset of the NodeSelectorTerm. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's labels. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchFields: + description: A list of node selector requirements by node's fields. + type: array + items: + description: A node selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: The label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: Represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists, DoesNotExist. Gt, and Lt. + type: string + values: + description: An array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. If the operator is Gt or Lt, the values array must have a single element, which will be interpreted as an integer. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + podAffinity: + description: Describes pod affinity scheduling rules (e.g. co-locate this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)). + type: object + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy the affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource request, requiredDuringScheduling affinity expressions, etc.), compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + type: array + items: + description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s) + type: object + required: + - podAffinityTerm + - weight + properties: + podAffinityTerm: + description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight. + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + weight: + description: weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm, in the range 1-100. + type: integer + format: int32 + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: If the affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. If the affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied. + type: array + items: + description: Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key matches that of any node on which a pod of the set of pods is running + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + podAntiAffinity: + description: Describes pod anti-affinity scheduling rules (e.g. avoid putting this pod in the same node, zone, etc. as some other pod(s)). + type: object + properties: + preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: The scheduler will prefer to schedule pods to nodes that satisfy the anti-affinity expressions specified by this field, but it may choose a node that violates one or more of the expressions. The node that is most preferred is the one with the greatest sum of weights, i.e. for each node that meets all of the scheduling requirements (resource request, requiredDuringScheduling anti-affinity expressions, etc.), compute a sum by iterating through the elements of this field and adding "weight" to the sum if the node has pods which matches the corresponding podAffinityTerm; the node(s) with the highest sum are the most preferred. + type: array + items: + description: The weights of all of the matched WeightedPodAffinityTerm fields are added per-node to find the most preferred node(s) + type: object + required: + - podAffinityTerm + - weight + properties: + podAffinityTerm: + description: Required. A pod affinity term, associated with the corresponding weight. + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + weight: + description: weight associated with matching the corresponding podAffinityTerm, in the range 1-100. + type: integer + format: int32 + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + description: If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field are not met at scheduling time, the pod will not be scheduled onto the node. If the anti-affinity requirements specified by this field cease to be met at some point during pod execution (e.g. due to a pod label update), the system may or may not try to eventually evict the pod from its node. When there are multiple elements, the lists of nodes corresponding to each podAffinityTerm are intersected, i.e. all terms must be satisfied. + type: array + items: + description: Defines a set of pods (namely those matching the labelSelector relative to the given namespace(s)) that this pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key matches that of any node on which a pod of the set of pods is running + type: object + required: + - topologyKey + properties: + labelSelector: + description: A label query over a set of resources, in this case pods. If it's null, this PodAffinityTerm matches with no Pods. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + matchLabelKeys: + description: MatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key in (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + mismatchLabelKeys: + description: MismatchLabelKeys is a set of pod label keys to select which pods will be taken into consideration. The keys are used to lookup values from the incoming pod labels, those key-value labels are merged with `LabelSelector` as `key notin (value)` to select the group of existing pods which pods will be taken into consideration for the incoming pod's pod (anti) affinity. Keys that don't exist in the incoming pod labels will be ignored. The default value is empty. The same key is forbidden to exist in both MismatchLabelKeys and LabelSelector. Also, MismatchLabelKeys cannot be set when LabelSelector isn't set. This is an alpha field and requires enabling MatchLabelKeysInPodAffinity feature gate. + type: array + items: + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic + namespaceSelector: + description: A label query over the set of namespaces that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces selected by this field and the ones listed in the namespaces field. null selector and null or empty namespaces list means "this pod's namespace". An empty selector ({}) matches all namespaces. + type: object + properties: + matchExpressions: + description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed. + type: array + items: + description: A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that relates the key and values. + type: object + required: + - key + - operator + properties: + key: + description: key is the label key that the selector applies to. + type: string + operator: + description: operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values. Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist. + type: string + values: + description: values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn, the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist, the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic merge patch. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + namespaces: + description: namespaces specifies a static list of namespace names that the term applies to. The term is applied to the union of the namespaces listed in this field and the ones selected by namespaceSelector. null or empty namespaces list and null namespaceSelector means "this pod's namespace". + type: array + items: + type: string + topologyKey: + description: This pod should be co-located (affinity) or not co-located (anti-affinity) with the pods matching the labelSelector in the specified namespaces, where co-located is defined as running on a node whose value of the label with key topologyKey matches that of any node on which any of the selected pods is running. Empty topologyKey is not allowed. + type: string + imagePullSecrets: + description: If specified, the pod's imagePullSecrets + type: array + items: + description: LocalObjectReference contains enough information to let you locate the referenced object inside the same namespace. + type: object + properties: + name: + description: 'Name of the referent. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names TODO: Add other useful fields. apiVersion, kind, uid?' + type: string + x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic + nodeSelector: + description: 'NodeSelector is a selector which must be true for the pod to fit on a node. Selector which must match a node''s labels for the pod to be scheduled on that node. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/' + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + priorityClassName: + description: If specified, the pod's priorityClassName. + type: string + serviceAccountName: + description: If specified, the pod's service account + type: string + tolerations: + description: If specified, the pod's tolerations. + type: array + items: + description: The pod this Toleration is attached to tolerates any taint that matches the triple using the matching operator . + type: object + properties: + effect: + description: Effect indicates the taint effect to match. Empty means match all taint effects. When specified, allowed values are NoSchedule, PreferNoSchedule and NoExecute. + type: string + key: + description: Key is the taint key that the toleration applies to. Empty means match all taint keys. If the key is empty, operator must be Exists; this combination means to match all values and all keys. + type: string + operator: + description: Operator represents a key's relationship to the value. Valid operators are Exists and Equal. Defaults to Equal. Exists is equivalent to wildcard for value, so that a pod can tolerate all taints of a particular category. + type: string + tolerationSeconds: + description: TolerationSeconds represents the period of time the toleration (which must be of effect NoExecute, otherwise this field is ignored) tolerates the taint. By default, it is not set, which means tolerate the taint forever (do not evict). Zero and negative values will be treated as 0 (evict immediately) by the system. + type: integer + format: int64 + value: + description: Value is the taint value the toleration matches to. If the operator is Exists, the value should be empty, otherwise just a regular string. + type: string + serviceType: + description: Optional service type for Kubernetes solver service. Supported values are NodePort or ClusterIP. If unset, defaults to NodePort. + type: string + selector: + description: Selector selects a set of DNSNames on the Certificate resource that should be solved using this challenge solver. If not specified, the solver will be treated as the 'default' solver with the lowest priority, i.e. if any other solver has a more specific match, it will be used instead. + type: object + properties: + dnsNames: + description: List of DNSNames that this solver will be used to solve. If specified and a match is found, a dnsNames selector will take precedence over a dnsZones selector. If multiple solvers match with the same dnsNames value, the solver with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected. If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list will be selected. + type: array + items: + type: string + dnsZones: + description: List of DNSZones that this solver will be used to solve. The most specific DNS zone match specified here will take precedence over other DNS zone matches, so a solver specifying sys.example.com will be selected over one specifying example.com for the domain www.sys.example.com. If multiple solvers match with the same dnsZones value, the solver with the most matching labels in matchLabels will be selected. If neither has more matches, the solver defined earlier in the list will be selected. + type: array + items: + type: string + matchLabels: + description: A label selector that is used to refine the set of certificate's that this challenge solver will apply to. + type: object + additionalProperties: + type: string + ca: + description: CA configures this issuer to sign certificates using a signing CA keypair stored in a Secret resource. This is used to build internal PKIs that are managed by cert-manager. + type: object + required: + - secretName + properties: + crlDistributionPoints: + description: The CRL distribution points is an X.509 v3 certificate extension which identifies the location of the CRL from which the revocation of this certificate can be checked. If not set, certificates will be issued without distribution points set. + type: array + items: + type: string + issuingCertificateURLs: + description: IssuingCertificateURLs is a list of URLs which this issuer should embed into certificates it creates. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc5280#section-4.2.2.1 for more details. As an example, such a URL might be "http://ca.domain.com/ca.crt". + type: array + items: + type: string + ocspServers: + description: The OCSP server list is an X.509 v3 extension that defines a list of URLs of OCSP responders. The OCSP responders can be queried for the revocation status of an issued certificate. If not set, the certificate will be issued with no OCSP servers set. For example, an OCSP server URL could be "http://ocsp.int-x3.letsencrypt.org". + type: array + items: + type: string + secretName: + description: SecretName is the name of the secret used to sign Certificates issued by this Issuer. + type: string + selfSigned: + description: SelfSigned configures this issuer to 'self sign' certificates using the private key used to create the CertificateRequest object. + type: object + properties: + crlDistributionPoints: + description: The CRL distribution points is an X.509 v3 certificate extension which identifies the location of the CRL from which the revocation of this certificate can be checked. If not set certificate will be issued without CDP. Values are strings. + type: array + items: + type: string + vault: + description: Vault configures this issuer to sign certificates using a HashiCorp Vault PKI backend. + type: object + required: + - auth + - path + - server + properties: + auth: + description: Auth configures how cert-manager authenticates with the Vault server. + type: object + properties: + appRole: + description: AppRole authenticates with Vault using the App Role auth mechanism, with the role and secret stored in a Kubernetes Secret resource. + type: object + required: + - path + - roleId + - secretRef + properties: + path: + description: 'Path where the App Role authentication backend is mounted in Vault, e.g: "approle"' + type: string + roleId: + description: RoleID configured in the App Role authentication backend when setting up the authentication backend in Vault. + type: string + secretRef: + description: Reference to a key in a Secret that contains the App Role secret used to authenticate with Vault. The `key` field must be specified and denotes which entry within the Secret resource is used as the app role secret. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + kubernetes: + description: Kubernetes authenticates with Vault by passing the ServiceAccount token stored in the named Secret resource to the Vault server. + type: object + required: + - role + properties: + mountPath: + description: The Vault mountPath here is the mount path to use when authenticating with Vault. For example, setting a value to `/v1/auth/foo`, will use the path `/v1/auth/foo/login` to authenticate with Vault. If unspecified, the default value "/v1/auth/kubernetes" will be used. + type: string + role: + description: A required field containing the Vault Role to assume. A Role binds a Kubernetes ServiceAccount with a set of Vault policies. + type: string + secretRef: + description: The required Secret field containing a Kubernetes ServiceAccount JWT used for authenticating with Vault. Use of 'ambient credentials' is not supported. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + serviceAccountRef: + description: A reference to a service account that will be used to request a bound token (also known as "projected token"). Compared to using "secretRef", using this field means that you don't rely on statically bound tokens. To use this field, you must configure an RBAC rule to let cert-manager request a token. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + name: + description: Name of the ServiceAccount used to request a token. + type: string + tokenSecretRef: + description: TokenSecretRef authenticates with Vault by presenting a token. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + caBundle: + description: Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which will be used to validate the certificate chain presented by Vault. Only used if using HTTPS to connect to Vault and ignored for HTTP connections. Mutually exclusive with CABundleSecretRef. If neither CABundle nor CABundleSecretRef are defined, the certificate bundle in the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the TLS connection. + type: string + format: byte + caBundleSecretRef: + description: Reference to a Secret containing a bundle of PEM-encoded CAs to use when verifying the certificate chain presented by Vault when using HTTPS. Mutually exclusive with CABundle. If neither CABundle nor CABundleSecretRef are defined, the certificate bundle in the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the TLS connection. If no key for the Secret is specified, cert-manager will default to 'ca.crt'. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + namespace: + description: 'Name of the vault namespace. Namespaces is a set of features within Vault Enterprise that allows Vault environments to support Secure Multi-tenancy. e.g: "ns1" More about namespaces can be found here https://www.vaultproject.io/docs/enterprise/namespaces' + type: string + path: + description: 'Path is the mount path of the Vault PKI backend''s `sign` endpoint, e.g: "my_pki_mount/sign/my-role-name".' + type: string + server: + description: 'Server is the connection address for the Vault server, e.g: "https://vault.example.com:8200".' + type: string + venafi: + description: Venafi configures this issuer to sign certificates using a Venafi TPP or Venafi Cloud policy zone. + type: object + required: + - zone + properties: + cloud: + description: Cloud specifies the Venafi cloud configuration settings. Only one of TPP or Cloud may be specified. + type: object + required: + - apiTokenSecretRef + properties: + apiTokenSecretRef: + description: APITokenSecretRef is a secret key selector for the Venafi Cloud API token. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + key: + description: The key of the entry in the Secret resource's `data` field to be used. Some instances of this field may be defaulted, in others it may be required. + type: string + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + url: + description: URL is the base URL for Venafi Cloud. Defaults to "https://api.venafi.cloud/v1". + type: string + tpp: + description: TPP specifies Trust Protection Platform configuration settings. Only one of TPP or Cloud may be specified. + type: object + required: + - credentialsRef + - url + properties: + caBundle: + description: Base64-encoded bundle of PEM CAs which will be used to validate the certificate chain presented by the TPP server. Only used if using HTTPS; ignored for HTTP. If undefined, the certificate bundle in the cert-manager controller container is used to validate the chain. + type: string + format: byte + credentialsRef: + description: CredentialsRef is a reference to a Secret containing the username and password for the TPP server. The secret must contain two keys, 'username' and 'password'. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + name: + description: 'Name of the resource being referred to. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names' + type: string + url: + description: 'URL is the base URL for the vedsdk endpoint of the Venafi TPP instance, for example: "https://tpp.example.com/vedsdk".' + type: string + zone: + description: Zone is the Venafi Policy Zone to use for this issuer. All requests made to the Venafi platform will be restricted by the named zone policy. This field is required. + type: string + status: + description: Status of the Issuer. This is set and managed automatically. + type: object + properties: + acme: + description: ACME specific status options. This field should only be set if the Issuer is configured to use an ACME server to issue certificates. + type: object + properties: + lastPrivateKeyHash: + description: LastPrivateKeyHash is a hash of the private key associated with the latest registered ACME account, in order to track changes made to registered account associated with the Issuer + type: string + lastRegisteredEmail: + description: LastRegisteredEmail is the email associated with the latest registered ACME account, in order to track changes made to registered account associated with the Issuer + type: string + uri: + description: URI is the unique account identifier, which can also be used to retrieve account details from the CA + type: string + conditions: + description: List of status conditions to indicate the status of a CertificateRequest. Known condition types are `Ready`. + type: array + items: + description: IssuerCondition contains condition information for an Issuer. + type: object + required: + - status + - type + properties: + lastTransitionTime: + description: LastTransitionTime is the timestamp corresponding to the last status change of this condition. + type: string + format: date-time + message: + description: Message is a human readable description of the details of the last transition, complementing reason. + type: string + observedGeneration: + description: If set, this represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon. For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.condition[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date with respect to the current state of the Issuer. + type: integer + format: int64 + reason: + description: Reason is a brief machine readable explanation for the condition's last transition. + type: string + status: + description: Status of the condition, one of (`True`, `False`, `Unknown`). + type: string + enum: + - "True" + - "False" + - Unknown + type: + description: Type of the condition, known values are (`Ready`). + type: string + x-kubernetes-list-map-keys: + - type + x-kubernetes-list-type: map + served: true + storage: true +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/crds.yaml +apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1 +kind: CustomResourceDefinition +metadata: + name: orders.acme.cert-manager.io + labels: + app: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/name: 'cert-manager' + app.kubernetes.io/instance: 'cert-manager' + # Generated labels + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +spec: + group: acme.cert-manager.io + names: + kind: Order + listKind: OrderList + plural: orders + singular: order + categories: + - cert-manager + - cert-manager-acme + scope: Namespaced + versions: + - name: v1 + subresources: + status: {} + additionalPrinterColumns: + - jsonPath: .status.state + name: State + type: string + - jsonPath: .spec.issuerRef.name + name: Issuer + priority: 1 + type: string + - jsonPath: .status.reason + name: Reason + priority: 1 + type: string + - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp + description: CreationTimestamp is a timestamp representing the server time when this object was created. It is not guaranteed to be set in happens-before order across separate operations. Clients may not set this value. It is represented in RFC3339 form and is in UTC. + name: Age + type: date + schema: + openAPIV3Schema: + description: Order is a type to represent an Order with an ACME server + type: object + required: + - metadata + - spec + properties: + apiVersion: + description: 'APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object. Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and may reject unrecognized values. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources' + type: string + kind: + description: 'Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents. Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to. Cannot be updated. In CamelCase. More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds' + type: string + metadata: + type: object + spec: + type: object + required: + - issuerRef + - request + properties: + commonName: + description: CommonName is the common name as specified on the DER encoded CSR. If specified, this value must also be present in `dnsNames` or `ipAddresses`. This field must match the corresponding field on the DER encoded CSR. + type: string + dnsNames: + description: DNSNames is a list of DNS names that should be included as part of the Order validation process. This field must match the corresponding field on the DER encoded CSR. + type: array + items: + type: string + duration: + description: Duration is the duration for the not after date for the requested certificate. this is set on order creation as pe the ACME spec. + type: string + ipAddresses: + description: IPAddresses is a list of IP addresses that should be included as part of the Order validation process. This field must match the corresponding field on the DER encoded CSR. + type: array + items: + type: string + issuerRef: + description: IssuerRef references a properly configured ACME-type Issuer which should be used to create this Order. If the Issuer does not exist, processing will be retried. If the Issuer is not an 'ACME' Issuer, an error will be returned and the Order will be marked as failed. + type: object + required: + - name + properties: + group: + description: Group of the resource being referred to. + type: string + kind: + description: Kind of the resource being referred to. + type: string + name: + description: Name of the resource being referred to. + type: string + request: + description: Certificate signing request bytes in DER encoding. This will be used when finalizing the order. This field must be set on the order. + type: string + format: byte + status: + type: object + properties: + authorizations: + description: Authorizations contains data returned from the ACME server on what authorizations must be completed in order to validate the DNS names specified on the Order. + type: array + items: + description: ACMEAuthorization contains data returned from the ACME server on an authorization that must be completed in order validate a DNS name on an ACME Order resource. + type: object + required: + - url + properties: + challenges: + description: Challenges specifies the challenge types offered by the ACME server. One of these challenge types will be selected when validating the DNS name and an appropriate Challenge resource will be created to perform the ACME challenge process. + type: array + items: + description: Challenge specifies a challenge offered by the ACME server for an Order. An appropriate Challenge resource can be created to perform the ACME challenge process. + type: object + required: + - token + - type + - url + properties: + token: + description: Token is the token that must be presented for this challenge. This is used to compute the 'key' that must also be presented. + type: string + type: + description: Type is the type of challenge being offered, e.g. 'http-01', 'dns-01', 'tls-sni-01', etc. This is the raw value retrieved from the ACME server. Only 'http-01' and 'dns-01' are supported by cert-manager, other values will be ignored. + type: string + url: + description: URL is the URL of this challenge. It can be used to retrieve additional metadata about the Challenge from the ACME server. + type: string + identifier: + description: Identifier is the DNS name to be validated as part of this authorization + type: string + initialState: + description: InitialState is the initial state of the ACME authorization when first fetched from the ACME server. If an Authorization is already 'valid', the Order controller will not create a Challenge resource for the authorization. This will occur when working with an ACME server that enables 'authz reuse' (such as Let's Encrypt's production endpoint). If not set and 'identifier' is set, the state is assumed to be pending and a Challenge will be created. + type: string + enum: + - valid + - ready + - pending + - processing + - invalid + - expired + - errored + url: + description: URL is the URL of the Authorization that must be completed + type: string + wildcard: + description: Wildcard will be true if this authorization is for a wildcard DNS name. If this is true, the identifier will be the *non-wildcard* version of the DNS name. For example, if '*.example.com' is the DNS name being validated, this field will be 'true' and the 'identifier' field will be 'example.com'. + type: boolean + certificate: + description: Certificate is a copy of the PEM encoded certificate for this Order. This field will be populated after the order has been successfully finalized with the ACME server, and the order has transitioned to the 'valid' state. + type: string + format: byte + failureTime: + description: FailureTime stores the time that this order failed. This is used to influence garbage collection and back-off. + type: string + format: date-time + finalizeURL: + description: FinalizeURL of the Order. This is used to obtain certificates for this order once it has been completed. + type: string + reason: + description: Reason optionally provides more information about a why the order is in the current state. + type: string + state: + description: State contains the current state of this Order resource. States 'success' and 'expired' are 'final' + type: string + enum: + - valid + - ready + - pending + - processing + - invalid + - expired + - errored + url: + description: URL of the Order. This will initially be empty when the resource is first created. The Order controller will populate this field when the Order is first processed. This field will be immutable after it is initially set. + type: string + served: true + storage: true +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/cainjector-serviceaccount.yaml +apiVersion: v1 +kind: ServiceAccount +automountServiceAccountToken: true +metadata: + name: cert-manager-cainjector + namespace: cert-manager + labels: + app: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/name: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/serviceaccount.yaml +apiVersion: v1 +kind: ServiceAccount +automountServiceAccountToken: true +metadata: + name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/webhook-serviceaccount.yaml +apiVersion: v1 +kind: ServiceAccount +automountServiceAccountToken: true +metadata: + name: cert-manager-webhook + namespace: cert-manager + labels: + app: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/cainjector-rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-cainjector + labels: + app: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/name: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["certificates"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["secrets"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["events"] + verbs: ["get", "create", "update", "patch"] + - apiGroups: ["admissionregistration.k8s.io"] + resources: ["validatingwebhookconfigurations", "mutatingwebhookconfigurations"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update", "patch"] + - apiGroups: ["apiregistration.k8s.io"] + resources: ["apiservices"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update", "patch"] + - apiGroups: ["apiextensions.k8s.io"] + resources: ["customresourcedefinitions"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update", "patch"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +# Issuer controller role +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-issuers + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["issuers", "issuers/status"] + verbs: ["update", "patch"] + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["issuers"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["secrets"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "update", "delete"] + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["events"] + verbs: ["create", "patch"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +# ClusterIssuer controller role +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-clusterissuers + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["clusterissuers", "clusterissuers/status"] + verbs: ["update", "patch"] + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["clusterissuers"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["secrets"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "update", "delete"] + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["events"] + verbs: ["create", "patch"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +# Certificates controller role +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-certificates + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["certificates", "certificates/status", "certificaterequests", "certificaterequests/status"] + verbs: ["update", "patch"] + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["certificates", "certificaterequests", "clusterissuers", "issuers"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + # We require these rules to support users with the OwnerReferencesPermissionEnforcement + # admission controller enabled: + # https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/admission-controllers/#ownerreferencespermissionenforcement + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["certificates/finalizers", "certificaterequests/finalizers"] + verbs: ["update"] + - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["orders"] + verbs: ["create", "delete", "get", "list", "watch"] + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["secrets"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "update", "delete", "patch"] + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["events"] + verbs: ["create", "patch"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +# Orders controller role +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-orders + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["orders", "orders/status"] + verbs: ["update", "patch"] + - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["orders", "challenges"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["clusterissuers", "issuers"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["challenges"] + verbs: ["create", "delete"] + # We require these rules to support users with the OwnerReferencesPermissionEnforcement + # admission controller enabled: + # https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/admission-controllers/#ownerreferencespermissionenforcement + - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["orders/finalizers"] + verbs: ["update"] + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["secrets"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["events"] + verbs: ["create", "patch"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +# Challenges controller role +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-challenges + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: + # Use to update challenge resource status + - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["challenges", "challenges/status"] + verbs: ["update", "patch"] + # Used to watch challenge resources + - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["challenges"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + # Used to watch challenges, issuer and clusterissuer resources + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["issuers", "clusterissuers"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + # Need to be able to retrieve ACME account private key to complete challenges + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["secrets"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + # Used to create events + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["events"] + verbs: ["create", "patch"] + # HTTP01 rules + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["pods", "services"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "delete"] + - apiGroups: ["networking.k8s.io"] + resources: ["ingresses"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "delete", "update"] + - apiGroups: [ "gateway.networking.k8s.io" ] + resources: [ "httproutes" ] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "create", "delete", "update"] + # We require the ability to specify a custom hostname when we are creating + # new ingress resources. + # See: https://github.com/openshift/origin/blob/21f191775636f9acadb44fa42beeb4f75b255532/pkg/route/apiserver/admission/ingress_admission.go#L84-L148 + - apiGroups: ["route.openshift.io"] + resources: ["routes/custom-host"] + verbs: ["create"] + # We require these rules to support users with the OwnerReferencesPermissionEnforcement + # admission controller enabled: + # https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/admission-controllers/#ownerreferencespermissionenforcement + - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["challenges/finalizers"] + verbs: ["update"] + # DNS01 rules (duplicated above) + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["secrets"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +# ingress-shim controller role +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-ingress-shim + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["certificates", "certificaterequests"] + verbs: ["create", "update", "delete"] + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["certificates", "certificaterequests", "issuers", "clusterissuers"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + - apiGroups: ["networking.k8s.io"] + resources: ["ingresses"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + # We require these rules to support users with the OwnerReferencesPermissionEnforcement + # admission controller enabled: + # https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/admission-controllers/#ownerreferencespermissionenforcement + - apiGroups: ["networking.k8s.io"] + resources: ["ingresses/finalizers"] + verbs: ["update"] + - apiGroups: ["gateway.networking.k8s.io"] + resources: ["gateways", "httproutes"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + - apiGroups: ["gateway.networking.k8s.io"] + resources: ["gateways/finalizers", "httproutes/finalizers"] + verbs: ["update"] + - apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["events"] + verbs: ["create", "patch"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-cluster-view + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" + rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-cluster-reader: "true" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["clusterissuers"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-view + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" + rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-view: "true" + rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-edit: "true" + rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-admin: "true" + rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-cluster-reader: "true" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["certificates", "certificaterequests", "issuers"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] + - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["challenges", "orders"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-edit + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" + rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-edit: "true" + rbac.authorization.k8s.io/aggregate-to-admin: "true" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["certificates", "certificaterequests", "issuers"] + verbs: ["create", "delete", "deletecollection", "patch", "update"] + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["certificates/status"] + verbs: ["update"] + - apiGroups: ["acme.cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["challenges", "orders"] + verbs: ["create", "delete", "deletecollection", "patch", "update"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +# Permission to approve CertificateRequests referencing cert-manager.io Issuers and ClusterIssuers +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-approve:cert-manager-io + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cert-manager" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["cert-manager.io"] + resources: ["signers"] + verbs: ["approve"] + resourceNames: ["issuers.cert-manager.io/*", "clusterissuers.cert-manager.io/*"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +# Permission to: +# - Update and sign CertificatSigningeRequests referencing cert-manager.io Issuers and ClusterIssuers +# - Perform SubjectAccessReviews to test whether users are able to reference Namespaced Issuers +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-certificatesigningrequests + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cert-manager" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["certificates.k8s.io"] + resources: ["certificatesigningrequests"] + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update"] + - apiGroups: ["certificates.k8s.io"] + resources: ["certificatesigningrequests/status"] + verbs: ["update", "patch"] + - apiGroups: ["certificates.k8s.io"] + resources: ["signers"] + resourceNames: ["issuers.cert-manager.io/*", "clusterissuers.cert-manager.io/*"] + verbs: ["sign"] + - apiGroups: ["authorization.k8s.io"] + resources: ["subjectaccessreviews"] + verbs: ["create"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/webhook-rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRole +metadata: + name: cert-manager-webhook:subjectaccessreviews + labels: + app: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: +- apiGroups: ["authorization.k8s.io"] + resources: ["subjectaccessreviews"] + verbs: ["create"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/cainjector-rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-cainjector + labels: + app: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/name: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: ClusterRole + name: cert-manager-cainjector +subjects: + - name: cert-manager-cainjector + namespace: cert-manager + kind: ServiceAccount +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-issuers + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: ClusterRole + name: cert-manager-controller-issuers +subjects: + - name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager + kind: ServiceAccount +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-clusterissuers + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: ClusterRole + name: cert-manager-controller-clusterissuers +subjects: + - name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager + kind: ServiceAccount +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-certificates + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: ClusterRole + name: cert-manager-controller-certificates +subjects: + - name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager + kind: ServiceAccount +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-orders + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: ClusterRole + name: cert-manager-controller-orders +subjects: + - name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager + kind: ServiceAccount +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-challenges + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: ClusterRole + name: cert-manager-controller-challenges +subjects: + - name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager + kind: ServiceAccount +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-ingress-shim + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: ClusterRole + name: cert-manager-controller-ingress-shim +subjects: + - name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager + kind: ServiceAccount +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-approve:cert-manager-io + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cert-manager" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: ClusterRole + name: cert-manager-controller-approve:cert-manager-io +subjects: + - name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager + kind: ServiceAccount +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-controller-certificatesigningrequests + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cert-manager" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: ClusterRole + name: cert-manager-controller-certificatesigningrequests +subjects: + - name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager + kind: ServiceAccount +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/webhook-rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ClusterRoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-webhook:subjectaccessreviews + labels: + app: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: ClusterRole + name: cert-manager-webhook:subjectaccessreviews +subjects: +- apiGroup: "" + kind: ServiceAccount + name: cert-manager-webhook + namespace: cert-manager +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/cainjector-rbac.yaml +# leader election rules +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: Role +metadata: + name: cert-manager-cainjector:leaderelection + namespace: kube-system + labels: + app: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/name: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: + # Used for leader election by the controller + # cert-manager-cainjector-leader-election is used by the CertificateBased injector controller + # see cmd/cainjector/start.go#L113 + # cert-manager-cainjector-leader-election-core is used by the SecretBased injector controller + # see cmd/cainjector/start.go#L137 + - apiGroups: ["coordination.k8s.io"] + resources: ["leases"] + resourceNames: ["cert-manager-cainjector-leader-election", "cert-manager-cainjector-leader-election-core"] + verbs: ["get", "update", "patch"] + - apiGroups: ["coordination.k8s.io"] + resources: ["leases"] + verbs: ["create"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: Role +metadata: + name: cert-manager:leaderelection + namespace: kube-system + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: + - apiGroups: ["coordination.k8s.io"] + resources: ["leases"] + resourceNames: ["cert-manager-controller"] + verbs: ["get", "update", "patch"] + - apiGroups: ["coordination.k8s.io"] + resources: ["leases"] + verbs: ["create"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/webhook-rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: Role +metadata: + name: cert-manager-webhook:dynamic-serving + namespace: cert-manager + labels: + app: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +rules: +- apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["secrets"] + resourceNames: + - 'cert-manager-webhook-ca' + verbs: ["get", "list", "watch", "update"] +# It's not possible to grant CREATE permission on a single resourceName. +- apiGroups: [""] + resources: ["secrets"] + verbs: ["create"] +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/cainjector-rbac.yaml +# grant cert-manager permission to manage the leaderelection configmap in the +# leader election namespace +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: RoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-cainjector:leaderelection + namespace: kube-system + labels: + app: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/name: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: Role + name: cert-manager-cainjector:leaderelection +subjects: + - kind: ServiceAccount + name: cert-manager-cainjector + namespace: cert-manager +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/rbac.yaml +# grant cert-manager permission to manage the leaderelection configmap in the +# leader election namespace +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: RoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager:leaderelection + namespace: kube-system + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: Role + name: cert-manager:leaderelection +subjects: + - apiGroup: "" + kind: ServiceAccount + name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/webhook-rbac.yaml +apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1 +kind: RoleBinding +metadata: + name: cert-manager-webhook:dynamic-serving + namespace: cert-manager + labels: + app: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +roleRef: + apiGroup: rbac.authorization.k8s.io + kind: Role + name: cert-manager-webhook:dynamic-serving +subjects: +- apiGroup: "" + kind: ServiceAccount + name: cert-manager-webhook + namespace: cert-manager +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/service.yaml +apiVersion: v1 +kind: Service +metadata: + name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +spec: + type: ClusterIP + ports: + - protocol: TCP + port: 9402 + name: tcp-prometheus-servicemonitor + targetPort: 9402 + selector: + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/webhook-service.yaml +apiVersion: v1 +kind: Service +metadata: + name: cert-manager-webhook + namespace: cert-manager + labels: + app: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +spec: + type: ClusterIP + ports: + - name: https + port: 443 + protocol: TCP + targetPort: "https" + selector: + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/cainjector-deployment.yaml +apiVersion: apps/v1 +kind: Deployment +metadata: + name: cert-manager-cainjector + namespace: cert-manager + labels: + app: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/name: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +spec: + replicas: 1 + revisionHistoryLimit: + selector: + matchLabels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector" + template: + metadata: + labels: + app: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/name: cainjector + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "cainjector" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" + spec: + serviceAccountName: cert-manager-cainjector + enableServiceLinks: false + securityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + containers: + - name: cert-manager-cainjector + image: "quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-cainjector:v1.14.1" + imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent + args: + - --v=2 + - --leader-election-namespace=kube-system + env: + - name: POD_NAMESPACE + valueFrom: + fieldRef: + fieldPath: metadata.namespace + securityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/deployment.yaml +apiVersion: apps/v1 +kind: Deployment +metadata: + name: cert-manager + namespace: cert-manager + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +spec: + replicas: 1 + revisionHistoryLimit: + selector: + matchLabels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + template: + metadata: + labels: + app: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/name: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "controller" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" + annotations: + prometheus.io/path: "/metrics" + prometheus.io/scrape: 'true' + prometheus.io/port: '9402' + spec: + serviceAccountName: cert-manager + enableServiceLinks: false + securityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + containers: + - name: cert-manager-controller + image: "quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-controller:v1.14.5" + imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent + args: + - --v=2 + - --cluster-resource-namespace=$(POD_NAMESPACE) + - --leader-election-namespace=kube-system + - --acme-http01-solver-image=quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-acmesolver:v1.14.1 + - --max-concurrent-challenges=60 + - --feature-gates=ExperimentalGatewayAPISupport=true + ports: + - containerPort: 9402 + name: http-metrics + protocol: TCP + - containerPort: 9403 + name: http-healthz + protocol: TCP + securityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + env: + - name: POD_NAMESPACE + valueFrom: + fieldRef: + fieldPath: metadata.namespace + # LivenessProbe settings are based on those used for the Kubernetes + # controller-manager. See: + # https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/806b30170c61a38fedd54cc9ede4cd6275a1ad3b/cmd/kubeadm/app/util/staticpod/utils.go#L241-L245 + livenessProbe: + httpGet: + port: http-healthz + path: /livez + scheme: HTTP + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + periodSeconds: 10 + timeoutSeconds: 15 + successThreshold: 1 + failureThreshold: 8 + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/webhook-deployment.yaml +apiVersion: apps/v1 +kind: Deployment +metadata: + name: cert-manager-webhook + namespace: cert-manager + labels: + app: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" +spec: + replicas: 1 + revisionHistoryLimit: + selector: + matchLabels: + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" + template: + metadata: + labels: + app: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" + spec: + serviceAccountName: cert-manager-webhook + enableServiceLinks: false + securityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + containers: + - name: cert-manager-webhook + image: "quay.io/jetstack/cert-manager-webhook:v1.14.5" + imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent + args: + - --v=2 + - --secure-port=10250 + - --dynamic-serving-ca-secret-namespace=$(POD_NAMESPACE) + - --dynamic-serving-ca-secret-name=cert-manager-webhook-ca + - --dynamic-serving-dns-names=cert-manager-webhook + - --dynamic-serving-dns-names=cert-manager-webhook.$(POD_NAMESPACE) + - --dynamic-serving-dns-names=cert-manager-webhook.$(POD_NAMESPACE).svc + + ports: + - name: https + protocol: TCP + containerPort: 10250 + - name: healthcheck + protocol: TCP + containerPort: 6080 + livenessProbe: + httpGet: + path: /livez + port: 6080 + scheme: HTTP + initialDelaySeconds: 60 + periodSeconds: 10 + timeoutSeconds: 1 + successThreshold: 1 + failureThreshold: 3 + readinessProbe: + httpGet: + path: /healthz + port: 6080 + scheme: HTTP + initialDelaySeconds: 5 + periodSeconds: 5 + timeoutSeconds: 1 + successThreshold: 1 + failureThreshold: 3 + securityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + env: + - name: POD_NAMESPACE + valueFrom: + fieldRef: + fieldPath: metadata.namespace + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/webhook-mutating-webhook.yaml +apiVersion: admissionregistration.k8s.io/v1 +kind: MutatingWebhookConfiguration +metadata: + name: cert-manager-webhook + labels: + app: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" + annotations: + cert-manager.io/inject-ca-from-secret: "cert-manager/cert-manager-webhook-ca" +webhooks: + - name: webhook.cert-manager.io + rules: + - apiGroups: + - "cert-manager.io" + apiVersions: + - "v1" + operations: + - CREATE + resources: + - "certificaterequests" + admissionReviewVersions: ["v1"] + # This webhook only accepts v1 cert-manager resources. + # Equivalent matchPolicy ensures that non-v1 resource requests are sent to + # this webhook (after the resources have been converted to v1). + matchPolicy: Equivalent + timeoutSeconds: 30 + failurePolicy: Fail + # Only include 'sideEffects' field in Kubernetes 1.12+ + sideEffects: None + clientConfig: + service: + name: cert-manager-webhook + namespace: cert-manager + path: /mutate +--- +# Source: cert-manager/templates/webhook-validating-webhook.yaml +apiVersion: admissionregistration.k8s.io/v1 +kind: ValidatingWebhookConfiguration +metadata: + name: cert-manager-webhook + labels: + app: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/name: webhook + app.kubernetes.io/instance: cert-manager + app.kubernetes.io/component: "webhook" + app.kubernetes.io/version: "v1.14.1" + annotations: + cert-manager.io/inject-ca-from-secret: "cert-manager/cert-manager-webhook-ca" +webhooks: + - name: webhook.cert-manager.io + namespaceSelector: + matchExpressions: + - key: cert-manager.io/disable-validation + operator: NotIn + values: + - "true" + rules: + - apiGroups: + - "cert-manager.io" + - "acme.cert-manager.io" + apiVersions: + - "v1" + operations: + - CREATE + - UPDATE + resources: + - "*/*" + admissionReviewVersions: ["v1"] + # This webhook only accepts v1 cert-manager resources. + # Equivalent matchPolicy ensures that non-v1 resource requests are sent to + # this webhook (after the resources have been converted to v1). + matchPolicy: Equivalent + timeoutSeconds: 30 + failurePolicy: Fail + sideEffects: None + clientConfig: + service: + name: cert-manager-webhook + namespace: cert-manager + path: /validate diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36c4b6f --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cert-manager/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - argo-app.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cilium/argo-app.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cilium/argo-app.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ffa0c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cilium/argo-app.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1 +kind: Application +metadata: + name: cilium + namespace: argocd + finalizers: + - resources-finalizer.argocd.argoproj.io + annotations: + argocd.argoproj.io/sync-wave: "0" +spec: + project: default + destination: + server: https://kubernetes.default.svc + namespace: kube-system + sources: + - chart: cilium + helm: + releaseName: cilium + valueFiles: + - $values/kubernetes/system/cilium/helm/values.yaml + repoURL: https://helm.cilium.io/ + targetRevision: 1.15.6 + - repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab + targetRevision: HEAD + ref: values + - repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab + path: kubernetes/system/cilium/base + targetRevision: HEAD + syncPolicy: + automated: + selfHeal: true diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/gateways/gateways.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/gateways/gateways.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8046f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/gateways/gateways.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# --- +# # To test this gateway modify the /etc/hosts and set the *.ninebasetwo.net to the LB IP of the external-gateway +# apiVersion: gateway.networking.k8s.io/v1 +# kind: Gateway +# metadata: +# name: external-gateway +# namespace: kube-system +# annotations: +# cert-manager.io/cluster-issuer: letsencrypt-prod +# external-dns.alpha.kubernetes.io/target: ninebasetwo.net +# spec: +# gatewayClassName: cilium +# listeners: +# - name: external-gateway-https +# port: 443 +# protocol: HTTPS +# hostname: "*.ninebasetwo.net" +# allowedRoutes: +# namespaces: +# from: All +# tls: +# mode: Terminate +# certificateRefs: +# - name: gateway-tls +# - name: external-gateway-http +# port: 80 +# protocol: HTTP +# hostname: "*.ninebasetwo.net" +# allowedRoutes: +# namespaces: +# from: All +# --- +# apiVersion: gateway.networking.k8s.io/v1 +# kind: Gateway +# metadata: +# name: internal-gateway +# namespace: kube-system +# spec: +# gatewayClassName: cilium +# listeners: +# - name: internal-gateway-http +# port: 80 +# protocol: HTTP +# allowedRoutes: +# namespaces: +# from: All + diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..746d49c --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - gateways/gateways.yaml + - networking/ip-pool.yaml + - networking/l2announcement.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/networking/ip-pool.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/networking/ip-pool.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b382c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/networking/ip-pool.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +apiVersion: "cilium.io/v2alpha1" +kind: CiliumLoadBalancerIPPool +metadata: + name: "cluster-pool" +spec: + blocks: + - start: "192.168.2.100" + stop: "192.168.2.130" \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/networking/l2announcement.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/networking/l2announcement.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9f42f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cilium/base/networking/l2announcement.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +apiVersion: cilium.io/v2alpha1 +kind: CiliumL2AnnouncementPolicy +metadata: + name: default-l2-announcement-policy + namespace: kube-system +spec: + externalIPs: true + loadBalancerIPs: true \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cilium/helm/values.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cilium/helm/values.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ced99d --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cilium/helm/values.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,3449 @@ +# File generated by install/kubernetes/Makefile; DO NOT EDIT. +# This file is based on install/kubernetes/cilium/*values.yaml.tmpl. + + +# @schema +# type: [null, string] +# @schema +# -- upgradeCompatibility helps users upgrading to ensure that the configMap for +# Cilium will not change critical values to ensure continued operation +# This flag is not required for new installations. +# For example: '1.7', '1.8', '1.9' +upgradeCompatibility: null +debug: + # -- Enable debug logging + enabled: false + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- Configure verbosity levels for debug logging + # This option is used to enable debug messages for operations related to such + # sub-system such as (e.g. kvstore, envoy, datapath or policy), and flow is + # for enabling debug messages emitted per request, message and connection. + # Multiple values can be set via a space-separated string (e.g. "datapath envoy"). + # + # Applicable values: + # - flow + # - kvstore + # - envoy + # - datapath + # - policy + verbose: ~ +rbac: + # -- Enable creation of Resource-Based Access Control configuration. + create: true +# -- Configure image pull secrets for pulling container images +imagePullSecrets: [] +# - name: "image-pull-secret" + +# -- (string) Kubernetes config path +# @default -- `"~/.kube/config"` +kubeConfigPath: "" +# -- (string) Kubernetes service host +k8sServiceHost: "192.168.2.203" +# @schema +# type: [string, integer] +# @schema +# -- (string) Kubernetes service port +k8sServicePort: "6443" +# -- Configure the client side rate limit for the agent and operator +# +# If the amount of requests to the Kubernetes API server exceeds the configured +# rate limit, the agent and operator will start to throttle requests by delaying +# them until there is budget or the request times out. +k8sClientRateLimit: + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- (int) The sustained request rate in requests per second. + # @default -- 5 for k8s up to 1.26. 10 for k8s version 1.27+ + qps: 50 + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- (int) The burst request rate in requests per second. + # The rate limiter will allow short bursts with a higher rate. + # @default -- 10 for k8s up to 1.26. 20 for k8s version 1.27+ + burst: 200 +cluster: + # -- Name of the cluster. Only required for Cluster Mesh and mutual authentication with SPIRE. + name: default + # -- (int) Unique ID of the cluster. Must be unique across all connected + # clusters and in the range of 1 to 255. Only required for Cluster Mesh, + # may be 0 if Cluster Mesh is not used. + id: 0 +# -- Define serviceAccount names for components. +# @default -- Component's fully qualified name. +serviceAccounts: + cilium: + create: true + name: cilium + automount: true + annotations: {} + nodeinit: + create: true + # -- Enabled is temporary until https://github.com/cilium/cilium-cli/issues/1396 is implemented. + # Cilium CLI doesn't create the SAs for node-init, thus the workaround. Helm is not affected by + # this issue. Name and automount can be configured, if enabled is set to true. + # Otherwise, they are ignored. Enabled can be removed once the issue is fixed. + # Cilium-nodeinit DS must also be fixed. + enabled: false + name: cilium-nodeinit + automount: true + annotations: {} + envoy: + create: true + name: cilium-envoy + automount: true + annotations: {} + etcd: + create: true + name: cilium-etcd-operator + automount: true + annotations: {} + operator: + create: true + name: cilium-operator + automount: true + annotations: {} + preflight: + create: true + name: cilium-pre-flight + automount: true + annotations: {} + relay: + create: true + name: hubble-relay + automount: false + annotations: {} + ui: + create: true + name: hubble-ui + automount: true + annotations: {} + clustermeshApiserver: + create: true + name: clustermesh-apiserver + automount: true + annotations: {} + # -- Clustermeshcertgen is used if clustermesh.apiserver.tls.auto.method=cronJob + clustermeshcertgen: + create: true + name: clustermesh-apiserver-generate-certs + automount: true + annotations: {} + # -- Hubblecertgen is used if hubble.tls.auto.method=cronJob + hubblecertgen: + create: true + name: hubble-generate-certs + automount: true + annotations: {} +# -- Configure termination grace period for cilium-agent DaemonSet. +terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 1 +# -- Install the cilium agent resources. +agent: true +# -- Agent container name. +name: cilium +# -- Roll out cilium agent pods automatically when configmap is updated. +rollOutCiliumPods: true +# -- Agent container image. +image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "quay.io/cilium/cilium-ci" + tag: "latest" + pullPolicy: "Always" + # cilium-digest + digest: "" + useDigest: false +# -- Affinity for cilium-agent. +affinity: + podAntiAffinity: + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + - topologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname + labelSelector: + matchLabels: + k8s-app: cilium +# -- Node selector for cilium-agent. +nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux +# -- Node tolerations for agent scheduling to nodes with taints +# ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ +tolerations: + - operator: Exists + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal|Exists" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule|PreferNoSchedule|NoExecute(1.6 only)" +# -- The priority class to use for cilium-agent. +priorityClassName: "" +# -- DNS policy for Cilium agent pods. +# Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pod-s-dns-policy +dnsPolicy: "" +# -- Additional containers added to the cilium DaemonSet. +extraContainers: [] +# -- Additional agent container arguments. +extraArgs: [] +# -- Additional agent container environment variables. +extraEnv: [] +# -- Additional agent hostPath mounts. +extraHostPathMounts: [] +# - name: host-mnt-data +# mountPath: /host/mnt/data +# hostPath: /mnt/data +# hostPathType: Directory +# readOnly: true +# mountPropagation: HostToContainer + +# -- Additional agent volumes. +extraVolumes: [] +# -- Additional agent volumeMounts. +extraVolumeMounts: [] +# -- extraConfig allows you to specify additional configuration parameters to be +# included in the cilium-config configmap. +extraConfig: {} +# my-config-a: "1234" +# my-config-b: |- +# test 1 +# test 2 +# test 3 + +# -- Annotations to be added to all top-level cilium-agent objects (resources under templates/cilium-agent) +annotations: {} +# -- Security Context for cilium-agent pods. +podSecurityContext: {} +# -- Annotations to be added to agent pods +podAnnotations: {} +# -- Labels to be added to agent pods +podLabels: {} +# -- Agent resource limits & requests +# ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ +resources: {} +# limits: +# cpu: 4000m +# memory: 4Gi +# requests: +# cpu: 100m +# memory: 512Mi + +# -- resources & limits for the agent init containers +initResources: {} +securityContext: + # -- User to run the pod with + # runAsUser: 0 + # -- Run the pod with elevated privileges + privileged: false + # -- SELinux options for the `cilium-agent` and init containers + seLinuxOptions: + level: 's0' + # Running with spc_t since we have removed the privileged mode. + # Users can change it to a different type as long as they have the + # type available on the system. + type: 'spc_t' + capabilities: + # -- Capabilities for the `cilium-agent` container + ciliumAgent: + # Use to set socket permission + - CHOWN + # Used to terminate envoy child process + - KILL + # Used since cilium modifies routing tables, etc... + - NET_ADMIN + # Used since cilium creates raw sockets, etc... + - NET_RAW + # Used since cilium monitor uses mmap + - IPC_LOCK + # Used in iptables. Consider removing once we are iptables-free + - SYS_MODULE + # We need it for now but might not need it for >= 5.11 specially + # for the 'SYS_RESOURCE'. + # In >= 5.8 there's already BPF and PERMON capabilities + - SYS_ADMIN + # Could be an alternative for the SYS_ADMIN for the RLIMIT_NPROC + - SYS_RESOURCE + # Both PERFMON and BPF requires kernel 5.8, container runtime + # cri-o >= v1.22.0 or containerd >= v1.5.0. + # If available, SYS_ADMIN can be removed. + #- PERFMON + #- BPF + # Allow discretionary access control (e.g. required for package installation) + - DAC_OVERRIDE + # Allow to set Access Control Lists (ACLs) on arbitrary files (e.g. required for package installation) + - FOWNER + # Allow to execute program that changes GID (e.g. required for package installation) + - SETGID + # Allow to execute program that changes UID (e.g. required for package installation) + - SETUID + # -- Capabilities for the `mount-cgroup` init container + mountCgroup: + # Only used for 'mount' cgroup + - SYS_ADMIN + # Used for nsenter + - SYS_CHROOT + - SYS_PTRACE + # -- capabilities for the `apply-sysctl-overwrites` init container + applySysctlOverwrites: + # Required in order to access host's /etc/sysctl.d dir + - SYS_ADMIN + # Used for nsenter + - SYS_CHROOT + - SYS_PTRACE + # -- Capabilities for the `clean-cilium-state` init container + cleanCiliumState: + # Most of the capabilities here are the same ones used in the + # cilium-agent's container because this container can be used to + # uninstall all Cilium resources, and therefore it is likely that + # will need the same capabilities. + # Used since cilium modifies routing tables, etc... + - NET_ADMIN + # Used in iptables. Consider removing once we are iptables-free + - SYS_MODULE + # We need it for now but might not need it for >= 5.11 specially + # for the 'SYS_RESOURCE'. + # In >= 5.8 there's already BPF and PERMON capabilities + - SYS_ADMIN + # Could be an alternative for the SYS_ADMIN for the RLIMIT_NPROC + - SYS_RESOURCE + # Both PERFMON and BPF requires kernel 5.8, container runtime + # cri-o >= v1.22.0 or containerd >= v1.5.0. + # If available, SYS_ADMIN can be removed. + #- PERFMON + #- BPF +# -- Cilium agent update strategy +updateStrategy: + type: RollingUpdate + rollingUpdate: + # @schema + # type: [integer, string] + # @schema + maxUnavailable: 2 +# Configuration Values for cilium-agent +aksbyocni: + # -- Enable AKS BYOCNI integration. + # Note that this is incompatible with AKS clusters not created in BYOCNI mode: + # use Azure integration (`azure.enabled`) instead. + enabled: false +# @schema +# type: [boolean, string] +# @schema +# -- Enable installation of PodCIDR routes between worker +# nodes if worker nodes share a common L2 network segment. +autoDirectNodeRoutes: false +# -- Annotate k8s node upon initialization with Cilium's metadata. +annotateK8sNode: false +azure: + # -- Enable Azure integration. + # Note that this is incompatible with AKS clusters created in BYOCNI mode: use + # AKS BYOCNI integration (`aksbyocni.enabled`) instead. + enabled: false + # usePrimaryAddress: false + # resourceGroup: group1 + # subscriptionID: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000 + # tenantID: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000 + # clientID: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000 + # clientSecret: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000 + # userAssignedIdentityID: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000 +alibabacloud: + # -- Enable AlibabaCloud ENI integration + enabled: false +# -- Enable bandwidth manager to optimize TCP and UDP workloads and allow +# for rate-limiting traffic from individual Pods with EDT (Earliest Departure +# Time) through the "kubernetes.io/egress-bandwidth" Pod annotation. +bandwidthManager: + # -- Enable bandwidth manager infrastructure (also prerequirement for BBR) + enabled: false + # -- Activate BBR TCP congestion control for Pods + bbr: false +# -- Configure standalone NAT46/NAT64 gateway +nat46x64Gateway: + # -- Enable RFC8215-prefixed translation + enabled: false +# -- EnableHighScaleIPcache enables the special ipcache mode for high scale +# clusters. The ipcache content will be reduced to the strict minimum and +# traffic will be encapsulated to carry security identities. +highScaleIPcache: + # -- Enable the high scale mode for the ipcache. + enabled: false +# -- Configure L2 announcements +l2announcements: + # -- Enable L2 announcements + enabled: true + # -- If a lease is not renewed for X duration, the current leader is considered dead, a new leader is picked + # leaseDuration: 15s + # -- The interval at which the leader will renew the lease + # leaseRenewDeadline: 5s + # -- The timeout between retries if renewal fails + # leaseRetryPeriod: 2s +# -- Configure L2 pod announcements +l2podAnnouncements: + # -- Enable L2 pod announcements + enabled: false + # -- Interface used for sending Gratuitous ARP pod announcements + interface: "eth0" +# -- Configure BGP +bgp: + # -- Enable BGP support inside Cilium; embeds a new ConfigMap for BGP inside + # cilium-agent and cilium-operator + enabled: false + announce: + # -- Enable allocation and announcement of service LoadBalancer IPs + loadbalancerIP: false + # -- Enable announcement of node pod CIDR + podCIDR: false +# -- This feature set enables virtual BGP routers to be created via +# CiliumBGPPeeringPolicy CRDs. +bgpControlPlane: + # -- Enables the BGP control plane. + enabled: false + # -- Enable the BGPv2 APIs. + v2Enabled: false + # -- SecretsNamespace is the namespace which BGP support will retrieve secrets from. + secretsNamespace: + # -- Create secrets namespace for BGP secrets. + create: false + # -- The name of the secret namespace to which Cilium agents are given read access + name: kube-system +pmtuDiscovery: + # -- Enable path MTU discovery to send ICMP fragmentation-needed replies to + # the client. + enabled: false +bpf: + autoMount: + # -- Enable automatic mount of BPF filesystem + # When `autoMount` is enabled, the BPF filesystem is mounted at + # `bpf.root` path on the underlying host and inside the cilium agent pod. + # If users disable `autoMount`, it's expected that users have mounted + # bpffs filesystem at the specified `bpf.root` volume, and then the + # volume will be mounted inside the cilium agent pod at the same path. + enabled: true + # -- Configure the mount point for the BPF filesystem + root: /sys/fs/bpf + # -- Enables pre-allocation of eBPF map values. This increases + # memory usage but can reduce latency. + preallocateMaps: false + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- (int) Configure the maximum number of entries in auth map. + # @default -- `524288` + authMapMax: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- (int) Configure the maximum number of entries in the TCP connection tracking + # table. + # @default -- `524288` + ctTcpMax: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- (int) Configure the maximum number of entries for the non-TCP connection + # tracking table. + # @default -- `262144` + ctAnyMax: ~ + # -- Control events generated by the Cilium datapath exposed to Cilium monitor and Hubble. + events: + drop: + # -- Enable drop events. + enabled: true + policyVerdict: + # -- Enable policy verdict events. + enabled: true + trace: + # -- Enable trace events. + enabled: true + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- Configure the maximum number of service entries in the + # load balancer maps. + lbMapMax: 65536 + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- (int) Configure the maximum number of entries for the NAT table. + # @default -- `524288` + natMax: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- (int) Configure the maximum number of entries for the neighbor table. + # @default -- `524288` + neighMax: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # @default -- `16384` + # -- (int) Configures the maximum number of entries for the node table. + nodeMapMax: ~ + # -- Configure the maximum number of entries in endpoint policy map (per endpoint). + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + policyMapMax: 16384 + # @schema + # type: [null, number] + # @schema + # -- (float64) Configure auto-sizing for all BPF maps based on available memory. + # ref: https://docs.cilium.io/en/stable/network/ebpf/maps/ + # @default -- `0.0025` + mapDynamicSizeRatio: ~ + # -- Configure the level of aggregation for monitor notifications. + # Valid options are none, low, medium, maximum. + monitorAggregation: medium + # -- Configure the typical time between monitor notifications for + # active connections. + monitorInterval: "5s" + # -- Configure which TCP flags trigger notifications when seen for the + # first time in a connection. + monitorFlags: "all" + # -- Allow cluster external access to ClusterIP services. + lbExternalClusterIP: false + # @schema + # type: [null, boolean] + # @schema + # -- (bool) Enable native IP masquerade support in eBPF + # @default -- `false` + masquerade: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, boolean] + # @schema + # -- (bool) Configure whether direct routing mode should route traffic via + # host stack (true) or directly and more efficiently out of BPF (false) if + # the kernel supports it. The latter has the implication that it will also + # bypass netfilter in the host namespace. + # @default -- `false` + hostLegacyRouting: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, boolean] + # @schema + # -- (bool) Configure the eBPF-based TPROXY to reduce reliance on iptables rules + # for implementing Layer 7 policy. + # @default -- `false` + tproxy: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- (list) Configure explicitly allowed VLAN id's for bpf logic bypass. + # [0] will allow all VLAN id's without any filtering. + # @default -- `[]` + vlanBypass: ~ +# -- Enable BPF clock source probing for more efficient tick retrieval. +bpfClockProbe: false +# -- Clean all eBPF datapath state from the initContainer of the cilium-agent +# DaemonSet. +# +# WARNING: Use with care! +cleanBpfState: false +# -- Clean all local Cilium state from the initContainer of the cilium-agent +# DaemonSet. Implies cleanBpfState: true. +# +# WARNING: Use with care! +cleanState: false +# -- Wait for KUBE-PROXY-CANARY iptables rule to appear in "wait-for-kube-proxy" +# init container before launching cilium-agent. +# More context can be found in the commit message of below PR +# https://github.com/cilium/cilium/pull/20123 +waitForKubeProxy: false +cni: + # -- Install the CNI configuration and binary files into the filesystem. + install: true + # -- Remove the CNI configuration and binary files on agent shutdown. Enable this + # if you're removing Cilium from the cluster. Disable this to prevent the CNI + # configuration file from being removed during agent upgrade, which can cause + # nodes to go unmanageable. + uninstall: false + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- Configure chaining on top of other CNI plugins. Possible values: + # - none + # - aws-cni + # - flannel + # - generic-veth + # - portmap + chainingMode: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- A CNI network name in to which the Cilium plugin should be added as a chained plugin. + # This will cause the agent to watch for a CNI network with this network name. When it is + # found, this will be used as the basis for Cilium's CNI configuration file. If this is + # set, it assumes a chaining mode of generic-veth. As a special case, a chaining mode + # of aws-cni implies a chainingTarget of aws-cni. + chainingTarget: ~ + # -- Make Cilium take ownership over the `/etc/cni/net.d` directory on the + # node, renaming all non-Cilium CNI configurations to `*.cilium_bak`. + # This ensures no Pods can be scheduled using other CNI plugins during Cilium + # agent downtime. + exclusive: true + # -- Configure the log file for CNI logging with retention policy of 7 days. + # Disable CNI file logging by setting this field to empty explicitly. + logFile: /var/run/cilium/cilium-cni.log + # -- Skip writing of the CNI configuration. This can be used if + # writing of the CNI configuration is performed by external automation. + customConf: false + # -- Configure the path to the CNI configuration directory on the host. + confPath: /etc/cni/net.d + # -- Configure the path to the CNI binary directory on the host. + binPath: /opt/cni/bin + # -- Specify the path to a CNI config to read from on agent start. + # This can be useful if you want to manage your CNI + # configuration outside of a Kubernetes environment. This parameter is + # mutually exclusive with the 'cni.configMap' parameter. The agent will + # write this to 05-cilium.conflist on startup. + # readCniConf: /host/etc/cni/net.d/05-sample.conflist.input + + # -- When defined, configMap will mount the provided value as ConfigMap and + # interpret the cniConf variable as CNI configuration file and write it + # when the agent starts up + # configMap: cni-configuration + + # -- Configure the key in the CNI ConfigMap to read the contents of + # the CNI configuration from. + configMapKey: cni-config + # -- Configure the path to where to mount the ConfigMap inside the agent pod. + confFileMountPath: /tmp/cni-configuration + # -- Configure the path to where the CNI configuration directory is mounted + # inside the agent pod. + hostConfDirMountPath: /host/etc/cni/net.d + # -- Specifies the resources for the cni initContainer + resources: + requests: + cpu: 100m + memory: 10Mi +# -- (string) Configure how frequently garbage collection should occur for the datapath +# connection tracking table. +# @default -- `"0s"` +conntrackGCInterval: "" +# -- (string) Configure the maximum frequency for the garbage collection of the +# connection tracking table. Only affects the automatic computation for the frequency +# and has no effect when 'conntrackGCInterval' is set. This can be set to more frequently +# clean up unused identities created from ToFQDN policies. +conntrackGCMaxInterval: "" +# -- Configure container runtime specific integration. +# Deprecated in favor of bpf.autoMount.enabled. To be removed in 1.15. +containerRuntime: + # -- Enables specific integrations for container runtimes. + # Supported values: + # - crio + # - none + integration: none +# -- (string) Configure timeout in which Cilium will exit if CRDs are not available +# @default -- `"5m"` +crdWaitTimeout: "" +# -- Tail call hooks for custom eBPF programs. +customCalls: + # -- Enable tail call hooks for custom eBPF programs. + enabled: false +daemon: + # -- Configure where Cilium runtime state should be stored. + runPath: "/var/run/cilium" + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- Configure a custom list of possible configuration override sources + # The default is "config-map:cilium-config,cilium-node-config". For supported + # values, see the help text for the build-config subcommand. + # Note that this value should be a comma-separated string. + configSources: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- allowedConfigOverrides is a list of config-map keys that can be overridden. + # That is to say, if this value is set, config sources (excepting the first one) can + # only override keys in this list. + # + # This takes precedence over blockedConfigOverrides. + # + # By default, all keys may be overridden. To disable overrides, set this to "none" or + # change the configSources variable. + allowedConfigOverrides: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- blockedConfigOverrides is a list of config-map keys that may not be overridden. + # In other words, if any of these keys appear in a configuration source excepting the + # first one, they will be ignored + # + # This is ignored if allowedConfigOverrides is set. + # + # By default, all keys may be overridden. + blockedConfigOverrides: ~ +# -- Specify which network interfaces can run the eBPF datapath. This means +# that a packet sent from a pod to a destination outside the cluster will be +# masqueraded (to an output device IPv4 address), if the output device runs the +# program. When not specified, probing will automatically detect devices that have +# a non-local route. This should be used only when autodetection is not suitable. +# devices: "" + +# -- Enables experimental support for the detection of new and removed datapath +# devices. When devices change the eBPF datapath is reloaded and services updated. +# If "devices" is set then only those devices, or devices matching a wildcard will +# be considered. +enableRuntimeDeviceDetection: false +# -- Chains to ignore when installing feeder rules. +# disableIptablesFeederRules: "" + +# -- Limit iptables-based egress masquerading to interface selector. +# egressMasqueradeInterfaces: "" + +# -- Enable setting identity mark for local traffic. +# enableIdentityMark: true + +# -- Enable Kubernetes EndpointSlice feature in Cilium if the cluster supports it. +# enableK8sEndpointSlice: true + +# -- Enable CiliumEndpointSlice feature. +enableCiliumEndpointSlice: false +envoyConfig: + # -- Enable CiliumEnvoyConfig CRD + # CiliumEnvoyConfig CRD can also be implicitly enabled by other options. + enabled: true + # -- SecretsNamespace is the namespace in which envoy SDS will retrieve secrets from. + secretsNamespace: + # -- Create secrets namespace for CiliumEnvoyConfig CRDs. + create: true + # -- The name of the secret namespace to which Cilium agents are given read access. + name: cilium-secrets + # -- Interval in which an attempt is made to reconcile failed EnvoyConfigs. If the duration is zero, the retry is deactivated. + retryInterval: 15s +ingressController: + # -- Enable cilium ingress controller + # This will automatically set enable-envoy-config as well. + enabled: false + # -- Set cilium ingress controller to be the default ingress controller + # This will let cilium ingress controller route entries without ingress class set + default: true + # -- Default ingress load balancer mode + # Supported values: shared, dedicated + # For granular control, use the following annotations on the ingress resource: + # "ingress.cilium.io/loadbalancer-mode: dedicated" (or "shared"). + loadbalancerMode: shared + # -- Enforce https for host having matching TLS host in Ingress. + # Incoming traffic to http listener will return 308 http error code with respective location in header. + enforceHttps: false + # -- Enable proxy protocol for all Ingress listeners. Note that _only_ Proxy protocol traffic will be accepted once this is enabled. + enableProxyProtocol: false + # -- IngressLBAnnotations are the annotation and label prefixes, which are used to filter annotations and/or labels to propagate from Ingress to the Load Balancer service + ingressLBAnnotationPrefixes: ['lbipam.cilium.io', 'service.beta.kubernetes.io', 'service.kubernetes.io', 'cloud.google.com'] + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- Default secret namespace for ingresses without .spec.tls[].secretName set. + defaultSecretNamespace: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- Default secret name for ingresses without .spec.tls[].secretName set. + defaultSecretName: + # -- SecretsNamespace is the namespace in which envoy SDS will retrieve TLS secrets from. + secretsNamespace: + # -- Create secrets namespace for Ingress. + create: true + # -- Name of Ingress secret namespace. + name: cilium-secrets + # -- Enable secret sync, which will make sure all TLS secrets used by Ingress are synced to secretsNamespace.name. + # If disabled, TLS secrets must be maintained externally. + sync: true + # -- Load-balancer service in shared mode. + # This is a single load-balancer service for all Ingress resources. + service: + # -- Service name + name: cilium-ingress + # -- Labels to be added for the shared LB service + labels: {} + # -- Annotations to be added for the shared LB service + annotations: + # io.cilium/lb-ipam-ips: 192.168.2.103 + # -- Service type for the shared LB service + type: LoadBalancer + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- Configure a specific nodePort for insecure HTTP traffic on the shared LB service + insecureNodePort: 31066 + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- Configure a specific nodePort for secure HTTPS traffic on the shared LB service + secureNodePort: 31554 + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- Configure a specific loadBalancerClass on the shared LB service (requires Kubernetes 1.24+) + loadBalancerClass: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- Configure a specific loadBalancerIP on the shared LB service + loadBalancerIP: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, boolean] + # @schema + # -- Configure if node port allocation is required for LB service + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#load-balancer-nodeport-allocation + allocateLoadBalancerNodePorts: true + # Host Network related configuration + hostNetwork: + # -- Configure whether the Envoy listeners should be exposed on the host network. + enabled: true + # -- Configure a specific port on the host network that gets used for the shared HTTP listener. + # This is used for HTTP and HTTPS. + sharedHTTPPort: 80 + # -- Configure a specific port on the host network that gets used for the shared TLS passthrough listener + sharedTLSPassthroughPort: 443 + # Specify the nodes where the Ingress listeners should be exposed + nodes: + # -- Specify the labels of the nodes where the Ingress listeners should be exposed + # + matchLabels: + kubernetes.io/hostname: controlplane +gatewayAPI: + # -- Enable support for Gateway API in cilium + # This will automatically set enable-envoy-config as well. + enabled: false + # -- Enable proxy protocol for all GatewayAPI listeners. Note that _only_ Proxy protocol traffic will be accepted once this is enabled. + enableProxyProtocol: false + # -- The number of additional GatewayAPI proxy hops from the right side of the HTTP header to trust when determining the origin client's IP address. + xffNumTrustedHops: 0 + # -- SecretsNamespace is the namespace in which envoy SDS will retrieve TLS secrets from. + secretsNamespace: + # -- Create secrets namespace for Gateway API. + create: true + # -- Name of Gateway API secret namespace. + name: cilium-secrets + # -- Enable secret sync, which will make sure all TLS secrets used by Ingress are synced to secretsNamespace.name. + # If disabled, TLS secrets must be maintained externally. + sync: true + # Host Network related configuration + hostNetwork: + # -- Configure whether the Envoy listeners should be exposed on the host network. + enabled: false + # Specify the nodes where the Ingress listeners should be exposed + nodes: + # -- Specify the labels of the nodes where the Ingress listeners should be exposed + # + # matchLabels: + # kubernetes.io/os: linux + # kubernetes.io/hostname: kind-worker + matchLabels: {} +# -- Enables the fallback compatibility solution for when the xt_socket kernel +# module is missing and it is needed for the datapath L7 redirection to work +# properly. See documentation for details on when this can be disabled: +# https://docs.cilium.io/en/stable/operations/system_requirements/#linux-kernel. +enableXTSocketFallback: true +encryption: + # -- Enable transparent network encryption. + enabled: false + # -- Encryption method. Can be either ipsec or wireguard. + type: ipsec + # -- Enable encryption for pure node to node traffic. + # This option is only effective when encryption.type is set to "wireguard". + nodeEncryption: false + # -- Configure the WireGuard Pod2Pod strict mode. + strictMode: + # -- Enable WireGuard Pod2Pod strict mode. + enabled: false + # -- CIDR for the WireGuard Pod2Pod strict mode. + cidr: "" + # -- Allow dynamic lookup of remote node identities. + # This is required when tunneling is used or direct routing is used and the node CIDR and pod CIDR overlap. + allowRemoteNodeIdentities: false + ipsec: + # -- Name of the key file inside the Kubernetes secret configured via secretName. + keyFile: keys + # -- Path to mount the secret inside the Cilium pod. + mountPath: /etc/ipsec + # -- Name of the Kubernetes secret containing the encryption keys. + secretName: cilium-ipsec-keys + # -- The interface to use for encrypted traffic. + interface: "" + # -- Enable the key watcher. If disabled, a restart of the agent will be + # necessary on key rotations. + keyWatcher: true + # -- Maximum duration of the IPsec key rotation. The previous key will be + # removed after that delay. + keyRotationDuration: "5m" + # -- Enable IPSec encrypted overlay + encryptedOverlay: false + wireguard: + # -- Enables the fallback to the user-space implementation. + userspaceFallback: false + # -- Controls Wireguard PersistentKeepalive option. Set 0s to disable. + persistentKeepalive: 0s +endpointHealthChecking: + # -- Enable connectivity health checking between virtual endpoints. + enabled: true +endpointRoutes: + # @schema + # type: [boolean, string] + # @schema + # -- Enable use of per endpoint routes instead of routing via + # the cilium_host interface. + enabled: false +k8sNetworkPolicy: + # -- Enable support for K8s NetworkPolicy + enabled: true +eni: + # -- Enable Elastic Network Interface (ENI) integration. + enabled: false + # -- Update ENI Adapter limits from the EC2 API + updateEC2AdapterLimitViaAPI: true + # -- Release IPs not used from the ENI + awsReleaseExcessIPs: false + # -- Enable ENI prefix delegation + awsEnablePrefixDelegation: false + # -- EC2 API endpoint to use + ec2APIEndpoint: "" + # -- Tags to apply to the newly created ENIs + eniTags: {} + # -- Interval for garbage collection of unattached ENIs. Set to "0s" to disable. + # @default -- `"5m"` + gcInterval: "" + # -- Additional tags attached to ENIs created by Cilium. + # Dangling ENIs with this tag will be garbage collected + # @default -- `{"io.cilium/cilium-managed":"true,"io.cilium/cluster-name":""}` + gcTags: {} + # -- If using IAM role for Service Accounts will not try to + # inject identity values from cilium-aws kubernetes secret. + # Adds annotation to service account if managed by Helm. + # See https://github.com/aws/amazon-eks-pod-identity-webhook + iamRole: "" + # -- Filter via subnet IDs which will dictate which subnets are going to be used to create new ENIs + # Important note: This requires that each instance has an ENI with a matching subnet attached + # when Cilium is deployed. If you only want to control subnets for ENIs attached by Cilium, + # use the CNI configuration file settings (cni.customConf) instead. + subnetIDsFilter: [] + # -- Filter via tags (k=v) which will dictate which subnets are going to be used to create new ENIs + # Important note: This requires that each instance has an ENI with a matching subnet attached + # when Cilium is deployed. If you only want to control subnets for ENIs attached by Cilium, + # use the CNI configuration file settings (cni.customConf) instead. + subnetTagsFilter: [] + # -- Filter via AWS EC2 Instance tags (k=v) which will dictate which AWS EC2 Instances + # are going to be used to create new ENIs + instanceTagsFilter: [] +externalIPs: + # -- Enable ExternalIPs service support. + enabled: true +# fragmentTracking enables IPv4 fragment tracking support in the datapath. +# fragmentTracking: true +gke: + # -- Enable Google Kubernetes Engine integration + enabled: false +# -- Enable connectivity health checking. +healthChecking: true +# -- TCP port for the agent health API. This is not the port for cilium-health. +healthPort: 9879 +# -- Configure the host firewall. +hostFirewall: + # -- Enables the enforcement of host policies in the eBPF datapath. + enabled: false +hostPort: + # -- Enable hostPort service support. + enabled: false +# -- Configure socket LB +socketLB: + # -- Enable socket LB + enabled: false + # -- Disable socket lb for non-root ns. This is used to enable Istio routing rules. + # hostNamespaceOnly: false +# -- Configure certificate generation for Hubble integration. +# If hubble.tls.auto.method=cronJob, these values are used +# for the Kubernetes CronJob which will be scheduled regularly to +# (re)generate any certificates not provided manually. +certgen: + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "quay.io/cilium/certgen" + tag: "v0.1.9" + digest: "sha256:89a0847753686444daabde9474b48340993bd19c7bea66a46e45b2974b82041f" + useDigest: true + pullPolicy: "Always" + # -- Seconds after which the completed job pod will be deleted + ttlSecondsAfterFinished: 1800 + # -- Labels to be added to hubble-certgen pods + podLabels: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to the hubble-certgen initial Job and CronJob + annotations: + job: {} + cronJob: {} + # -- Node tolerations for pod assignment on nodes with taints + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ + tolerations: [] + # -- Additional certgen volumes. + extraVolumes: [] + # -- Additional certgen volumeMounts. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + # -- Affinity for certgen + affinity: {} +hubble: + # -- Enable Hubble (true by default). + enabled: true + # -- Annotations to be added to all top-level hubble objects (resources under templates/hubble) + annotations: {} + # -- Buffer size of the channel Hubble uses to receive monitor events. If this + # value is not set, the queue size is set to the default monitor queue size. + # eventQueueSize: "" + + # -- Number of recent flows for Hubble to cache. Defaults to 4095. + # Possible values are: + # 1, 3, 7, 15, 31, 63, 127, 255, 511, 1023, + # 2047, 4095, 8191, 16383, 32767, 65535 + # eventBufferCapacity: "4095" + + # -- Hubble metrics configuration. + # See https://docs.cilium.io/en/stable/observability/metrics/#hubble-metrics + # for more comprehensive documentation about Hubble metrics. + metrics: + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Configures the list of metrics to collect. If empty or null, metrics + # are disabled. + # Example: + # + # enabled: + # - dns:query;ignoreAAAA + # - drop + # - tcp + # - flow + # - icmp + # - http + # + # You can specify the list of metrics from the helm CLI: + # + # --set hubble.metrics.enabled="{dns:query;ignoreAAAA,drop,tcp,flow,icmp,http}" + # dns,drop,tcp,flow,port-distribution,icmp,httpV2:exemplars=true;labelsContext=source_ip\,source_namespace\,source_workload\,destination_ip\,destination_namespace\,destination_workload\,traffic_direction} + enabled: + - dns + - drop + - tcp + - flow + - port-distribution + - icmp + - httpV2 + # -- Enables exporting hubble metrics in OpenMetrics format. + enableOpenMetrics: false + # -- Configure the port the hubble metric server listens on. + port: 9965 + # -- Annotations to be added to hubble-metrics service. + serviceAnnotations: {} + serviceMonitor: + # -- Create ServiceMonitor resources for Prometheus Operator. + # This requires the prometheus CRDs to be available. + # ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/example/prometheus-operator-crd/monitoring.coreos.com_servicemonitors.yaml) + enabled: true + # -- Labels to add to ServiceMonitor hubble + labels: + release: kube-prometheus-stack + # -- Annotations to add to ServiceMonitor hubble + annotations: {} + # -- jobLabel to add for ServiceMonitor hubble + jobLabel: "" + # -- Interval for scrape metrics. + interval: "10s" + # -- Relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor hubble + relabelings: + - sourceLabels: + - __meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name + targetLabel: node + replacement: ${1} + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Metrics relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor hubble + metricRelabelings: ~ + # -- Grafana dashboards for hubble + # grafana can import dashboards based on the label and value + # ref: https://github.com/grafana/helm-charts/tree/main/charts/grafana#sidecar-for-dashboards + dashboards: + enabled: true + label: grafana_dashboard + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + namespace: monitoring + labelValue: "1" + annotations: {} + # -- Unix domain socket path to listen to when Hubble is enabled. + socketPath: /var/run/cilium/hubble.sock + # -- Enables redacting sensitive information present in Layer 7 flows. + redact: + enabled: false + http: + # -- Enables redacting URL query (GET) parameters. + # Example: + # + # redact: + # enabled: true + # http: + # urlQuery: true + # + # You can specify the options from the helm CLI: + # + # --set hubble.redact.enabled="true" + # --set hubble.redact.http.urlQuery="true" + urlQuery: false + # -- Enables redacting user info, e.g., password when basic auth is used. + # Example: + # + # redact: + # enabled: true + # http: + # userInfo: true + # + # You can specify the options from the helm CLI: + # + # --set hubble.redact.enabled="true" + # --set hubble.redact.http.userInfo="true" + userInfo: true + headers: + # -- List of HTTP headers to allow: headers not matching will be redacted. Note: `allow` and `deny` lists cannot be used both at the same time, only one can be present. + # Example: + # redact: + # enabled: true + # http: + # headers: + # allow: + # - traceparent + # - tracestate + # - Cache-Control + # + # You can specify the options from the helm CLI: + # --set hubble.redact.enabled="true" + # --set hubble.redact.http.headers.allow="traceparent,tracestate,Cache-Control" + allow: [] + # -- List of HTTP headers to deny: matching headers will be redacted. Note: `allow` and `deny` lists cannot be used both at the same time, only one can be present. + # Example: + # redact: + # enabled: true + # http: + # headers: + # deny: + # - Authorization + # - Proxy-Authorization + # + # You can specify the options from the helm CLI: + # --set hubble.redact.enabled="true" + # --set hubble.redact.http.headers.deny="Authorization,Proxy-Authorization" + deny: [] + kafka: + # -- Enables redacting Kafka's API key. + # Example: + # + # redact: + # enabled: true + # kafka: + # apiKey: true + # + # You can specify the options from the helm CLI: + # + # --set hubble.redact.enabled="true" + # --set hubble.redact.kafka.apiKey="true" + apiKey: false + # -- An additional address for Hubble to listen to. + # Set this field ":4244" if you are enabling Hubble Relay, as it assumes that + # Hubble is listening on port 4244. + listenAddress: ":4244" + # -- Whether Hubble should prefer to announce IPv6 or IPv4 addresses if both are available. + preferIpv6: false + # @schema + # type: [null, boolean] + # @schema + # -- (bool) Skip Hubble events with unknown cgroup ids + # @default -- `true` + skipUnknownCGroupIDs: ~ + peerService: + # -- Service Port for the Peer service. + # If not set, it is dynamically assigned to port 443 if TLS is enabled and to + # port 80 if not. + # servicePort: 80 + # -- Target Port for the Peer service, must match the hubble.listenAddress' + # port. + targetPort: 4244 + # -- The cluster domain to use to query the Hubble Peer service. It should + # be the local cluster. + clusterDomain: cluster.local + # -- TLS configuration for Hubble + tls: + # -- Enable mutual TLS for listenAddress. Setting this value to false is + # highly discouraged as the Hubble API provides access to potentially + # sensitive network flow metadata and is exposed on the host network. + enabled: true + # -- Configure automatic TLS certificates generation. + auto: + # -- Auto-generate certificates. + # When set to true, automatically generate a CA and certificates to + # enable mTLS between Hubble server and Hubble Relay instances. If set to + # false, the certs for Hubble server need to be provided by setting + # appropriate values below. + enabled: true + # -- Set the method to auto-generate certificates. Supported values: + # - helm: This method uses Helm to generate all certificates. + # - cronJob: This method uses a Kubernetes CronJob the generate any + # certificates not provided by the user at installation + # time. + # - certmanager: This method use cert-manager to generate & rotate certificates. + method: helm + # -- Generated certificates validity duration in days. + certValidityDuration: 1095 + # -- Schedule for certificates regeneration (regardless of their expiration date). + # Only used if method is "cronJob". If nil, then no recurring job will be created. + # Instead, only the one-shot job is deployed to generate the certificates at + # installation time. + # + # Defaults to midnight of the first day of every fourth month. For syntax, see + # https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/cron-jobs/#schedule-syntax + schedule: "0 0 1 */4 *" + # [Example] + # certManagerIssuerRef: + # group: cert-manager.io + # kind: ClusterIssuer + # name: ca-issuer + # -- certmanager issuer used when hubble.tls.auto.method=certmanager. + certManagerIssuerRef: {} + # -- base64 encoded PEM values for the Hubble server certificate and private key + server: + cert: "" + key: "" + # -- Extra DNS names added to certificate when it's auto generated + extraDnsNames: [] + # -- Extra IP addresses added to certificate when it's auto generated + extraIpAddresses: [] + relay: + # -- Enable Hubble Relay (requires hubble.enabled=true) + enabled: true + # -- Roll out Hubble Relay pods automatically when configmap is updated. + rollOutPods: true + # -- Hubble-relay container image. + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "quay.io/cilium/hubble-relay-ci" + tag: "latest" + # hubble-relay-digest + digest: "" + useDigest: false + pullPolicy: "Always" + # -- Specifies the resources for the hubble-relay pods + resources: {} + # -- Number of replicas run for the hubble-relay deployment. + replicas: 1 + # -- Affinity for hubble-replay + affinity: + podAffinity: + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + - topologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname + labelSelector: + matchLabels: + k8s-app: cilium + # -- Pod topology spread constraints for hubble-relay + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- Node labels for pod assignment + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/#nodeselector + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux + # -- Node tolerations for pod assignment on nodes with taints + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ + tolerations: [] + # -- Additional hubble-relay environment variables. + extraEnv: [] + # -- Annotations to be added to all top-level hubble-relay objects (resources under templates/hubble-relay) + annotations: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to hubble-relay pods + podAnnotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to hubble-relay pods + podLabels: {} + # PodDisruptionBudget settings + podDisruptionBudget: + # -- enable PodDisruptionBudget + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/disruptions/ + enabled: false + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Minimum number/percentage of pods that should remain scheduled. + # When it's set, maxUnavailable must be disabled by `maxUnavailable: null` + minAvailable: null + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Maximum number/percentage of pods that may be made unavailable + maxUnavailable: 1 + # -- The priority class to use for hubble-relay + priorityClassName: "" + # -- Configure termination grace period for hubble relay Deployment. + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 1 + # -- hubble-relay update strategy + updateStrategy: + type: RollingUpdate + rollingUpdate: + # @schema + # type: [integer, string] + # @schema + maxUnavailable: 1 + # -- Additional hubble-relay volumes. + extraVolumes: [] + # -- Additional hubble-relay volumeMounts. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + # -- hubble-relay pod security context + podSecurityContext: + fsGroup: 65532 + # -- hubble-relay container security context + securityContext: + # readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + runAsNonRoot: true + runAsUser: 65532 + runAsGroup: 65532 + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + # -- hubble-relay service configuration. + service: + # --- The type of service used for Hubble Relay access, either ClusterIP or NodePort. + type: ClusterIP + # --- The port to use when the service type is set to NodePort. + nodePort: 31234 + # -- Host to listen to. Specify an empty string to bind to all the interfaces. + listenHost: "" + # -- Port to listen to. + listenPort: "4245" + # -- TLS configuration for Hubble Relay + tls: + # -- base64 encoded PEM values for the hubble-relay client certificate and private key + # This keypair is presented to Hubble server instances for mTLS + # authentication and is required when hubble.tls.enabled is true. + # These values need to be set manually if hubble.tls.auto.enabled is false. + client: + cert: "" + key: "" + # -- base64 encoded PEM values for the hubble-relay server certificate and private key + server: + # When set to true, enable TLS on for Hubble Relay server + # (ie: for clients connecting to the Hubble Relay API). + enabled: false + # When set to true enforces mutual TLS between Hubble Relay server and its clients. + # False allow non-mutual TLS connections. + # This option has no effect when TLS is disabled. + mtls: false + # These values need to be set manually if hubble.tls.auto.enabled is false. + cert: "" + key: "" + # -- extra DNS names added to certificate when its auto gen + extraDnsNames: [] + # -- extra IP addresses added to certificate when its auto gen + extraIpAddresses: [] + # DNS name used by the backend to connect to the relay + # This is a simple workaround as the relay certificates are currently hardcoded to + # *.hubble-relay.cilium.io + # See https://github.com/cilium/cilium/pull/28709#discussion_r1371792546 + # For GKE Dataplane V2 this should be set to relay.kube-system.svc.cluster.local + relayName: "ui.hubble-relay.cilium.io" + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- Dial timeout to connect to the local hubble instance to receive peer information (e.g. "30s"). + dialTimeout: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- Backoff duration to retry connecting to the local hubble instance in case of failure (e.g. "30s"). + retryTimeout: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- (int) Max number of flows that can be buffered for sorting before being sent to the + # client (per request) (e.g. 100). + sortBufferLenMax: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- When the per-request flows sort buffer is not full, a flow is drained every + # time this timeout is reached (only affects requests in follow-mode) (e.g. "1s"). + sortBufferDrainTimeout: ~ + # -- Port to use for the k8s service backed by hubble-relay pods. + # If not set, it is dynamically assigned to port 443 if TLS is enabled and to + # port 80 if not. + # servicePort: 80 + + # -- Enable prometheus metrics for hubble-relay on the configured port at + # /metrics + prometheus: + enabled: true + port: 9966 + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable service monitors. + # This requires the prometheus CRDs to be available (see https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/example/prometheus-operator-crd/monitoring.coreos.com_servicemonitors.yaml) + enabled: true + # -- Labels to add to ServiceMonitor hubble-relay + labels: + release: kube-prometheus-stack + # -- Annotations to add to ServiceMonitor hubble-relay + annotations: {} + # -- Interval for scrape metrics. + interval: "10s" + # -- Specify the Kubernetes namespace where Prometheus expects to find + # service monitors configured. + namespace: "monitoring" + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor hubble-relay + relabelings: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Metrics relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor hubble-relay + metricRelabelings: ~ + gops: + # -- Enable gops for hubble-relay + enabled: true + # -- Configure gops listen port for hubble-relay + port: 9893 + pprof: + # -- Enable pprof for hubble-relay + enabled: false + # -- Configure pprof listen address for hubble-relay + address: localhost + # -- Configure pprof listen port for hubble-relay + port: 6062 + ui: + # -- Whether to enable the Hubble UI. + enabled: true + standalone: + # -- When true, it will allow installing the Hubble UI only, without checking dependencies. + # It is useful if a cluster already has cilium and Hubble relay installed and you just + # want Hubble UI to be deployed. + # When installed via helm, installing UI should be done via `helm upgrade` and when installed via the cilium cli, then `cilium hubble enable --ui` + enabled: false + tls: + # -- When deploying Hubble UI in standalone, with tls enabled for Hubble relay, it is required + # to provide a volume for mounting the client certificates. + certsVolume: {} + # projected: + # defaultMode: 0400 + # sources: + # - secret: + # name: hubble-ui-client-certs + # items: + # - key: tls.crt + # path: client.crt + # - key: tls.key + # path: client.key + # - key: ca.crt + # path: hubble-relay-ca.crt + # -- Roll out Hubble-ui pods automatically when configmap is updated. + rollOutPods: false + tls: + # -- base64 encoded PEM values used to connect to hubble-relay + # This keypair is presented to Hubble Relay instances for mTLS + # authentication and is required when hubble.relay.tls.server.enabled is true. + # These values need to be set manually if hubble.tls.auto.enabled is false. + client: + cert: "" + key: "" + backend: + # -- Hubble-ui backend image. + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "quay.io/cilium/hubble-ui-backend" + tag: "v0.13.0" + digest: "sha256:1e7657d997c5a48253bb8dc91ecee75b63018d16ff5e5797e5af367336bc8803" + useDigest: true + pullPolicy: "Always" + # -- Hubble-ui backend security context. + securityContext: {} + # -- Additional hubble-ui backend environment variables. + extraEnv: [] + # -- Additional hubble-ui backend volumes. + extraVolumes: [] + # -- Additional hubble-ui backend volumeMounts. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + livenessProbe: + # -- Enable liveness probe for Hubble-ui backend (requires Hubble-ui 0.12+) + enabled: false + readinessProbe: + # -- Enable readiness probe for Hubble-ui backend (requires Hubble-ui 0.12+) + enabled: false + # -- Resource requests and limits for the 'backend' container of the 'hubble-ui' deployment. + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 1000m + # memory: 1024M + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 64Mi + frontend: + # -- Hubble-ui frontend image. + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "quay.io/cilium/hubble-ui" + tag: "v0.13.0" + digest: "sha256:7d663dc16538dd6e29061abd1047013a645e6e69c115e008bee9ea9fef9a6666" + useDigest: true + pullPolicy: "Always" + # -- Hubble-ui frontend security context. + securityContext: {} + # -- Additional hubble-ui frontend environment variables. + extraEnv: [] + # -- Additional hubble-ui frontend volumes. + extraVolumes: [] + # -- Additional hubble-ui frontend volumeMounts. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + # -- Resource requests and limits for the 'frontend' container of the 'hubble-ui' deployment. + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 1000m + # memory: 1024M + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 64Mi + server: + # -- Controls server listener for ipv6 + ipv6: + enabled: true + # -- The number of replicas of Hubble UI to deploy. + replicas: 1 + # -- Annotations to be added to all top-level hubble-ui objects (resources under templates/hubble-ui) + annotations: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to hubble-ui pods + podAnnotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to hubble-ui pods + podLabels: {} + # PodDisruptionBudget settings + podDisruptionBudget: + # -- enable PodDisruptionBudget + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/disruptions/ + enabled: false + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Minimum number/percentage of pods that should remain scheduled. + # When it's set, maxUnavailable must be disabled by `maxUnavailable: null` + minAvailable: null + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Maximum number/percentage of pods that may be made unavailable + maxUnavailable: 1 + # -- Affinity for hubble-ui + affinity: {} + # -- Pod topology spread constraints for hubble-ui + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- Node labels for pod assignment + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/#nodeselector + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux + # -- Node tolerations for pod assignment on nodes with taints + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ + tolerations: [] + # -- The priority class to use for hubble-ui + priorityClassName: "" + # -- hubble-ui update strategy. + updateStrategy: + type: RollingUpdate + rollingUpdate: + # @schema + # type: [integer, string] + # @schema + maxUnavailable: 1 + # -- Security context to be added to Hubble UI pods + securityContext: + runAsUser: 1001 + runAsGroup: 1001 + fsGroup: 1001 + # -- hubble-ui service configuration. + service: + # -- Annotations to be added for the Hubble UI service + annotations: {} + # --- The type of service used for Hubble UI access, either ClusterIP or NodePort. + type: ClusterIP + # --- The port to use when the service type is set to NodePort. + nodePort: 31235 + # -- Defines base url prefix for all hubble-ui http requests. + # It needs to be changed in case if ingress for hubble-ui is configured under some sub-path. + # Trailing `/` is required for custom path, ex. `/service-map/` + baseUrl: "/" + # -- hubble-ui ingress configuration. + ingress: + enabled: false + annotations: {} + # kubernetes.io/ingress.class: nginx + # kubernetes.io/tls-acme: "true" + className: "" + hosts: + - chart-example.local + labels: {} + tls: [] + # - secretName: chart-example-tls + # hosts: + # - chart-example.local + # -- Hubble flows export. + export: + # --- Defines max file size of output file before it gets rotated. + fileMaxSizeMb: 10 + # --- Defines max number of backup/rotated files. + fileMaxBackups: 5 + # --- Static exporter configuration. + # Static exporter is bound to agent lifecycle. + static: + enabled: false + filePath: /var/run/cilium/hubble/events.log + fieldMask: [] + # - time + # - source + # - destination + # - verdict + allowList: [] + # - '{"verdict":["DROPPED","ERROR"]}' + denyList: [] + # - '{"source_pod":["kube-system/"]}' + # - '{"destination_pod":["kube-system/"]}' + # --- Dynamic exporters configuration. + # Dynamic exporters may be reconfigured without a need of agent restarts. + dynamic: + enabled: false + config: + # ---- Name of configmap with configuration that may be altered to reconfigure exporters within a running agents. + configMapName: cilium-flowlog-config + # ---- True if helm installer should create config map. + # Switch to false if you want to self maintain the file content. + createConfigMap: true + # ---- Exporters configuration in YAML format. + content: + - name: all + fieldMask: [] + includeFilters: [] + excludeFilters: [] + filePath: "/var/run/cilium/hubble/events.log" + # - name: "test002" + # filePath: "/var/log/network/flow-log/pa/test002.log" + # fieldMask: ["source.namespace", "source.pod_name", "destination.namespace", "destination.pod_name", "verdict"] + # includeFilters: + # - source_pod: ["default/"] + # event_type: + # - type: 1 + # - destination_pod: ["frontend/nginx-975996d4c-7hhgt"] + # excludeFilters: [] + # end: "2023-10-09T23:59:59-07:00" + # -- Emit v1.Events related to pods on detection of packet drops. + dropEventEmitter: + enabled: false + # --- Minimum time between emitting same events. + interval: 2m + # --- Drop reasons to emit events for. + # ref: https://docs.cilium.io/en/stable/_api/v1/flow/README/#dropreason + reasons: + - auth_required + - policy_denied +# -- Method to use for identity allocation (`crd` or `kvstore`). +identityAllocationMode: "crd" +# -- (string) Time to wait before using new identity on endpoint identity change. +# @default -- `"5s"` +identityChangeGracePeriod: "" +# -- Install Iptables rules to skip netfilter connection tracking on all pod +# traffic. This option is only effective when Cilium is running in direct +# routing and full KPR mode. Moreover, this option cannot be enabled when Cilium +# is running in a managed Kubernetes environment or in a chained CNI setup. +installNoConntrackIptablesRules: false +ipam: + # -- Configure IP Address Management mode. + # ref: https://docs.cilium.io/en/stable/network/concepts/ipam/ + mode: "cluster-pool" + # -- Maximum rate at which the CiliumNode custom resource is updated. + ciliumNodeUpdateRate: "15s" + operator: + # @schema + # type: [array, string] + # @schema + # -- IPv4 CIDR list range to delegate to individual nodes for IPAM. + clusterPoolIPv4PodCIDRList: ["10.0.0.0/8"] + # -- IPv4 CIDR mask size to delegate to individual nodes for IPAM. + clusterPoolIPv4MaskSize: 24 + # @schema + # type: [array, string] + # @schema + # -- IPv6 CIDR list range to delegate to individual nodes for IPAM. + clusterPoolIPv6PodCIDRList: ["fd00::/104"] + # -- IPv6 CIDR mask size to delegate to individual nodes for IPAM. + clusterPoolIPv6MaskSize: 120 + # -- IP pools to auto-create in multi-pool IPAM mode. + autoCreateCiliumPodIPPools: {} + # default: + # ipv4: + # cidrs: + # - 10.10.0.0/8 + # maskSize: 24 + # other: + # ipv6: + # cidrs: + # - fd00:100::/80 + # maskSize: 96 + # @schema + # type: [null, integer] + # @schema + # -- (int) The maximum burst size when rate limiting access to external APIs. + # Also known as the token bucket capacity. + # @default -- `20` + externalAPILimitBurstSize: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, number] + # @schema + # -- (float) The maximum queries per second when rate limiting access to + # external APIs. Also known as the bucket refill rate, which is used to + # refill the bucket up to the burst size capacity. + # @default -- `4.0` + externalAPILimitQPS: ~ +nodeIPAM: + # -- Configure Node IPAM + # ref: https://docs.cilium.io/en/stable/network/node-ipam/ + enabled: false +# @schema +# type: [null, string] +# @schema +# -- The api-rate-limit option can be used to overwrite individual settings of the default configuration for rate limiting calls to the Cilium Agent API +apiRateLimit: ~ +# -- Configure the eBPF-based ip-masq-agent +ipMasqAgent: + enabled: false +# the config of nonMasqueradeCIDRs +# config: +# nonMasqueradeCIDRs: [] +# masqLinkLocal: false +# masqLinkLocalIPv6: false + +# iptablesLockTimeout defines the iptables "--wait" option when invoked from Cilium. +# iptablesLockTimeout: "5s" +ipv4: + # -- Enable IPv4 support. + enabled: true +ipv6: + # -- Enable IPv6 support. + enabled: false +# -- Configure Kubernetes specific configuration +k8s: + # -- requireIPv4PodCIDR enables waiting for Kubernetes to provide the PodCIDR + # range via the Kubernetes node resource + requireIPv4PodCIDR: false + # -- requireIPv6PodCIDR enables waiting for Kubernetes to provide the PodCIDR + # range via the Kubernetes node resource + requireIPv6PodCIDR: false +# -- Keep the deprecated selector labels when deploying Cilium DaemonSet. +keepDeprecatedLabels: false +# -- Keep the deprecated probes when deploying Cilium DaemonSet +keepDeprecatedProbes: false +startupProbe: + # -- failure threshold of startup probe. + # 105 x 2s translates to the old behaviour of the readiness probe (120s delay + 30 x 3s) + failureThreshold: 105 + # -- interval between checks of the startup probe + periodSeconds: 2 +livenessProbe: + # -- failure threshold of liveness probe + failureThreshold: 10 + # -- interval between checks of the liveness probe + periodSeconds: 30 +readinessProbe: + # -- failure threshold of readiness probe + failureThreshold: 3 + # -- interval between checks of the readiness probe + periodSeconds: 30 +# -- Configure the kube-proxy replacement in Cilium BPF datapath +# Valid options are "true" or "false". +# ref: https://docs.cilium.io/en/stable/network/kubernetes/kubeproxy-free/ +kubeProxyReplacement: true + +# -- healthz server bind address for the kube-proxy replacement. +# To enable set the value to '0.0.0.0:10256' for all ipv4 +# addresses and this '[::]:10256' for all ipv6 addresses. +# By default it is disabled. +kubeProxyReplacementHealthzBindAddr: "" +l2NeighDiscovery: + # -- Enable L2 neighbor discovery in the agent + enabled: true + # -- Override the agent's default neighbor resolution refresh period. + refreshPeriod: "30s" +# -- Enable Layer 7 network policy. +l7Proxy: true +# -- Enable Local Redirect Policy. +localRedirectPolicy: false +# To include or exclude matched resources from cilium identity evaluation +# labels: "" + +# logOptions allows you to define logging options. eg: +# logOptions: +# format: json + +# -- Enables periodic logging of system load +logSystemLoad: false +# -- Configure maglev consistent hashing +maglev: {} +# -- tableSize is the size (parameter M) for the backend table of one +# service entry +# tableSize: + +# -- hashSeed is the cluster-wide base64 encoded seed for the hashing +# hashSeed: + +# -- Enables masquerading of IPv4 traffic leaving the node from endpoints. +enableIPv4Masquerade: true +# -- Enables masquerading of IPv6 traffic leaving the node from endpoints. +enableIPv6Masquerade: true +# -- Enables masquerading to the source of the route for traffic leaving the node from endpoints. +enableMasqueradeRouteSource: false +# -- Enables IPv4 BIG TCP support which increases maximum IPv4 GSO/GRO limits for nodes and pods +enableIPv4BIGTCP: false +# -- Enables IPv6 BIG TCP support which increases maximum IPv6 GSO/GRO limits for nodes and pods +enableIPv6BIGTCP: false +egressGateway: + # -- Enables egress gateway to redirect and SNAT the traffic that leaves the + # cluster. + enabled: false + # -- Deprecated without a replacement necessary. + installRoutes: false + # -- Time between triggers of egress gateway state reconciliations + reconciliationTriggerInterval: 1s + # -- Maximum number of entries in egress gateway policy map + # maxPolicyEntries: 16384 +vtep: + # -- Enables VXLAN Tunnel Endpoint (VTEP) Integration (beta) to allow + # Cilium-managed pods to talk to third party VTEP devices over Cilium tunnel. + enabled: false + # -- A space separated list of VTEP device endpoint IPs, for example "1.1.1.1 1.1.2.1" + endpoint: "" + # -- A space separated list of VTEP device CIDRs, for example "1.1.1.0/24 1.1.2.0/24" + cidr: "" + # -- VTEP CIDRs Mask that applies to all VTEP CIDRs, for example "255.255.255.0" + mask: "" + # -- A space separated list of VTEP device MAC addresses (VTEP MAC), for example "x:x:x:x:x:x y:y:y:y:y:y:y" + mac: "" +# -- (string) Allows to explicitly specify the IPv4 CIDR for native routing. +# When specified, Cilium assumes networking for this CIDR is preconfigured and +# hands traffic destined for that range to the Linux network stack without +# applying any SNAT. +# Generally speaking, specifying a native routing CIDR implies that Cilium can +# depend on the underlying networking stack to route packets to their +# destination. To offer a concrete example, if Cilium is configured to use +# direct routing and the Kubernetes CIDR is included in the native routing CIDR, +# the user must configure the routes to reach pods, either manually or by +# setting the auto-direct-node-routes flag. +ipv4NativeRoutingCIDR: "" +# -- (string) Allows to explicitly specify the IPv6 CIDR for native routing. +# When specified, Cilium assumes networking for this CIDR is preconfigured and +# hands traffic destined for that range to the Linux network stack without +# applying any SNAT. +# Generally speaking, specifying a native routing CIDR implies that Cilium can +# depend on the underlying networking stack to route packets to their +# destination. To offer a concrete example, if Cilium is configured to use +# direct routing and the Kubernetes CIDR is included in the native routing CIDR, +# the user must configure the routes to reach pods, either manually or by +# setting the auto-direct-node-routes flag. +ipv6NativeRoutingCIDR: "" +# -- cilium-monitor sidecar. +monitor: + # -- Enable the cilium-monitor sidecar. + enabled: false +# -- Configure service load balancing +loadBalancer: + # -- standalone enables the standalone L4LB which does not connect to + # kube-apiserver. + # standalone: false + + # -- algorithm is the name of the load balancing algorithm for backend + # selection e.g. random or maglev + # algorithm: random + + # -- mode is the operation mode of load balancing for remote backends + # e.g. snat, dsr, hybrid + # mode: snat + + # -- acceleration is the option to accelerate service handling via XDP + # Applicable values can be: disabled (do not use XDP), native (XDP BPF + # program is run directly out of the networking driver's early receive + # path), or best-effort (use native mode XDP acceleration on devices + # that support it). + acceleration: disabled + # -- dsrDispatch configures whether IP option or IPIP encapsulation is + # used to pass a service IP and port to remote backend + # dsrDispatch: opt + + # -- serviceTopology enables K8s Topology Aware Hints -based service + # endpoints filtering + # serviceTopology: false + + # -- L7 LoadBalancer + l7: + # -- Enable L7 service load balancing via envoy proxy. + # The request to a k8s service, which has specific annotation e.g. service.cilium.io/lb-l7, + # will be forwarded to the local backend proxy to be load balanced to the service endpoints. + # Please refer to docs for supported annotations for more configuration. + # + # Applicable values: + # - envoy: Enable L7 load balancing via envoy proxy. This will automatically set enable-envoy-config as well. + # - disabled: Disable L7 load balancing by way of service annotation. + backend: disabled + # -- List of ports from service to be automatically redirected to above backend. + # Any service exposing one of these ports will be automatically redirected. + # Fine-grained control can be achieved by using the service annotation. + ports: [] + # -- Default LB algorithm + # The default LB algorithm to be used for services, which can be overridden by the + # service annotation (e.g. service.cilium.io/lb-l7-algorithm) + # Applicable values: round_robin, least_request, random + algorithm: round_robin +# -- Configure N-S k8s service loadbalancing +nodePort: + # -- Enable the Cilium NodePort service implementation. + enabled: false + # -- Port range to use for NodePort services. + # range: "30000,32767" + + # -- Set to true to prevent applications binding to service ports. + bindProtection: true + # -- Append NodePort range to ip_local_reserved_ports if clash with ephemeral + # ports is detected. + autoProtectPortRange: true + # -- Enable healthcheck nodePort server for NodePort services + enableHealthCheck: true + # -- Enable access of the healthcheck nodePort on the LoadBalancerIP. Needs + # EnableHealthCheck to be enabled + enableHealthCheckLoadBalancerIP: false +# policyAuditMode: false + +# -- The agent can be put into one of the three policy enforcement modes: +# default, always and never. +# ref: https://docs.cilium.io/en/stable/security/policy/intro/#policy-enforcement-modes +policyEnforcementMode: "default" +# @schema +# type: [null, string, array] +# @schema +# -- policyCIDRMatchMode is a list of entities that may be selected by CIDR selector. +# The possible value is "nodes". +policyCIDRMatchMode: +pprof: + # -- Enable pprof for cilium-agent + enabled: false + # -- Configure pprof listen address for cilium-agent + address: localhost + # -- Configure pprof listen port for cilium-agent + port: 6060 +# -- Configure prometheus metrics on the configured port at /metrics +prometheus: + enabled: true + port: 9962 + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable service monitors. + # This requires the prometheus CRDs to be available (see https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/example/prometheus-operator-crd/monitoring.coreos.com_servicemonitors.yaml) + enabled: true + # -- Labels to add to ServiceMonitor cilium-agent + labels: + release: kube-prometheus-stack + # -- Annotations to add to ServiceMonitor cilium-agent + annotations: {} + # -- jobLabel to add for ServiceMonitor cilium-agent + jobLabel: "" + # -- Interval for scrape metrics. + interval: "10s" + # -- Specify the Kubernetes namespace where Prometheus expects to find + # service monitors configured. + namespace: "monitoring" + # -- Relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor cilium-agent + relabelings: + - sourceLabels: + - __meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name + targetLabel: node + replacement: ${1} + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Metrics relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor cilium-agent + metricRelabelings: ~ + # -- Set to `true` and helm will not check for monitoring.coreos.com/v1 CRDs before deploying + trustCRDsExist: false + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Metrics that should be enabled or disabled from the default metric list. + # The list is expected to be separated by a space. (+metric_foo to enable + # metric_foo , -metric_bar to disable metric_bar). + # ref: https://docs.cilium.io/en/stable/observability/metrics/ + metrics: ~ + # --- Enable controller group metrics for monitoring specific Cilium + # subsystems. The list is a list of controller group names. The special + # values of "all" and "none" are supported. The set of controller + # group names is not guaranteed to be stable between Cilium versions. + controllerGroupMetrics: + - write-cni-file + - sync-host-ips + - sync-lb-maps-with-k8s-services +# -- Grafana dashboards for cilium-agent +# grafana can import dashboards based on the label and value +# ref: https://github.com/grafana/helm-charts/tree/main/charts/grafana#sidecar-for-dashboards +dashboards: + enabled: true + label: grafana_dashboard + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + namespace: monitoring + labelValue: "1" + annotations: {} +# Configure Cilium Envoy options. +envoy: + # -- Enable Envoy Proxy in standalone DaemonSet. + enabled: true + # -- (int) + # Set Envoy'--base-id' to use when allocating shared memory regions. + # Only needs to be changed if multiple Envoy instances will run on the same node and may have conflicts. Supported values: 0 - 4294967295. Defaults to '0' + baseID: 0 + log: + # -- The format string to use for laying out the log message metadata of Envoy. + format: "[%Y-%m-%d %T.%e][%t][%l][%n] [%g:%#] %v" + # -- Path to a separate Envoy log file, if any. Defaults to /dev/stdout. + path: "" + # -- Time in seconds after which a TCP connection attempt times out + connectTimeoutSeconds: 30 + # -- ProxyMaxRequestsPerConnection specifies the max_requests_per_connection setting for Envoy + maxRequestsPerConnection: 0 + # -- Set Envoy HTTP option max_connection_duration seconds. Default 0 (disable) + maxConnectionDurationSeconds: 0 + # -- Set Envoy upstream HTTP idle connection timeout seconds. + # Does not apply to connections with pending requests. Default 60s + idleTimeoutDurationSeconds: 60 + # -- Envoy container image. + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "quay.io/cilium/cilium-envoy" + tag: "v1.28.1-0a4c2d1a90a7e13116bed4b0c1d4aacaf0e49686" + pullPolicy: "Always" + digest: "sha256:9c45b847f0d6689b537000257dc26a1db3799fd40cb2d430397fd0aec375a562" + useDigest: true + # -- Additional containers added to the cilium Envoy DaemonSet. + extraContainers: [] + # -- Additional envoy container arguments. + extraArgs: [] + # -- Additional envoy container environment variables. + extraEnv: [] + # -- Additional envoy hostPath mounts. + extraHostPathMounts: [] + # - name: host-mnt-data + # mountPath: /host/mnt/data + # hostPath: /mnt/data + # hostPathType: Directory + # readOnly: true + # mountPropagation: HostToContainer + + # -- Additional envoy volumes. + extraVolumes: [] + # -- Additional envoy volumeMounts. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + # -- Configure termination grace period for cilium-envoy DaemonSet. + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 1 + # -- TCP port for the health API. + healthPort: 9878 + # -- cilium-envoy update strategy + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/daemonset/#updating-a-daemonset + updateStrategy: + type: RollingUpdate + rollingUpdate: + # @schema + # type: [integer, string] + # @schema + maxUnavailable: 2 + # -- Roll out cilium envoy pods automatically when configmap is updated. + rollOutPods: false + # -- Annotations to be added to all top-level cilium-envoy objects (resources under templates/cilium-envoy) + annotations: {} + # -- Security Context for cilium-envoy pods. + podSecurityContext: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to envoy pods + podAnnotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to envoy pods + podLabels: {} + # -- Envoy resource limits & requests + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 4000m + # memory: 4Gi + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 512Mi + + startupProbe: + # -- failure threshold of startup probe. + # 105 x 2s translates to the old behaviour of the readiness probe (120s delay + 30 x 3s) + failureThreshold: 105 + # -- interval between checks of the startup probe + periodSeconds: 2 + livenessProbe: + # -- failure threshold of liveness probe + failureThreshold: 10 + # -- interval between checks of the liveness probe + periodSeconds: 30 + readinessProbe: + # -- failure threshold of readiness probe + failureThreshold: 3 + # -- interval between checks of the readiness probe + periodSeconds: 30 + securityContext: + # -- User to run the pod with + # runAsUser: 0 + # -- Run the pod with elevated privileges + privileged: false + # -- SELinux options for the `cilium-envoy` container + seLinuxOptions: + level: 's0' + # Running with spc_t since we have removed the privileged mode. + # Users can change it to a different type as long as they have the + # type available on the system. + type: 'spc_t' + capabilities: + # -- Capabilities for the `cilium-envoy` container + envoy: + # Used since cilium proxy uses setting IPPROTO_IP/IP_TRANSPARENT + - NET_ADMIN + # We need it for now but might not need it for >= 5.11 specially + # for the 'SYS_RESOURCE'. + # In >= 5.8 there's already BPF and PERMON capabilities + - SYS_ADMIN + # Both PERFMON and BPF requires kernel 5.8, container runtime + # cri-o >= v1.22.0 or containerd >= v1.5.0. + # If available, SYS_ADMIN can be removed. + #- PERFMON + #- BPF + # -- Affinity for cilium-envoy. + affinity: + podAntiAffinity: + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + - topologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname + labelSelector: + matchLabels: + k8s-app: cilium-envoy + podAffinity: + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + - topologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname + labelSelector: + matchLabels: + k8s-app: cilium + nodeAffinity: + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + nodeSelectorTerms: + - matchExpressions: + - key: cilium.io/no-schedule + operator: NotIn + values: + - "true" + # -- Node selector for cilium-envoy. + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux + # -- Node tolerations for envoy scheduling to nodes with taints + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ + tolerations: + - operator: Exists + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal|Exists" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule|PreferNoSchedule|NoExecute(1.6 only)" + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- The priority class to use for cilium-envoy. + priorityClassName: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- DNS policy for Cilium envoy pods. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pod-s-dns-policy + dnsPolicy: ~ + debug: + admin: + # -- Enable admin interface for cilium-envoy. + # This is useful for debugging and should not be enabled in production. + enabled: false + # -- Port number (bound to loopback interface). + # kubectl port-forward can be used to access the admin interface. + port: 9901 + # -- Configure Cilium Envoy Prometheus options. + # Note that some of these apply to either cilium-agent or cilium-envoy. + prometheus: + # -- Enable prometheus metrics for cilium-envoy + enabled: true + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable service monitors. + # This requires the prometheus CRDs to be available (see https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/example/prometheus-operator-crd/monitoring.coreos.com_servicemonitors.yaml) + # Note that this setting applies to both cilium-envoy _and_ cilium-agent + # with Envoy enabled. + enabled: true + # -- Labels to add to ServiceMonitor cilium-envoy + labels: + release: kube-prometheus-stack + # -- Annotations to add to ServiceMonitor cilium-envoy + annotations: {} + # -- Interval for scrape metrics. + interval: "10s" + # -- Specify the Kubernetes namespace where Prometheus expects to find + # service monitors configured. + namespace: "monitoring" + # -- Relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor cilium-envoy + # or for cilium-agent with Envoy configured. + relabelings: + - sourceLabels: + - __meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name + targetLabel: node + replacement: ${1} + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Metrics relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor cilium-envoy + # or for cilium-agent with Envoy configured. + metricRelabelings: ~ + # -- Serve prometheus metrics for cilium-envoy on the configured port + port: "9964" +# -- Enable/Disable use of node label based identity +nodeSelectorLabels: false +# -- Enable resource quotas for priority classes used in the cluster. +resourceQuotas: + enabled: false + cilium: + hard: + # 5k nodes * 2 DaemonSets (Cilium and cilium node init) + pods: "10k" + operator: + hard: + # 15 "clusterwide" Cilium Operator pods for HA + pods: "15" +# Need to document default +################## +#sessionAffinity: false + +# -- Do not run Cilium agent when running with clean mode. Useful to completely +# uninstall Cilium as it will stop Cilium from starting and create artifacts +# in the node. +sleepAfterInit: false +# -- Enable check of service source ranges (currently, only for LoadBalancer). +svcSourceRangeCheck: true +# -- Synchronize Kubernetes nodes to kvstore and perform CNP GC. +synchronizeK8sNodes: true +# -- Configure TLS configuration in the agent. +tls: + # -- This configures how the Cilium agent loads the secrets used TLS-aware CiliumNetworkPolicies + # (namely the secrets referenced by terminatingTLS and originatingTLS). + # Possible values: + # - local + # - k8s + secretsBackend: local + # -- Base64 encoded PEM values for the CA certificate and private key. + # This can be used as common CA to generate certificates used by hubble and clustermesh components. + # It is neither required nor used when cert-manager is used to generate the certificates. + ca: + # -- Optional CA cert. If it is provided, it will be used by cilium to + # generate all other certificates. Otherwise, an ephemeral CA is generated. + cert: "" + # -- Optional CA private key. If it is provided, it will be used by cilium to + # generate all other certificates. Otherwise, an ephemeral CA is generated. + key: "" + # -- Generated certificates validity duration in days. This will be used for auto generated CA. + certValidityDuration: 1095 + # -- Configure the CA trust bundle used for the validation of the certificates + # leveraged by hubble and clustermesh. When enabled, it overrides the content of the + # 'ca.crt' field of the respective certificates, allowing for CA rotation with no down-time. + caBundle: + # -- Enable the use of the CA trust bundle. + enabled: false + # -- Name of the ConfigMap containing the CA trust bundle. + name: cilium-root-ca.crt + # -- Entry of the ConfigMap containing the CA trust bundle. + key: ca.crt + # -- Use a Secret instead of a ConfigMap. + useSecret: false + # If uncommented, creates the ConfigMap and fills it with the specified content. + # Otherwise, the ConfigMap is assumed to be already present in .Release.Namespace. + # + # content: | + # -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- + # ... + # -----END CERTIFICATE----- + # -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- + # ... + # -----END CERTIFICATE----- +# -- Tunneling protocol to use in tunneling mode and for ad-hoc tunnels. +# Possible values: +# - "" +# - vxlan +# - geneve +# @default -- `"vxlan"` +tunnelProtocol: "" +# -- Enable native-routing mode or tunneling mode. +# Possible values: +# - "" +# - native +# - tunnel +# @default -- `"tunnel"` +routingMode: "" +# -- Configure VXLAN and Geneve tunnel port. +# @default -- Port 8472 for VXLAN, Port 6081 for Geneve +tunnelPort: 0 +# -- Configure what the response should be to traffic for a service without backends. +# "reject" only works on kernels >= 5.10, on lower kernels we fallback to "drop". +# Possible values: +# - reject (default) +# - drop +serviceNoBackendResponse: reject +# -- Configure the underlying network MTU to overwrite auto-detected MTU. +# This value doesn't change the host network interface MTU i.e. eth0 or ens0. +# It changes the MTU for cilium_net@cilium_host, cilium_host@cilium_net, +# cilium_vxlan and lxc_health interfaces. +MTU: 0 +# -- Disable the usage of CiliumEndpoint CRD. +disableEndpointCRD: false +wellKnownIdentities: + # -- Enable the use of well-known identities. + enabled: false +etcd: + # -- Enable etcd mode for the agent. + enabled: false + # -- cilium-etcd-operator image. + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "quay.io/cilium/cilium-etcd-operator" + tag: "v2.0.7" + digest: "sha256:04b8327f7f992693c2cb483b999041ed8f92efc8e14f2a5f3ab95574a65ea2dc" + useDigest: true + pullPolicy: "Always" + # -- The priority class to use for cilium-etcd-operator + priorityClassName: "" + # -- Additional cilium-etcd-operator container arguments. + extraArgs: [] + # -- Additional cilium-etcd-operator volumes. + extraVolumes: [] + # -- Additional cilium-etcd-operator volumeMounts. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + # -- Node tolerations for cilium-etcd-operator scheduling to nodes with taints + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ + tolerations: + - operator: Exists + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal|Exists" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule|PreferNoSchedule|NoExecute(1.6 only)" + # -- Pod topology spread constraints for cilium-etcd-operator + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- Node labels for cilium-etcd-operator pod assignment + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/#nodeselector + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux + # -- Annotations to be added to all top-level etcd-operator objects (resources under templates/etcd-operator) + annotations: {} + # -- Security context to be added to cilium-etcd-operator pods + podSecurityContext: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to cilium-etcd-operator pods + podAnnotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to cilium-etcd-operator pods + podLabels: {} + # PodDisruptionBudget settings + podDisruptionBudget: + # -- enable PodDisruptionBudget + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/disruptions/ + enabled: false + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Minimum number/percentage of pods that should remain scheduled. + # When it's set, maxUnavailable must be disabled by `maxUnavailable: null` + minAvailable: null + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Maximum number/percentage of pods that may be made unavailable + maxUnavailable: 1 + # -- cilium-etcd-operator resource limits & requests + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 4000m + # memory: 4Gi + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 512Mi + + # -- Security context to be added to cilium-etcd-operator pods + securityContext: {} + # runAsUser: 0 + + # -- cilium-etcd-operator update strategy + updateStrategy: + type: RollingUpdate + rollingUpdate: + # @schema + # type: [integer, string] + # @schema + maxSurge: 1 + # @schema + # type: [integer, string] + # @schema + maxUnavailable: 1 + # -- If etcd is behind a k8s service set this option to true so that Cilium + # does the service translation automatically without requiring a DNS to be + # running. + k8sService: false + # -- Cluster domain for cilium-etcd-operator. + clusterDomain: cluster.local + # -- List of etcd endpoints (not needed when using managed=true). + endpoints: + - https://CHANGE-ME:2379 + # -- Enable use of TLS/SSL for connectivity to etcd. (auto-enabled if + # managed=true) + ssl: false +operator: + # -- Enable the cilium-operator component (required). + enabled: true + # -- Roll out cilium-operator pods automatically when configmap is updated. + rollOutPods: true + # -- cilium-operator image. + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "quay.io/cilium/operator" + tag: "latest" + # operator-generic-digest + genericDigest: "" + # operator-azure-digest + azureDigest: "" + # operator-aws-digest + awsDigest: "" + # operator-alibabacloud-digest + alibabacloudDigest: "" + useDigest: false + pullPolicy: "Always" + suffix: "-ci" + # -- Number of replicas to run for the cilium-operator deployment + replicas: 2 + # -- The priority class to use for cilium-operator + priorityClassName: "" + # -- DNS policy for Cilium operator pods. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dns-pod-service/#pod-s-dns-policy + dnsPolicy: "" + # -- cilium-operator update strategy + updateStrategy: + type: RollingUpdate + rollingUpdate: + # @schema + # type: [integer, string] + # @schema + maxSurge: 25% + # @schema + # type: [integer, string] + # @schema + maxUnavailable: 50% + # -- Affinity for cilium-operator + affinity: + podAntiAffinity: + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + - topologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname + labelSelector: + matchLabels: + io.cilium/app: operator + # -- Pod topology spread constraints for cilium-operator + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- Node labels for cilium-operator pod assignment + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/#nodeselector + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux + # -- Node tolerations for cilium-operator scheduling to nodes with taints + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ + tolerations: + - operator: Exists + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal|Exists" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule|PreferNoSchedule|NoExecute(1.6 only)" + # -- Additional cilium-operator container arguments. + extraArgs: [] + # -- Additional cilium-operator environment variables. + extraEnv: [] + # -- Additional cilium-operator hostPath mounts. + extraHostPathMounts: [] + # - name: host-mnt-data + # mountPath: /host/mnt/data + # hostPath: /mnt/data + # hostPathType: Directory + # readOnly: true + # mountPropagation: HostToContainer + + # -- Additional cilium-operator volumes. + extraVolumes: [] + # -- Additional cilium-operator volumeMounts. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + # -- Annotations to be added to all top-level cilium-operator objects (resources under templates/cilium-operator) + annotations: {} + # -- Security context to be added to cilium-operator pods + podSecurityContext: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to cilium-operator pods + podAnnotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to cilium-operator pods + podLabels: {} + # PodDisruptionBudget settings + podDisruptionBudget: + # -- enable PodDisruptionBudget + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/disruptions/ + enabled: false + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Minimum number/percentage of pods that should remain scheduled. + # When it's set, maxUnavailable must be disabled by `maxUnavailable: null` + minAvailable: null + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Maximum number/percentage of pods that may be made unavailable + maxUnavailable: 1 + # -- cilium-operator resource limits & requests + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 1000m + # memory: 1Gi + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 128Mi + + # -- Security context to be added to cilium-operator pods + securityContext: {} + # runAsUser: 0 + + # -- Interval for endpoint garbage collection. + endpointGCInterval: "5m0s" + # -- Interval for cilium node garbage collection. + nodeGCInterval: "5m0s" + # -- Interval for identity garbage collection. + identityGCInterval: "15m0s" + # -- Timeout for identity heartbeats. + identityHeartbeatTimeout: "30m0s" + pprof: + # -- Enable pprof for cilium-operator + enabled: false + # -- Configure pprof listen address for cilium-operator + address: localhost + # -- Configure pprof listen port for cilium-operator + port: 6061 + # -- Enable prometheus metrics for cilium-operator on the configured port at + # /metrics + prometheus: + enabled: true + port: 9963 + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable service monitors. + # This requires the prometheus CRDs to be available (see https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/example/prometheus-operator-crd/monitoring.coreos.com_servicemonitors.yaml) + enabled: true + # -- Labels to add to ServiceMonitor cilium-operator + labels: + release: kube-prometheus-stack + # -- Annotations to add to ServiceMonitor cilium-operator + annotations: {} + # -- jobLabel to add for ServiceMonitor cilium-operator + jobLabel: "" + # -- Interval for scrape metrics. + interval: "10s" + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor cilium-operator + relabelings: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Metrics relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor cilium-operator + metricRelabelings: ~ + # -- Grafana dashboards for cilium-operator + # grafana can import dashboards based on the label and value + # ref: https://github.com/grafana/helm-charts/tree/main/charts/grafana#sidecar-for-dashboards + dashboards: + enabled: true + label: grafana_dashboard + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + namespace: monitoring + labelValue: "1" + annotations: {} + # -- Skip CRDs creation for cilium-operator + skipCRDCreation: false + # -- Remove Cilium node taint from Kubernetes nodes that have a healthy Cilium + # pod running. + removeNodeTaints: true + # @schema + # type: [null, boolean] + # @schema + # -- Taint nodes where Cilium is scheduled but not running. This prevents pods + # from being scheduled to nodes where Cilium is not the default CNI provider. + # @default -- same as removeNodeTaints + setNodeTaints: ~ + # -- Set Node condition NetworkUnavailable to 'false' with the reason + # 'CiliumIsUp' for nodes that have a healthy Cilium pod. + setNodeNetworkStatus: true + unmanagedPodWatcher: + # -- Restart any pod that are not managed by Cilium. + restart: true + # -- Interval, in seconds, to check if there are any pods that are not + # managed by Cilium. + intervalSeconds: 15 +nodeinit: + # -- Enable the node initialization DaemonSet + enabled: false + # -- node-init image. + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "quay.io/cilium/startup-script" + tag: "62093c5c233ea914bfa26a10ba41f8780d9b737f" + digest: "sha256:e1d442546e868db1a3289166c14011e0dbd32115b338b963e56f830972bc22a2" + useDigest: true + pullPolicy: "Always" + # -- The priority class to use for the nodeinit pod. + priorityClassName: "" + # -- node-init update strategy + updateStrategy: + type: RollingUpdate + # -- Additional nodeinit environment variables. + extraEnv: [] + # -- Additional nodeinit volumes. + extraVolumes: [] + # -- Additional nodeinit volumeMounts. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + # -- Affinity for cilium-nodeinit + affinity: {} + # -- Node labels for nodeinit pod assignment + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/#nodeselector + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux + # -- Node tolerations for nodeinit scheduling to nodes with taints + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ + tolerations: + - operator: Exists + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal|Exists" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule|PreferNoSchedule|NoExecute(1.6 only)" + # -- Annotations to be added to all top-level nodeinit objects (resources under templates/cilium-nodeinit) + annotations: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to node-init pods. + podAnnotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to node-init pods. + podLabels: {} + # -- nodeinit resource limits & requests + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + resources: + requests: + cpu: 100m + memory: 100Mi + # -- Security context to be added to nodeinit pods. + securityContext: + privileged: false + seLinuxOptions: + level: 's0' + # Running with spc_t since we have removed the privileged mode. + # Users can change it to a different type as long as they have the + # type available on the system. + type: 'spc_t' + capabilities: + add: + # Used in iptables. Consider removing once we are iptables-free + - SYS_MODULE + # Used for nsenter + - NET_ADMIN + - SYS_ADMIN + - SYS_CHROOT + - SYS_PTRACE + # -- bootstrapFile is the location of the file where the bootstrap timestamp is + # written by the node-init DaemonSet + bootstrapFile: "/tmp/cilium-bootstrap.d/cilium-bootstrap-time" + # -- startup offers way to customize startup nodeinit script (pre and post position) + startup: + preScript: "" + postScript: "" + # -- prestop offers way to customize prestop nodeinit script (pre and post position) + prestop: + preScript: "" + postScript: "" +preflight: + # -- Enable Cilium pre-flight resources (required for upgrade) + enabled: false + # -- Cilium pre-flight image. + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "quay.io/cilium/cilium-ci" + tag: "latest" + # cilium-digest + digest: "" + useDigest: false + pullPolicy: "Always" + # -- The priority class to use for the preflight pod. + priorityClassName: "" + # -- preflight update strategy + updateStrategy: + type: RollingUpdate + # -- Additional preflight environment variables. + extraEnv: [] + # -- Additional preflight volumes. + extraVolumes: [] + # -- Additional preflight volumeMounts. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + # -- Affinity for cilium-preflight + affinity: + podAffinity: + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + - topologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname + labelSelector: + matchLabels: + k8s-app: cilium + # -- Node labels for preflight pod assignment + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/#nodeselector + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux + # -- Node tolerations for preflight scheduling to nodes with taints + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ + tolerations: + - key: node.kubernetes.io/not-ready + effect: NoSchedule + - key: node-role.kubernetes.io/master + effect: NoSchedule + - key: node-role.kubernetes.io/control-plane + effect: NoSchedule + - key: node.cloudprovider.kubernetes.io/uninitialized + effect: NoSchedule + value: "true" + - key: CriticalAddonsOnly + operator: "Exists" + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal|Exists" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule|PreferNoSchedule|NoExecute(1.6 only)" + # -- Annotations to be added to all top-level preflight objects (resources under templates/cilium-preflight) + annotations: {} + # -- Security context to be added to preflight pods. + podSecurityContext: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to preflight pods + podAnnotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to the preflight pod. + podLabels: {} + # PodDisruptionBudget settings + podDisruptionBudget: + # -- enable PodDisruptionBudget + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/disruptions/ + enabled: false + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Minimum number/percentage of pods that should remain scheduled. + # When it's set, maxUnavailable must be disabled by `maxUnavailable: null` + minAvailable: null + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Maximum number/percentage of pods that may be made unavailable + maxUnavailable: 1 + # -- preflight resource limits & requests + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/manage-resources-containers/ + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 4000m + # memory: 4Gi + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 512Mi + + readinessProbe: + # -- For how long kubelet should wait before performing the first probe + initialDelaySeconds: 5 + # -- interval between checks of the readiness probe + periodSeconds: 5 + # -- Security context to be added to preflight pods + securityContext: {} + # runAsUser: 0 + + # -- Path to write the `--tofqdns-pre-cache` file to. + tofqdnsPreCache: "" + # -- Configure termination grace period for preflight Deployment and DaemonSet. + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 1 + # -- By default we should always validate the installed CNPs before upgrading + # Cilium. This will make sure the user will have the policies deployed in the + # cluster with the right schema. + validateCNPs: true +# -- Explicitly enable or disable priority class. +# .Capabilities.KubeVersion is unsettable in `helm template` calls, +# it depends on k8s libraries version that Helm was compiled against. +# This option allows to explicitly disable setting the priority class, which +# is useful for rendering charts for gke clusters in advance. +enableCriticalPriorityClass: true +# disableEnvoyVersionCheck removes the check for Envoy, which can be useful +# on AArch64 as the images do not currently ship a version of Envoy. +#disableEnvoyVersionCheck: false +clustermesh: + # -- Deploy clustermesh-apiserver for clustermesh + useAPIServer: false + # -- The maximum number of clusters to support in a ClusterMesh. This value + # cannot be changed on running clusters, and all clusters in a ClusterMesh + # must be configured with the same value. Values > 255 will decrease the + # maximum allocatable cluster-local identities. + # Supported values are 255 and 511. + maxConnectedClusters: 255 + # -- Annotations to be added to all top-level clustermesh objects (resources under templates/clustermesh-apiserver and templates/clustermesh-config) + annotations: {} + # -- Clustermesh explicit configuration. + config: + # -- Enable the Clustermesh explicit configuration. + enabled: false + # -- Default dns domain for the Clustermesh API servers + # This is used in the case cluster addresses are not provided + # and IPs are used. + domain: mesh.cilium.io + # -- List of clusters to be peered in the mesh. + clusters: [] + # clusters: + # # -- Name of the cluster + # - name: cluster1 + # # -- Address of the cluster, use this if you created DNS records for + # # the cluster Clustermesh API server. + # address: cluster1.mesh.cilium.io + # # -- Port of the cluster Clustermesh API server. + # port: 2379 + # # -- IPs of the cluster Clustermesh API server, use multiple ones when + # # you have multiple IPs to access the Clustermesh API server. + # ips: + # - 172.18.255.201 + # # -- base64 encoded PEM values for the cluster client certificate, private key and certificate authority. + # # These fields can (and should) be omitted in case the CA is shared across clusters. In that case, the + # # "remote" private key and certificate available in the local cluster are automatically used instead. + # tls: + # cert: "" + # key: "" + # caCert: "" + apiserver: + # -- Clustermesh API server image. + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "quay.io/cilium/clustermesh-apiserver-ci" + tag: "latest" + # clustermesh-apiserver-digest + digest: "" + useDigest: false + pullPolicy: "Always" + # -- TCP port for the clustermesh-apiserver health API. + healthPort: 9880 + # -- Configuration for the clustermesh-apiserver readiness probe. + readinessProbe: {} + etcd: + # The etcd binary is included in the clustermesh API server image, so the same image from above is reused. + # Independent override isn't supported, because clustermesh-apiserver is tested against the etcd version it is + # built with. + + # -- Specifies the resources for etcd container in the apiserver + resources: {} + # requests: + # cpu: 200m + # memory: 256Mi + # limits: + # cpu: 1000m + # memory: 256Mi + + # -- Security context to be added to clustermesh-apiserver etcd containers + securityContext: {} + # -- lifecycle setting for the etcd container + lifecycle: {} + init: + # -- Specifies the resources for etcd init container in the apiserver + resources: {} + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 100Mi + # limits: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 100Mi + + # -- Additional arguments to `clustermesh-apiserver etcdinit`. + extraArgs: [] + # -- Additional environment variables to `clustermesh-apiserver etcdinit`. + extraEnv: [] + kvstoremesh: + # -- Enable KVStoreMesh. KVStoreMesh caches the information retrieved + # from the remote clusters in the local etcd instance. + enabled: false + # -- TCP port for the KVStoreMesh health API. + healthPort: 9881 + # -- Configuration for the KVStoreMesh readiness probe. + readinessProbe: {} + # -- Additional KVStoreMesh arguments. + extraArgs: [] + # -- Additional KVStoreMesh environment variables. + extraEnv: [] + # -- Resource requests and limits for the KVStoreMesh container + resources: {} + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 64Mi + # limits: + # cpu: 1000m + # memory: 1024M + + # -- Additional KVStoreMesh volumeMounts. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + # -- KVStoreMesh Security context + securityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + # -- lifecycle setting for the KVStoreMesh container + lifecycle: {} + service: + # -- The type of service used for apiserver access. + type: NodePort + # -- Optional port to use as the node port for apiserver access. + # + # WARNING: make sure to configure a different NodePort in each cluster if + # kube-proxy replacement is enabled, as Cilium is currently affected by a known + # bug (#24692) when NodePorts are handled by the KPR implementation. If a service + # with the same NodePort exists both in the local and the remote cluster, all + # traffic originating from inside the cluster and targeting the corresponding + # NodePort will be redirected to a local backend, regardless of whether the + # destination node belongs to the local or the remote cluster. + nodePort: 32379 + # -- Optional loadBalancer IP address to use with type LoadBalancer. + # loadBalancerIP: + + # -- Annotations for the clustermesh-apiserver + # For GKE LoadBalancer, use annotation cloud.google.com/load-balancer-type: "Internal" + # For EKS LoadBalancer, use annotation service.beta.kubernetes.io/aws-load-balancer-internal: "true" + annotations: {} + # @schema + # enum: [Local, Cluster] + # @schema + # -- The externalTrafficPolicy of service used for apiserver access. + externalTrafficPolicy: Cluster + # @schema + # enum: [Local, Cluster] + # @schema + # -- The internalTrafficPolicy of service used for apiserver access. + internalTrafficPolicy: Cluster + # -- Number of replicas run for the clustermesh-apiserver deployment. + replicas: 1 + # -- lifecycle setting for the apiserver container + lifecycle: {} + # -- terminationGracePeriodSeconds for the clustermesh-apiserver deployment + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 30 + # -- Additional clustermesh-apiserver arguments. + extraArgs: [] + # -- Additional clustermesh-apiserver environment variables. + extraEnv: [] + # -- Additional clustermesh-apiserver volumes. + extraVolumes: [] + # -- Additional clustermesh-apiserver volumeMounts. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + # -- Security context to be added to clustermesh-apiserver containers + securityContext: {} + # -- Security context to be added to clustermesh-apiserver pods + podSecurityContext: {} + # -- Annotations to be added to clustermesh-apiserver pods + podAnnotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to clustermesh-apiserver pods + podLabels: {} + # PodDisruptionBudget settings + podDisruptionBudget: + # -- enable PodDisruptionBudget + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/disruptions/ + enabled: false + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Minimum number/percentage of pods that should remain scheduled. + # When it's set, maxUnavailable must be disabled by `maxUnavailable: null` + minAvailable: null + # @schema + # type: [null, integer, string] + # @schema + # -- Maximum number/percentage of pods that may be made unavailable + maxUnavailable: 1 + # -- Resource requests and limits for the clustermesh-apiserver + resources: {} + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 64Mi + # limits: + # cpu: 1000m + # memory: 1024M + + # -- Affinity for clustermesh.apiserver + affinity: + podAntiAffinity: + requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + - topologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname + labelSelector: + matchLabels: + k8s-app: clustermesh-apiserver + # -- Pod topology spread constraints for clustermesh-apiserver + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + + # -- Node labels for pod assignment + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/#nodeselector + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux + # -- Node tolerations for pod assignment on nodes with taints + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ + tolerations: [] + # -- clustermesh-apiserver update strategy + updateStrategy: + type: RollingUpdate + rollingUpdate: + # @schema + # type: [integer, string] + # @schema + maxUnavailable: 1 + # -- The priority class to use for clustermesh-apiserver + priorityClassName: "" + tls: + # -- Configure the clustermesh authentication mode. + # Supported values: + # - legacy: All clusters access remote clustermesh instances with the same + # username (i.e., remote). The "remote" certificate must be + # generated with CN=remote if provided manually. + # - migration: Intermediate mode required to upgrade from legacy to cluster + # (and vice versa) with no disruption. Specifically, it enables + # the creation of the per-cluster usernames, while still using + # the common one for authentication. The "remote" certificate must + # be generated with CN=remote if provided manually (same as legacy). + # - cluster: Each cluster accesses remote etcd instances with a username + # depending on the local cluster name (i.e., remote-). + # The "remote" certificate must be generated with CN=remote- + # if provided manually. Cluster mode is meaningful only when the same + # CA is shared across all clusters part of the mesh. + authMode: legacy + # -- Configure automatic TLS certificates generation. + # A Kubernetes CronJob is used the generate any + # certificates not provided by the user at installation + # time. + auto: + # -- When set to true, automatically generate a CA and certificates to + # enable mTLS between clustermesh-apiserver and external workload instances. + # If set to false, the certs to be provided by setting appropriate values below. + enabled: true + # Sets the method to auto-generate certificates. Supported values: + # - helm: This method uses Helm to generate all certificates. + # - cronJob: This method uses a Kubernetes CronJob the generate any + # certificates not provided by the user at installation + # time. + # - certmanager: This method use cert-manager to generate & rotate certificates. + method: helm + # -- Generated certificates validity duration in days. + certValidityDuration: 1095 + # -- Schedule for certificates regeneration (regardless of their expiration date). + # Only used if method is "cronJob". If nil, then no recurring job will be created. + # Instead, only the one-shot job is deployed to generate the certificates at + # installation time. + # + # Due to the out-of-band distribution of client certs to external workloads the + # CA is (re)regenerated only if it is not provided as a helm value and the k8s + # secret is manually deleted. + # + # Defaults to none. Commented syntax gives midnight of the first day of every + # fourth month. For syntax, see + # https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/cron-jobs/#schedule-syntax + # schedule: "0 0 1 */4 *" + + # [Example] + # certManagerIssuerRef: + # group: cert-manager.io + # kind: ClusterIssuer + # name: ca-issuer + # -- certmanager issuer used when clustermesh.apiserver.tls.auto.method=certmanager. + certManagerIssuerRef: {} + # -- base64 encoded PEM values for the clustermesh-apiserver server certificate and private key. + # Used if 'auto' is not enabled. + server: + cert: "" + key: "" + # -- Extra DNS names added to certificate when it's auto generated + extraDnsNames: [] + # -- Extra IP addresses added to certificate when it's auto generated + extraIpAddresses: [] + # -- base64 encoded PEM values for the clustermesh-apiserver admin certificate and private key. + # Used if 'auto' is not enabled. + admin: + cert: "" + key: "" + # -- base64 encoded PEM values for the clustermesh-apiserver client certificate and private key. + # Used if 'auto' is not enabled. + client: + cert: "" + key: "" + # -- base64 encoded PEM values for the clustermesh-apiserver remote cluster certificate and private key. + # Used if 'auto' is not enabled. + remote: + cert: "" + key: "" + # clustermesh-apiserver Prometheus metrics configuration + metrics: + # -- Enables exporting apiserver metrics in OpenMetrics format. + enabled: true + # -- Configure the port the apiserver metric server listens on. + port: 9962 + kvstoremesh: + # -- Enables exporting KVStoreMesh metrics in OpenMetrics format. + enabled: true + # -- Configure the port the KVStoreMesh metric server listens on. + port: 9964 + etcd: + # -- Enables exporting etcd metrics in OpenMetrics format. + enabled: true + # -- Set level of detail for etcd metrics; specify 'extensive' to include server side gRPC histogram metrics. + mode: basic + # -- Configure the port the etcd metric server listens on. + port: 9963 + serviceMonitor: + # -- Enable service monitor. + # This requires the prometheus CRDs to be available (see https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/example/prometheus-operator-crd/monitoring.coreos.com_servicemonitors.yaml) + enabled: true + # -- Labels to add to ServiceMonitor clustermesh-apiserver + labels: + release: kube-prometheus-stack + # -- Annotations to add to ServiceMonitor clustermesh-apiserver + annotations: {} + # -- Specify the Kubernetes namespace where Prometheus expects to find + # service monitors configured. + namespace: "monitoring" + + # -- Interval for scrape metrics (apiserver metrics) + interval: "10s" + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor clustermesh-apiserver (apiserver metrics) + relabelings: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Metrics relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor clustermesh-apiserver (apiserver metrics) + metricRelabelings: ~ + kvstoremesh: + # -- Interval for scrape metrics (KVStoreMesh metrics) + interval: "10s" + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor clustermesh-apiserver (KVStoreMesh metrics) + relabelings: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Metrics relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor clustermesh-apiserver (KVStoreMesh metrics) + metricRelabelings: ~ + etcd: + # -- Interval for scrape metrics (etcd metrics) + interval: "10s" + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor clustermesh-apiserver (etcd metrics) + relabelings: ~ + # @schema + # type: [null, array] + # @schema + # -- Metrics relabeling configs for the ServiceMonitor clustermesh-apiserver (etcd metrics) + metricRelabelings: ~ +# -- Configure external workloads support +externalWorkloads: + # -- Enable support for external workloads, such as VMs (false by default). + enabled: false +# -- Configure cgroup related configuration +cgroup: + autoMount: + # -- Enable auto mount of cgroup2 filesystem. + # When `autoMount` is enabled, cgroup2 filesystem is mounted at + # `cgroup.hostRoot` path on the underlying host and inside the cilium agent pod. + # If users disable `autoMount`, it's expected that users have mounted + # cgroup2 filesystem at the specified `cgroup.hostRoot` volume, and then the + # volume will be mounted inside the cilium agent pod at the same path. + enabled: true + # -- Init Container Cgroup Automount resource limits & requests + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 128Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 128Mi + # -- Configure cgroup root where cgroup2 filesystem is mounted on the host (see also: `cgroup.autoMount`) + hostRoot: /run/cilium/cgroupv2 +# -- Configure whether to enable auto detect of terminating state for endpoints +# in order to support graceful termination. +enableK8sTerminatingEndpoint: true +# -- Configure whether to unload DNS policy rules on graceful shutdown +# dnsPolicyUnloadOnShutdown: false + +# -- Configure the key of the taint indicating that Cilium is not ready on the node. +# When set to a value starting with `ignore-taint.cluster-autoscaler.kubernetes.io/`, the Cluster Autoscaler will ignore the taint on its decisions, allowing the cluster to scale up. +agentNotReadyTaintKey: "node.cilium.io/agent-not-ready" +dnsProxy: + # -- DNS response code for rejecting DNS requests, available options are '[nameError refused]'. + dnsRejectResponseCode: refused + # -- Allow the DNS proxy to compress responses to endpoints that are larger than 512 Bytes or the EDNS0 option, if present. + enableDnsCompression: true + # -- Maximum number of IPs to maintain per FQDN name for each endpoint. + endpointMaxIpPerHostname: 50 + # -- Time during which idle but previously active connections with expired DNS lookups are still considered alive. + idleConnectionGracePeriod: 0s + # -- Maximum number of IPs to retain for expired DNS lookups with still-active connections. + maxDeferredConnectionDeletes: 10000 + # -- The minimum time, in seconds, to use DNS data for toFQDNs policies. If + # the upstream DNS server returns a DNS record with a shorter TTL, Cilium + # overwrites the TTL with this value. Setting this value to zero means that + # Cilium will honor the TTLs returned by the upstream DNS server. + minTtl: 0 + # -- DNS cache data at this path is preloaded on agent startup. + preCache: "" + # -- Global port on which the in-agent DNS proxy should listen. Default 0 is a OS-assigned port. + proxyPort: 0 + # -- The maximum time the DNS proxy holds an allowed DNS response before sending it along. Responses are sent as soon as the datapath is updated with the new IP information. + proxyResponseMaxDelay: 100ms + # -- DNS proxy operation mode (true/false, or unset to use version dependent defaults) + # enableTransparentMode: true +# -- SCTP Configuration Values +sctp: + # -- Enable SCTP support. NOTE: Currently, SCTP support does not support rewriting ports or multihoming. + enabled: false +# Configuration for types of authentication for Cilium (beta) +authentication: + # -- Enable authentication processing and garbage collection. + # Note that if disabled, policy enforcement will still block requests that require authentication. + # But the resulting authentication requests for these requests will not be processed, therefore the requests not be allowed. + enabled: true + # -- Buffer size of the channel Cilium uses to receive authentication events from the signal map. + queueSize: 1024 + # -- Buffer size of the channel Cilium uses to receive certificate expiration events from auth handlers. + rotatedIdentitiesQueueSize: 1024 + # -- Interval for garbage collection of auth map entries. + gcInterval: "5m0s" + # Configuration for Cilium's service-to-service mutual authentication using TLS handshakes. + # Note that this is not full mTLS support without also enabling encryption of some form. + # Current encryption options are Wireguard or IPSec, configured in encryption block above. + mutual: + # -- Port on the agent where mutual authentication handshakes between agents will be performed + port: 4250 + # -- Timeout for connecting to the remote node TCP socket + connectTimeout: 5s + # Settings for SPIRE + spire: + # -- Enable SPIRE integration (beta) + enabled: false + # -- Annotations to be added to all top-level spire objects (resources under templates/spire) + annotations: {} + # Settings to control the SPIRE installation and configuration + install: + # -- Enable SPIRE installation. + # This will only take effect only if authentication.mutual.spire.enabled is true + enabled: true + # -- SPIRE namespace to install into + namespace: cilium-spire + # -- SPIRE namespace already exists. Set to true if Helm should not create, manage, and import the SPIRE namespace. + existingNamespace: false + # -- init container image of SPIRE agent and server + initImage: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "docker.io/library/busybox" + tag: "1.36.1" + digest: "sha256:223ae047b1065bd069aac01ae3ac8088b3ca4a527827e283b85112f29385fb1b" + useDigest: true + pullPolicy: "Always" + # SPIRE agent configuration + agent: + # -- SPIRE agent image + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "ghcr.io/spiffe/spire-agent" + tag: "1.9.6" + digest: "sha256:99405637647968245ff9fe215f8bd2bd0ea9807be9725f8bf19fe1b21471e52b" + useDigest: true + pullPolicy: "Always" + # -- SPIRE agent service account + serviceAccount: + create: true + name: spire-agent + # -- SPIRE agent annotations + annotations: {} + # -- SPIRE agent labels + labels: {} + # -- SPIRE Workload Attestor kubelet verification. + skipKubeletVerification: true + # -- SPIRE agent tolerations configuration + # By default it follows the same tolerations as the agent itself + # to allow the Cilium agent on this node to connect to SPIRE. + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ + tolerations: + - key: node.kubernetes.io/not-ready + effect: NoSchedule + - key: node-role.kubernetes.io/master + effect: NoSchedule + - key: node-role.kubernetes.io/control-plane + effect: NoSchedule + - key: node.cloudprovider.kubernetes.io/uninitialized + effect: NoSchedule + value: "true" + - key: CriticalAddonsOnly + operator: "Exists" + # -- SPIRE agent affinity configuration + affinity: {} + # -- SPIRE agent nodeSelector configuration + # ref: ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/#nodeselector + nodeSelector: {} + # -- Security context to be added to spire agent pods. + # SecurityContext holds pod-level security attributes and common container settings. + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/#set-the-security-context-for-a-pod + podSecurityContext: {} + # -- Security context to be added to spire agent containers. + # SecurityContext holds pod-level security attributes and common container settings. + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/#set-the-security-context-for-a-container + securityContext: {} + server: + # -- SPIRE server image + image: + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + override: ~ + repository: "ghcr.io/spiffe/spire-server" + tag: "1.9.6" + digest: "sha256:28269265882048dcf0fed32fe47663cd98613727210b8d1a55618826f9bf5428" + useDigest: true + pullPolicy: "Always" + # -- SPIRE server service account + serviceAccount: + create: true + name: spire-server + # -- SPIRE server init containers + initContainers: [] + # -- SPIRE server annotations + annotations: {} + # -- SPIRE server labels + labels: {} + # SPIRE server service configuration + service: + # -- Service type for the SPIRE server service + type: ClusterIP + # -- Annotations to be added to the SPIRE server service + annotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to the SPIRE server service + labels: {} + # -- SPIRE server affinity configuration + affinity: {} + # -- SPIRE server nodeSelector configuration + # ref: ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/#nodeselector + nodeSelector: {} + # -- SPIRE server tolerations configuration + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/taint-and-toleration/ + tolerations: [] + # SPIRE server datastorage configuration + dataStorage: + # -- Enable SPIRE server data storage + enabled: true + # -- Size of the SPIRE server data storage + size: 1Gi + # -- Access mode of the SPIRE server data storage + accessMode: ReadWriteOnce + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- StorageClass of the SPIRE server data storage + storageClass: null + # -- Security context to be added to spire server pods. + # SecurityContext holds pod-level security attributes and common container settings. + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/#set-the-security-context-for-a-pod + podSecurityContext: {} + # -- Security context to be added to spire server containers. + # SecurityContext holds pod-level security attributes and common container settings. + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/#set-the-security-context-for-a-container + securityContext: {} + # SPIRE CA configuration + ca: + # -- SPIRE CA key type + # AWS requires the use of RSA. EC cryptography is not supported + keyType: "rsa-4096" + # -- SPIRE CA Subject + subject: + country: "US" + organization: "SPIRE" + commonName: "Cilium SPIRE CA" + # @schema + # type: [null, string] + # @schema + # -- SPIRE server address used by Cilium Operator + # + # If k8s Service DNS along with port number is used (e.g. ..svc(.*): format), + # Cilium Operator will resolve its address by looking up the clusterIP from Service resource. + # + # Example values: 10.0.0.1:8081, spire-server.cilium-spire.svc:8081 + serverAddress: ~ + # -- SPIFFE trust domain to use for fetching certificates + trustDomain: spiffe.cilium + # -- SPIRE socket path where the SPIRE delegated api agent is listening + adminSocketPath: /run/spire/sockets/admin.sock + # -- SPIRE socket path where the SPIRE workload agent is listening. + # Applies to both the Cilium Agent and Operator + agentSocketPath: /run/spire/sockets/agent/agent.sock + # -- SPIRE connection timeout + connectionTimeout: 30s diff --git a/kubernetes/system/cilium/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/system/cilium/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36c4b6f --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/cilium/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - argo-app.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/ingress-nginx/argo-app.yaml b/kubernetes/system/ingress-nginx/argo-app.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bd9bad --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/ingress-nginx/argo-app.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1 +kind: Application +metadata: + name: ingress-nginx + namespace: argocd + finalizers: + - resources-finalizer.argocd.argoproj.io + annotations: + argocd.argoproj.io/sync-wave: "0" +spec: + project: default + destination: + server: https://kubernetes.default.svc + namespace: ingress-nginx + sources: + - chart: ingress-nginx + helm: + releaseName: ingress-nginx + valueFiles: + - $values/kubernetes/system/ingress-nginx/helm/values.yaml + repoURL: https://kubernetes.github.io/ingress-nginx + targetRevision: 4.10.1 + - repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab + targetRevision: HEAD + ref: values + syncPolicy: + automated: + selfHeal: true + syncOptions: + - CreateNamespace=true diff --git a/kubernetes/system/ingress-nginx/helm/values.yaml b/kubernetes/system/ingress-nginx/helm/values.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6860855 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/ingress-nginx/helm/values.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,1104 @@ +## nginx configuration +## Ref: https://github.com/kubernetes/ingress-nginx/blob/main/docs/user-guide/nginx-configuration/index.md +## + +## Overrides for generated resource names +# See templates/_helpers.tpl +# nameOverride: +# fullnameOverride: + +# -- Override the deployment namespace; defaults to .Release.Namespace +namespaceOverride: "" +## Labels to apply to all resources +## +commonLabels: {} +# scmhash: abc123 +# myLabel: aakkmd + +controller: + name: controller + enableAnnotationValidations: false + image: + ## Keep false as default for now! + chroot: false + registry: registry.k8s.io + image: ingress-nginx/controller + ## for backwards compatibility consider setting the full image url via the repository value below + ## use *either* current default registry/image or repository format or installing chart by providing the values.yaml will fail + ## repository: + tag: "v1.10.1" + digest: sha256:e24f39d3eed6bcc239a56f20098878845f62baa34b9f2be2fd2c38ce9fb0f29e + digestChroot: sha256:c155954116b397163c88afcb3252462771bd7867017e8a17623e83601bab7ac7 + pullPolicy: IfNotPresent + runAsNonRoot: true + # www-data -> uid 101 + runAsUser: 101 + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + readOnlyRootFilesystem: false + # -- Use an existing PSP instead of creating one + existingPsp: "" + # -- Configures the controller container name + containerName: controller + # -- Configures the ports that the nginx-controller listens on + containerPort: + http: 80 + https: 443 + # -- Will add custom configuration options to Nginx https://kubernetes.github.io/ingress-nginx/user-guide/nginx-configuration/configmap/ + config: + use-http2: true + # -- Annotations to be added to the controller config configuration configmap. + configAnnotations: {} + # -- Will add custom headers before sending traffic to backends according to https://github.com/kubernetes/ingress-nginx/tree/main/docs/examples/customization/custom-headers + proxySetHeaders: {} + # -- Will add custom headers before sending response traffic to the client according to: https://kubernetes.github.io/ingress-nginx/user-guide/nginx-configuration/configmap/#add-headers + addHeaders: {} + # -- Optionally customize the pod dnsConfig. + dnsConfig: {} + # -- Optionally customize the pod hostAliases. + hostAliases: [] + # - ip: 127.0.0.1 + # hostnames: + # - foo.local + # - bar.local + # - ip: 10.1.2.3 + # hostnames: + # - foo.remote + # - bar.remote + # -- Optionally customize the pod hostname. + hostname: {} + # -- Optionally change this to ClusterFirstWithHostNet in case you have 'hostNetwork: true'. + # By default, while using host network, name resolution uses the host's DNS. If you wish nginx-controller + # to keep resolving names inside the k8s network, use ClusterFirstWithHostNet. + dnsPolicy: ClusterFirst + # -- Bare-metal considerations via the host network https://kubernetes.github.io/ingress-nginx/deploy/baremetal/#via-the-host-network + # Ingress status was blank because there is no Service exposing the Ingress-Nginx Controller in a configuration using the host network, the default --publish-service flag used in standard cloud setups does not apply + reportNodeInternalIp: false + # -- Process Ingress objects without ingressClass annotation/ingressClassName field + # Overrides value for --watch-ingress-without-class flag of the controller binary + # Defaults to false + watchIngressWithoutClass: false + # -- Process IngressClass per name (additionally as per spec.controller). + ingressClassByName: false + # -- This configuration enables Topology Aware Routing feature, used together with service annotation service.kubernetes.io/topology-mode="auto" + # Defaults to false + enableTopologyAwareRouting: false + # -- This configuration defines if Ingress Controller should allow users to set + # their own *-snippet annotations, otherwise this is forbidden / dropped + # when users add those annotations. + # Global snippets in ConfigMap are still respected + allowSnippetAnnotations: false + # -- Required for use with CNI based kubernetes installations (such as ones set up by kubeadm), + # since CNI and hostport don't mix yet. Can be deprecated once https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/issues/23920 + # is merged + hostNetwork: false + ## Use host ports 80 and 443 + ## Disabled by default + hostPort: + # -- Enable 'hostPort' or not + enabled: false + ports: + # -- 'hostPort' http port + http: 80 + # -- 'hostPort' https port + https: 443 + # NetworkPolicy for controller component. + networkPolicy: + # -- Enable 'networkPolicy' or not + enabled: false + # -- Election ID to use for status update, by default it uses the controller name combined with a suffix of 'leader' + electionID: "" + # -- This section refers to the creation of the IngressClass resource. + # IngressClasses are immutable and cannot be changed after creation. + # We do not support namespaced IngressClasses, yet, so a ClusterRole and a ClusterRoleBinding is required. + ingressClassResource: + # -- Name of the IngressClass + name: nginx + # -- Create the IngressClass or not + enabled: true + # -- If true, Ingresses without `ingressClassName` get assigned to this IngressClass on creation. + # Ingress creation gets rejected if there are multiple default IngressClasses. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/ingress/#default-ingress-class + default: false + # -- Controller of the IngressClass. An Ingress Controller looks for IngressClasses it should reconcile by this value. + # This value is also being set as the `--controller-class` argument of this Ingress Controller. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/ingress/#ingress-class + controllerValue: k8s.io/ingress-nginx + # -- A link to a custom resource containing additional configuration for the controller. + # This is optional if the controller consuming this IngressClass does not require additional parameters. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/ingress/#ingress-class + parameters: {} + # parameters: + # apiGroup: k8s.example.com + # kind: IngressParameters + # name: external-lb + # -- For backwards compatibility with ingress.class annotation, use ingressClass. + # Algorithm is as follows, first ingressClassName is considered, if not present, controller looks for ingress.class annotation + ingressClass: nginx + # -- Labels to add to the pod container metadata + podLabels: {} + # key: value + + # -- Security context for controller pods + podSecurityContext: {} + # -- sysctls for controller pods + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/sysctl-cluster/ + sysctls: {} + # sysctls: + # "net.core.somaxconn": "8192" + # -- Security context for controller containers + containerSecurityContext: {} + # -- Allows customization of the source of the IP address or FQDN to report + # in the ingress status field. By default, it reads the information provided + # by the service. If disable, the status field reports the IP address of the + # node or nodes where an ingress controller pod is running. + publishService: + # -- Enable 'publishService' or not + enabled: true + # -- Allows overriding of the publish service to bind to + # Must be / + pathOverride: "" + # Limit the scope of the controller to a specific namespace + scope: + # -- Enable 'scope' or not + enabled: false + # -- Namespace to limit the controller to; defaults to $(POD_NAMESPACE) + namespace: "" + # -- When scope.enabled == false, instead of watching all namespaces, we watching namespaces whose labels + # only match with namespaceSelector. Format like foo=bar. Defaults to empty, means watching all namespaces. + namespaceSelector: "" + # -- Allows customization of the configmap / nginx-configmap namespace; defaults to $(POD_NAMESPACE) + configMapNamespace: "" + tcp: + # -- Allows customization of the tcp-services-configmap; defaults to $(POD_NAMESPACE) + configMapNamespace: "" + # -- Annotations to be added to the tcp config configmap + annotations: {} + udp: + # -- Allows customization of the udp-services-configmap; defaults to $(POD_NAMESPACE) + configMapNamespace: "" + # -- Annotations to be added to the udp config configmap + annotations: {} + # -- Maxmind license key to download GeoLite2 Databases. + ## https://blog.maxmind.com/2019/12/18/significant-changes-to-accessing-and-using-geolite2-databases + maxmindLicenseKey: "" + # -- Additional command line arguments to pass to Ingress-Nginx Controller + # E.g. to specify the default SSL certificate you can use + extraArgs: {} + ## extraArgs: + ## default-ssl-certificate: "/" + ## time-buckets: "0.005,0.01,0.025,0.05,0.1,0.25,0.5,1,2.5,5,10" + ## length-buckets: "10,20,30,40,50,60,70,80,90,100" + ## size-buckets: "10,100,1000,10000,100000,1e+06,1e+07" + + # -- Additional environment variables to set + extraEnvs: [] + # extraEnvs: + # - name: FOO + # valueFrom: + # secretKeyRef: + # key: FOO + # name: secret-resource + + # -- Use a `DaemonSet` or `Deployment` + kind: Deployment + # -- Annotations to be added to the controller Deployment or DaemonSet + ## + annotations: {} + # keel.sh/pollSchedule: "@every 60m" + + # -- Labels to be added to the controller Deployment or DaemonSet and other resources that do not have option to specify labels + ## + labels: {} + # keel.sh/policy: patch + # keel.sh/trigger: poll + + # -- The update strategy to apply to the Deployment or DaemonSet + ## + updateStrategy: {} + # rollingUpdate: + # maxUnavailable: 1 + # type: RollingUpdate + + # -- `minReadySeconds` to avoid killing pods before we are ready + ## + minReadySeconds: 0 + # -- Node tolerations for server scheduling to nodes with taints + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/ + ## + tolerations: [] + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal|Exists" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule|PreferNoSchedule|NoExecute(1.6 only)" + + # -- Affinity and anti-affinity rules for server scheduling to nodes + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/#affinity-and-anti-affinity + ## + affinity: {} + # # An example of preferred pod anti-affinity, weight is in the range 1-100 + # podAntiAffinity: + # preferredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + # - weight: 100 + # podAffinityTerm: + # labelSelector: + # matchExpressions: + # - key: app.kubernetes.io/name + # operator: In + # values: + # - ingress-nginx + # - key: app.kubernetes.io/instance + # operator: In + # values: + # - ingress-nginx + # - key: app.kubernetes.io/component + # operator: In + # values: + # - controller + # topologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname + + # # An example of required pod anti-affinity + # podAntiAffinity: + # requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + # - labelSelector: + # matchExpressions: + # - key: app.kubernetes.io/name + # operator: In + # values: + # - ingress-nginx + # - key: app.kubernetes.io/instance + # operator: In + # values: + # - ingress-nginx + # - key: app.kubernetes.io/component + # operator: In + # values: + # - controller + # topologyKey: "kubernetes.io/hostname" + + # -- Topology spread constraints rely on node labels to identify the topology domain(s) that each Node is in. + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + ## + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - labelSelector: + # matchLabels: + # app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ include "ingress-nginx.name" . }}' + # app.kubernetes.io/instance: '{{ .Release.Name }}' + # app.kubernetes.io/component: controller + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # maxSkew: 1 + # whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway + # - labelSelector: + # matchLabels: + # app.kubernetes.io/name: '{{ include "ingress-nginx.name" . }}' + # app.kubernetes.io/instance: '{{ .Release.Name }}' + # app.kubernetes.io/component: controller + # topologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname + # maxSkew: 1 + # whenUnsatisfiable: ScheduleAnyway + + # -- `terminationGracePeriodSeconds` to avoid killing pods before we are ready + ## wait up to five minutes for the drain of connections + ## + terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 300 + # -- Node labels for controller pod assignment + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/ + ## + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux + ## Liveness and readiness probe values + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#container-probes + ## + ## startupProbe: + ## httpGet: + ## # should match container.healthCheckPath + ## path: "/healthz" + ## port: 10254 + ## scheme: HTTP + ## initialDelaySeconds: 5 + ## periodSeconds: 5 + ## timeoutSeconds: 2 + ## successThreshold: 1 + ## failureThreshold: 5 + livenessProbe: + httpGet: + # should match container.healthCheckPath + path: "/healthz" + port: 10254 + scheme: HTTP + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + periodSeconds: 10 + timeoutSeconds: 1 + successThreshold: 1 + failureThreshold: 5 + readinessProbe: + httpGet: + # should match container.healthCheckPath + path: "/healthz" + port: 10254 + scheme: HTTP + initialDelaySeconds: 10 + periodSeconds: 10 + timeoutSeconds: 1 + successThreshold: 1 + failureThreshold: 3 + # -- Path of the health check endpoint. All requests received on the port defined by + # the healthz-port parameter are forwarded internally to this path. + healthCheckPath: "/healthz" + # -- Address to bind the health check endpoint. + # It is better to set this option to the internal node address + # if the Ingress-Nginx Controller is running in the `hostNetwork: true` mode. + healthCheckHost: "" + # -- Annotations to be added to controller pods + ## + podAnnotations: {} + replicaCount: 1 + # -- Minimum available pods set in PodDisruptionBudget. + # Define either 'minAvailable' or 'maxUnavailable', never both. + minAvailable: 1 + # -- Maximum unavailable pods set in PodDisruptionBudget. If set, 'minAvailable' is ignored. + # maxUnavailable: 1 + + ## Define requests resources to avoid probe issues due to CPU utilization in busy nodes + ## ref: https://github.com/kubernetes/ingress-nginx/issues/4735#issuecomment-551204903 + ## Ideally, there should be no limits. + ## https://engineering.indeedblog.com/blog/2019/12/cpu-throttling-regression-fix/ + resources: + ## limits: + ## cpu: 100m + ## memory: 90Mi + requests: + cpu: 100m + memory: 90Mi + # Mutually exclusive with keda autoscaling + autoscaling: + enabled: false + annotations: {} + minReplicas: 1 + maxReplicas: 11 + targetCPUUtilizationPercentage: 50 + targetMemoryUtilizationPercentage: 50 + behavior: {} + # scaleDown: + # stabilizationWindowSeconds: 300 + # policies: + # - type: Pods + # value: 1 + # periodSeconds: 180 + # scaleUp: + # stabilizationWindowSeconds: 300 + # policies: + # - type: Pods + # value: 2 + # periodSeconds: 60 + autoscalingTemplate: [] + # Custom or additional autoscaling metrics + # ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/horizontal-pod-autoscale/#support-for-custom-metrics + # - type: Pods + # pods: + # metric: + # name: nginx_ingress_controller_nginx_process_requests_total + # target: + # type: AverageValue + # averageValue: 10000m + + # Mutually exclusive with hpa autoscaling + keda: + apiVersion: "keda.sh/v1alpha1" + ## apiVersion changes with keda 1.x vs 2.x + ## 2.x = keda.sh/v1alpha1 + ## 1.x = keda.k8s.io/v1alpha1 + enabled: false + minReplicas: 1 + maxReplicas: 11 + pollingInterval: 30 + cooldownPeriod: 300 + # fallback: + # failureThreshold: 3 + # replicas: 11 + restoreToOriginalReplicaCount: false + scaledObject: + annotations: {} + # Custom annotations for ScaledObject resource + # annotations: + # key: value + triggers: [] + # - type: prometheus + # metadata: + # serverAddress: http://:9090 + # metricName: http_requests_total + # threshold: '100' + # query: sum(rate(http_requests_total{deployment="my-deployment"}[2m])) + + behavior: {} + # scaleDown: + # stabilizationWindowSeconds: 300 + # policies: + # - type: Pods + # value: 1 + # periodSeconds: 180 + # scaleUp: + # stabilizationWindowSeconds: 300 + # policies: + # - type: Pods + # value: 2 + # periodSeconds: 60 + # -- Enable mimalloc as a drop-in replacement for malloc. + ## ref: https://github.com/microsoft/mimalloc + ## + enableMimalloc: true + ## Override NGINX template + customTemplate: + configMapName: "" + configMapKey: "" + service: + # -- Enable controller services or not. This does not influence the creation of either the admission webhook or the metrics service. + enabled: true + external: + # -- Enable the external controller service or not. Useful for internal-only deployments. + enabled: true + # -- Annotations to be added to the external controller service. See `controller.service.internal.annotations` for annotations to be added to the internal controller service. + annotations: {} + # -- Labels to be added to both controller services. + labels: {} + # -- Type of the external controller service. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#publishing-services-service-types + type: LoadBalancer + # -- Pre-defined cluster internal IP address of the external controller service. Take care of collisions with existing services. + # This value is immutable. Set once, it can not be changed without deleting and re-creating the service. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#choosing-your-own-ip-address + clusterIP: "" + # -- List of node IP addresses at which the external controller service is available. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#external-ips + externalIPs: [] + # -- Deprecated: Pre-defined IP address of the external controller service. Used by cloud providers to connect the resulting load balancer service to a pre-existing static IP. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#loadbalancer + loadBalancerIP: "" + # -- Restrict access to the external controller service. Values must be CIDRs. Allows any source address by default. + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + # -- Load balancer class of the external controller service. Used by cloud providers to select a load balancer implementation other than the cloud provider default. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#load-balancer-class + loadBalancerClass: "" + # -- Enable node port allocation for the external controller service or not. Applies to type `LoadBalancer` only. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#load-balancer-nodeport-allocation + # allocateLoadBalancerNodePorts: true + + # -- External traffic policy of the external controller service. Set to "Local" to preserve source IP on providers supporting it. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/access-application-cluster/create-external-load-balancer/#preserving-the-client-source-ip + externalTrafficPolicy: "Local" + # -- Session affinity of the external controller service. Must be either "None" or "ClientIP" if set. Defaults to "None". + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/networking/virtual-ips/#session-affinity + sessionAffinity: "" + # -- Specifies the health check node port (numeric port number) for the external controller service. + # If not specified, the service controller allocates a port from your cluster's node port range. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/access-application-cluster/create-external-load-balancer/#preserving-the-client-source-ip + # healthCheckNodePort: 0 + + # -- Represents the dual-stack capabilities of the external controller service. Possible values are SingleStack, PreferDualStack or RequireDualStack. + # Fields `ipFamilies` and `clusterIP` depend on the value of this field. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dual-stack/#services + ipFamilyPolicy: SingleStack + # -- List of IP families (e.g. IPv4, IPv6) assigned to the external controller service. This field is usually assigned automatically based on cluster configuration and the `ipFamilyPolicy` field. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dual-stack/#services + ipFamilies: + - IPv4 + # -- Enable the HTTP listener on both controller services or not. + enableHttp: true + # -- Enable the HTTPS listener on both controller services or not. + enableHttps: true + ports: + # -- Port the external HTTP listener is published with. + http: 80 + # -- Port the external HTTPS listener is published with. + https: 443 + targetPorts: + # -- Port of the ingress controller the external HTTP listener is mapped to. + http: http + # -- Port of the ingress controller the external HTTPS listener is mapped to. + https: https + # -- Declare the app protocol of the external HTTP and HTTPS listeners or not. Supersedes provider-specific annotations for declaring the backend protocol. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#application-protocol + appProtocol: true + nodePorts: + # -- Node port allocated for the external HTTP listener. If left empty, the service controller allocates one from the configured node port range. + http: "" + # -- Node port allocated for the external HTTPS listener. If left empty, the service controller allocates one from the configured node port range. + https: "" + # -- Node port mapping for external TCP listeners. If left empty, the service controller allocates them from the configured node port range. + # Example: + # tcp: + # 8080: 30080 + tcp: {} + # -- Node port mapping for external UDP listeners. If left empty, the service controller allocates them from the configured node port range. + # Example: + # udp: + # 53: 30053 + udp: {} + internal: + # -- Enable the internal controller service or not. Remember to configure `controller.service.internal.annotations` when enabling this. + enabled: false + # -- Annotations to be added to the internal controller service. Mandatory for the internal controller service to be created. Varies with the cloud service. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#internal-load-balancer + annotations: {} + # -- Type of the internal controller service. + # Defaults to the value of `controller.service.type`. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#publishing-services-service-types + type: "" + # -- Pre-defined cluster internal IP address of the internal controller service. Take care of collisions with existing services. + # This value is immutable. Set once, it can not be changed without deleting and re-creating the service. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#choosing-your-own-ip-address + clusterIP: "" + # -- List of node IP addresses at which the internal controller service is available. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#external-ips + externalIPs: [] + # -- Deprecated: Pre-defined IP address of the internal controller service. Used by cloud providers to connect the resulting load balancer service to a pre-existing static IP. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#loadbalancer + loadBalancerIP: "" + # -- Restrict access to the internal controller service. Values must be CIDRs. Allows any source address by default. + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + # -- Load balancer class of the internal controller service. Used by cloud providers to select a load balancer implementation other than the cloud provider default. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#load-balancer-class + loadBalancerClass: "" + # -- Enable node port allocation for the internal controller service or not. Applies to type `LoadBalancer` only. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#load-balancer-nodeport-allocation + # allocateLoadBalancerNodePorts: true + + # -- External traffic policy of the internal controller service. Set to "Local" to preserve source IP on providers supporting it. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/access-application-cluster/create-external-load-balancer/#preserving-the-client-source-ip + externalTrafficPolicy: "" + # -- Session affinity of the internal controller service. Must be either "None" or "ClientIP" if set. Defaults to "None". + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/networking/virtual-ips/#session-affinity + sessionAffinity: "" + # -- Specifies the health check node port (numeric port number) for the internal controller service. + # If not specified, the service controller allocates a port from your cluster's node port range. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/access-application-cluster/create-external-load-balancer/#preserving-the-client-source-ip + # healthCheckNodePort: 0 + + # -- Represents the dual-stack capabilities of the internal controller service. Possible values are SingleStack, PreferDualStack or RequireDualStack. + # Fields `ipFamilies` and `clusterIP` depend on the value of this field. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dual-stack/#services + ipFamilyPolicy: SingleStack + # -- List of IP families (e.g. IPv4, IPv6) assigned to the internal controller service. This field is usually assigned automatically based on cluster configuration and the `ipFamilyPolicy` field. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/dual-stack/#services + ipFamilies: + - IPv4 + ports: {} + # -- Port the internal HTTP listener is published with. + # Defaults to the value of `controller.service.ports.http`. + # http: 80 + # -- Port the internal HTTPS listener is published with. + # Defaults to the value of `controller.service.ports.https`. + # https: 443 + + targetPorts: {} + # -- Port of the ingress controller the internal HTTP listener is mapped to. + # Defaults to the value of `controller.service.targetPorts.http`. + # http: http + # -- Port of the ingress controller the internal HTTPS listener is mapped to. + # Defaults to the value of `controller.service.targetPorts.https`. + # https: https + + # -- Declare the app protocol of the internal HTTP and HTTPS listeners or not. Supersedes provider-specific annotations for declaring the backend protocol. + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#application-protocol + appProtocol: true + nodePorts: + # -- Node port allocated for the internal HTTP listener. If left empty, the service controller allocates one from the configured node port range. + http: "" + # -- Node port allocated for the internal HTTPS listener. If left empty, the service controller allocates one from the configured node port range. + https: "" + # -- Node port mapping for internal TCP listeners. If left empty, the service controller allocates them from the configured node port range. + # Example: + # tcp: + # 8080: 30080 + tcp: {} + # -- Node port mapping for internal UDP listeners. If left empty, the service controller allocates them from the configured node port range. + # Example: + # udp: + # 53: 30053 + udp: {} + # shareProcessNamespace enables process namespace sharing within the pod. + # This can be used for example to signal log rotation using `kill -USR1` from a sidecar. + shareProcessNamespace: false + # -- Additional containers to be added to the controller pod. + # See https://github.com/lemonldap-ng-controller/lemonldap-ng-controller as example. + extraContainers: [] + # - name: my-sidecar + # image: nginx:latest + # - name: lemonldap-ng-controller + # image: lemonldapng/lemonldap-ng-controller:0.2.0 + # args: + # - /lemonldap-ng-controller + # - --alsologtostderr + # - --configmap=$(POD_NAMESPACE)/lemonldap-ng-configuration + # env: + # - name: POD_NAME + # valueFrom: + # fieldRef: + # fieldPath: metadata.name + # - name: POD_NAMESPACE + # valueFrom: + # fieldRef: + # fieldPath: metadata.namespace + # volumeMounts: + # - name: copy-portal-skins + # mountPath: /srv/var/lib/lemonldap-ng/portal/skins + + # -- Additional volumeMounts to the controller main container. + extraVolumeMounts: [] + # - name: copy-portal-skins + # mountPath: /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/portal/skins + + # -- Additional volumes to the controller pod. + extraVolumes: [] + # - name: copy-portal-skins + # emptyDir: {} + + # -- Containers, which are run before the app containers are started. + extraInitContainers: [] + # - name: init-myservice + # image: busybox + # command: ['sh', '-c', 'until nslookup myservice; do echo waiting for myservice; sleep 2; done;'] + + # -- Modules, which are mounted into the core nginx image. See values.yaml for a sample to add opentelemetry module + extraModules: [] + # - name: mytestmodule + # image: + # registry: registry.k8s.io + # image: ingress-nginx/mytestmodule + # ## for backwards compatibility consider setting the full image url via the repository value below + # ## use *either* current default registry/image or repository format or installing chart by providing the values.yaml will fail + # ## repository: + # tag: "v1.0.0" + # digest: "" + # distroless: false + # containerSecurityContext: + # runAsNonRoot: true + # runAsUser: + # allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + # seccompProfile: + # type: RuntimeDefault + # capabilities: + # drop: + # - ALL + # readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + # resources: {} + # + # The image must contain a `/usr/local/bin/init_module.sh` executable, which + # will be executed as initContainers, to move its config files within the + # mounted volume. + + opentelemetry: + enabled: false + name: opentelemetry + image: + registry: registry.k8s.io + image: ingress-nginx/opentelemetry + ## for backwards compatibility consider setting the full image url via the repository value below + ## use *either* current default registry/image or repository format or installing chart by providing the values.yaml will fail + ## repository: + tag: "v20230721-3e2062ee5" + digest: sha256:13bee3f5223883d3ca62fee7309ad02d22ec00ff0d7033e3e9aca7a9f60fd472 + distroless: true + containerSecurityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + # -- The image's default user, inherited from its base image `cgr.dev/chainguard/static`. + runAsUser: 65532 + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + resources: {} + admissionWebhooks: + name: admission + annotations: {} + # ignore-check.kube-linter.io/no-read-only-rootfs: "This deployment needs write access to root filesystem". + + ## Additional annotations to the admission webhooks. + ## These annotations will be added to the ValidatingWebhookConfiguration and + ## the Jobs Spec of the admission webhooks. + enabled: true + # -- Additional environment variables to set + extraEnvs: [] + # extraEnvs: + # - name: FOO + # valueFrom: + # secretKeyRef: + # key: FOO + # name: secret-resource + # -- Admission Webhook failure policy to use + failurePolicy: Fail + # timeoutSeconds: 10 + port: 8443 + certificate: "/usr/local/certificates/cert" + key: "/usr/local/certificates/key" + namespaceSelector: {} + objectSelector: {} + # -- Labels to be added to admission webhooks + labels: {} + # -- Use an existing PSP instead of creating one + existingPsp: "" + service: + annotations: {} + # clusterIP: "" + externalIPs: [] + # loadBalancerIP: "" + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + servicePort: 443 + type: ClusterIP + createSecretJob: + name: create + # -- Security context for secret creation containers + securityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + runAsUser: 65532 + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 10m + # memory: 20Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 10m + # memory: 20Mi + patchWebhookJob: + name: patch + # -- Security context for webhook patch containers + securityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + runAsUser: 65532 + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + resources: {} + patch: + enabled: true + image: + registry: registry.k8s.io + image: ingress-nginx/kube-webhook-certgen + ## for backwards compatibility consider setting the full image url via the repository value below + ## use *either* current default registry/image or repository format or installing chart by providing the values.yaml will fail + ## repository: + tag: v1.4.1 + digest: sha256:36d05b4077fb8e3d13663702fa337f124675ba8667cbd949c03a8e8ea6fa4366 + pullPolicy: IfNotPresent + # -- Provide a priority class name to the webhook patching job + ## + priorityClassName: "" + podAnnotations: {} + # NetworkPolicy for webhook patch + networkPolicy: + # -- Enable 'networkPolicy' or not + enabled: false + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux + tolerations: [] + # -- Labels to be added to patch job resources + labels: {} + # -- Security context for secret creation & webhook patch pods + securityContext: {} + # Use certmanager to generate webhook certs + certManager: + enabled: false + # self-signed root certificate + rootCert: + # default to be 5y + duration: "" + admissionCert: + # default to be 1y + duration: "" + # issuerRef: + # name: "issuer" + # kind: "ClusterIssuer" + metrics: + port: 10254 + portName: metrics + # if this port is changed, change healthz-port: in extraArgs: accordingly + enabled: false + service: + annotations: {} + # prometheus.io/scrape: "true" + # prometheus.io/port: "10254" + # -- Labels to be added to the metrics service resource + labels: {} + # clusterIP: "" + + # -- List of IP addresses at which the stats-exporter service is available + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#external-ips + ## + externalIPs: [] + # loadBalancerIP: "" + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + servicePort: 10254 + type: ClusterIP + # externalTrafficPolicy: "" + # nodePort: "" + serviceMonitor: + enabled: false + additionalLabels: {} + annotations: {} + ## The label to use to retrieve the job name from. + ## jobLabel: "app.kubernetes.io/name" + namespace: "" + namespaceSelector: {} + ## Default: scrape .Release.Namespace or namespaceOverride only + ## To scrape all, use the following: + ## namespaceSelector: + ## any: true + scrapeInterval: 30s + # honorLabels: true + targetLabels: [] + relabelings: [] + metricRelabelings: [] + prometheusRule: + enabled: false + additionalLabels: {} + # namespace: "" + rules: [] + # # These are just examples rules, please adapt them to your needs + # - alert: NGINXConfigFailed + # expr: count(nginx_ingress_controller_config_last_reload_successful == 0) > 0 + # for: 1s + # labels: + # severity: critical + # annotations: + # description: bad ingress config - nginx config test failed + # summary: uninstall the latest ingress changes to allow config reloads to resume + # # By default a fake self-signed certificate is generated as default and + # # it is fine if it expires. If `--default-ssl-certificate` flag is used + # # and a valid certificate passed please do not filter for `host` label! + # # (i.e. delete `{host!="_"}` so also the default SSL certificate is + # # checked for expiration) + # - alert: NGINXCertificateExpiry + # expr: (avg(nginx_ingress_controller_ssl_expire_time_seconds{host!="_"}) by (host) - time()) < 604800 + # for: 1s + # labels: + # severity: critical + # annotations: + # description: ssl certificate(s) will expire in less then a week + # summary: renew expiring certificates to avoid downtime + # - alert: NGINXTooMany500s + # expr: 100 * ( sum( nginx_ingress_controller_requests{status=~"5.+"} ) / sum(nginx_ingress_controller_requests) ) > 5 + # for: 1m + # labels: + # severity: warning + # annotations: + # description: Too many 5XXs + # summary: More than 5% of all requests returned 5XX, this requires your attention + # - alert: NGINXTooMany400s + # expr: 100 * ( sum( nginx_ingress_controller_requests{status=~"4.+"} ) / sum(nginx_ingress_controller_requests) ) > 5 + # for: 1m + # labels: + # severity: warning + # annotations: + # description: Too many 4XXs + # summary: More than 5% of all requests returned 4XX, this requires your attention + # -- Improve connection draining when ingress controller pod is deleted using a lifecycle hook: + # With this new hook, we increased the default terminationGracePeriodSeconds from 30 seconds + # to 300, allowing the draining of connections up to five minutes. + # If the active connections end before that, the pod will terminate gracefully at that time. + # To effectively take advantage of this feature, the Configmap feature + # worker-shutdown-timeout new value is 240s instead of 10s. + ## + lifecycle: + preStop: + exec: + command: + - /wait-shutdown + priorityClassName: "" +# -- Rollback limit +## +revisionHistoryLimit: 10 +## Default 404 backend +## +defaultBackend: + ## + enabled: false + name: defaultbackend + image: + registry: registry.k8s.io + image: defaultbackend-amd64 + ## for backwards compatibility consider setting the full image url via the repository value below + ## use *either* current default registry/image or repository format or installing chart by providing the values.yaml will fail + ## repository: + tag: "1.5" + pullPolicy: IfNotPresent + runAsNonRoot: true + # nobody user -> uid 65534 + runAsUser: 65534 + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + # -- Use an existing PSP instead of creating one + existingPsp: "" + extraArgs: {} + serviceAccount: + create: true + name: "" + automountServiceAccountToken: true + # -- Additional environment variables to set for defaultBackend pods + extraEnvs: [] + port: 8080 + ## Readiness and liveness probes for default backend + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/configure-liveness-readiness-probes/ + ## + livenessProbe: + failureThreshold: 3 + initialDelaySeconds: 30 + periodSeconds: 10 + successThreshold: 1 + timeoutSeconds: 5 + readinessProbe: + failureThreshold: 6 + initialDelaySeconds: 0 + periodSeconds: 5 + successThreshold: 1 + timeoutSeconds: 5 + # -- The update strategy to apply to the Deployment or DaemonSet + ## + updateStrategy: {} + # rollingUpdate: + # maxUnavailable: 1 + # type: RollingUpdate + + # -- `minReadySeconds` to avoid killing pods before we are ready + ## + minReadySeconds: 0 + # -- Node tolerations for server scheduling to nodes with taints + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/ + ## + tolerations: [] + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal|Exists" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule|PreferNoSchedule|NoExecute(1.6 only)" + + affinity: {} + # -- Security context for default backend pods + podSecurityContext: {} + # -- Security context for default backend containers + containerSecurityContext: {} + # -- Labels to add to the pod container metadata + podLabels: {} + # key: value + + # -- Node labels for default backend pod assignment + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/assign-pod-node/ + ## + nodeSelector: + kubernetes.io/os: linux + # -- Annotations to be added to default backend pods + ## + podAnnotations: {} + replicaCount: 1 + minAvailable: 1 + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 10m + # memory: 20Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 10m + # memory: 20Mi + + extraVolumeMounts: [] + ## Additional volumeMounts to the default backend container. + # - name: copy-portal-skins + # mountPath: /var/lib/lemonldap-ng/portal/skins + + extraVolumes: [] + ## Additional volumes to the default backend pod. + # - name: copy-portal-skins + # emptyDir: {} + + extraConfigMaps: [] + ## Additional configmaps to the default backend pod. + # - name: my-extra-configmap-1 + # labels: + # type: config-1 + # data: + # extra_file_1.html: | + # + # - name: my-extra-configmap-2 + # labels: + # type: config-2 + # data: + # extra_file_2.html: | + # + + autoscaling: + annotations: {} + enabled: false + minReplicas: 1 + maxReplicas: 2 + targetCPUUtilizationPercentage: 50 + targetMemoryUtilizationPercentage: 50 + # NetworkPolicy for default backend component. + networkPolicy: + # -- Enable 'networkPolicy' or not + enabled: false + service: + annotations: {} + # clusterIP: "" + + # -- List of IP addresses at which the default backend service is available + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#external-ips + ## + externalIPs: [] + # loadBalancerIP: "" + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + servicePort: 80 + type: ClusterIP + priorityClassName: "" + # -- Labels to be added to the default backend resources + labels: {} +## Enable RBAC as per https://github.com/kubernetes/ingress-nginx/blob/main/docs/deploy/rbac.md and https://github.com/kubernetes/ingress-nginx/issues/266 +rbac: + create: true + scope: false +## If true, create & use Pod Security Policy resources +## https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pod-security-policy/ +podSecurityPolicy: + enabled: false +serviceAccount: + create: true + name: "" + automountServiceAccountToken: true + # -- Annotations for the controller service account + annotations: {} +# -- Optional array of imagePullSecrets containing private registry credentials +## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/pull-image-private-registry/ +imagePullSecrets: [] +# - name: secretName + +# -- TCP service key-value pairs +## Ref: https://github.com/kubernetes/ingress-nginx/blob/main/docs/user-guide/exposing-tcp-udp-services.md +## +tcp: {} +# "8080": "default/example-tcp-svc:9000" + +# -- UDP service key-value pairs +## Ref: https://github.com/kubernetes/ingress-nginx/blob/main/docs/user-guide/exposing-tcp-udp-services.md +## +udp: {} +# "53": "kube-system/kube-dns:53" + +# -- Prefix for TCP and UDP ports names in ingress controller service +## Some cloud providers, like Yandex Cloud may have a requirements for a port name regex to support cloud load balancer integration +portNamePrefix: "" +# -- (string) A base64-encoded Diffie-Hellman parameter. +# This can be generated with: `openssl dhparam 4096 2> /dev/null | base64` +## Ref: https://github.com/kubernetes/ingress-nginx/tree/main/docs/examples/customization/ssl-dh-param +dhParam: "" diff --git a/kubernetes/system/ingress-nginx/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/system/ingress-nginx/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36c4b6f --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/ingress-nginx/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - argo-app.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/monitoring/argo-apps/grafana.yaml b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/argo-apps/grafana.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df493d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/argo-apps/grafana.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1 +kind: Application +metadata: + name: grafana + namespace: argocd + finalizers: + - resources-finalizer.argocd.argoproj.io +spec: + project: default + destination: + namespace: monitoring + server: https://kubernetes.default.svc + sources: + - chart: grafana + helm: + releaseName: grafana + valueFiles: + - $values/kubernetes/system/monitoring/helm/grafana.values.yaml + repoURL: https://grafana.github.io/helm-charts + targetRevision: 7.3.3 + - repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab.git + targetRevision: HEAD + ref: values + - repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab + path: kubernetes/system/monitoring/base + targetRevision: HEAD + syncPolicy: + automated: + selfHeal: true \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/monitoring/argo-apps/kube-prometheus-stack.yaml b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/argo-apps/kube-prometheus-stack.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27e241a --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/argo-apps/kube-prometheus-stack.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1 +kind: Application +metadata: + name: kube-prometheus-stack + namespace: argocd + finalizers: + - resources-finalizer.argocd.argoproj.io +spec: + project: default + destination: + namespace: monitoring + server: https://kubernetes.default.svc + sources: + - chart: kube-prometheus-stack + helm: + releaseName: kube-prometheus-stack + valueFiles: + - $values/kubernetes/system/monitoring/helm/kube-prometheus-stack.values.yaml + repoURL: https://prometheus-community.github.io/helm-charts + targetRevision: 56.13.1 + - repoURL: https://github.com/ThomasCardin/homelab.git + targetRevision: HEAD + ref: values + syncPolicy: + automated: + selfHeal: true \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/monitoring/base/grafana-secret.yaml b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/base/grafana-secret.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d235a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/base/grafana-secret.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +apiVersion: bitnami.com/v1alpha1 +kind: SealedSecret +metadata: + creationTimestamp: null + name: grafana-secret + namespace: monitoring +spec: + encryptedData: + GITHUB_CLIENT_SECRET: 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 + template: + metadata: + creationTimestamp: null + name: grafana-secret + namespace: monitoring + diff --git a/kubernetes/system/monitoring/base/ingress.yaml b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/base/ingress.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2064645 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/base/ingress.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1 +kind: Ingress +metadata: + name: ingress-external-grafana + namespace: monitoring + annotations: + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/ssl-redirect: "true" + cert-manager.io/cluster-issuer: letsencrypt-prod + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/auth-url: "https://oauth2.ninebasetwo.net/oauth2/auth" + nginx.ingress.kubernetes.io/auth-signin: "https://oauth2.ninebasetwo.net/oauth2/start?rd=$scheme://$host$request_uri" +spec: + ingressClassName: nginx + rules: + - host: grafana.ninebasetwo.net + http: + paths: + - path: / + pathType: Prefix + backend: + service: + name: grafana + port: + number: 80 + tls: + - hosts: + - grafana.ninebasetwo.net + secretName: argocd-tls \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/monitoring/base/kustomization.yaml b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/base/kustomization.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e2cd8d --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/base/kustomization.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +apiVersion: kustomize.config.k8s.io/v1beta1 +kind: Kustomization + +resources: + - ingress.yaml + - grafana-secret.yaml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/kubernetes/system/monitoring/helm/grafana.values.yaml b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/helm/grafana.values.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7d5d17 --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/helm/grafana.values.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,1328 @@ +global: + # -- Overrides the Docker registry globally for all images + imageRegistry: null + + # To help compatibility with other charts which use global.imagePullSecrets. + # Allow either an array of {name: pullSecret} maps (k8s-style), or an array of strings (more common helm-style). + # Can be tempalted. + # global: + # imagePullSecrets: + # - name: pullSecret1 + # - name: pullSecret2 + # or + # global: + # imagePullSecrets: + # - pullSecret1 + # - pullSecret2 + imagePullSecrets: [] + +rbac: + create: true + ## Use an existing ClusterRole/Role (depending on rbac.namespaced false/true) + # useExistingRole: name-of-some-role + # useExistingClusterRole: name-of-some-clusterRole + pspEnabled: false + pspUseAppArmor: false + namespaced: false + extraRoleRules: [] + # - apiGroups: [] + # resources: [] + # verbs: [] + extraClusterRoleRules: [] + # - apiGroups: [] + # resources: [] + # verbs: [] +serviceAccount: + create: true + name: + nameTest: + ## ServiceAccount labels. + labels: {} + ## Service account annotations. Can be templated. + # annotations: + # eks.amazonaws.com/role-arn: arn:aws:iam::123456789000:role/iam-role-name-here + + ## autoMount is deprecated in favor of automountServiceAccountToken + # autoMount: false + automountServiceAccountToken: false + +replicas: 1 + +## Create a headless service for the deployment +headlessService: false + +## Should the service account be auto mounted on the pod +automountServiceAccountToken: true + +## Create HorizontalPodAutoscaler object for deployment type +# +autoscaling: + enabled: false + minReplicas: 1 + maxReplicas: 5 + targetCPU: "60" + targetMemory: "" + behavior: {} + +## See `kubectl explain poddisruptionbudget.spec` for more +## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/configure-pdb/ +podDisruptionBudget: {} +# apiVersion: "" +# minAvailable: 1 +# maxUnavailable: 1 + +## See `kubectl explain deployment.spec.strategy` for more +## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/controllers/deployment/#strategy +deploymentStrategy: + type: RollingUpdate + +readinessProbe: + httpGet: + path: /api/health + port: 3000 + +livenessProbe: + httpGet: + path: /api/health + port: 3000 + initialDelaySeconds: 60 + timeoutSeconds: 30 + failureThreshold: 10 + +## Use an alternate scheduler, e.g. "stork". +## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/configure-multiple-schedulers/ +## +# schedulerName: "default-scheduler" + +image: + # -- The Docker registry + registry: docker.io + # -- Docker image repository + repository: grafana/grafana + # Overrides the Grafana image tag whose default is the chart appVersion + tag: "" + sha: "" + pullPolicy: IfNotPresent + + ## Optionally specify an array of imagePullSecrets. + ## Secrets must be manually created in the namespace. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/pull-image-private-registry/ + ## Can be templated. + ## + pullSecrets: [] + # - myRegistrKeySecretName + +testFramework: + enabled: true + image: + # -- The Docker registry + registry: docker.io + repository: bats/bats + tag: "v1.4.1" + imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent + securityContext: {} + +# dns configuration for pod +dnsPolicy: ~ +dnsConfig: {} + # nameservers: + # - 8.8.8.8 + # options: + # - name: ndots + # value: "2" + # - name: edns0 + +securityContext: + runAsNonRoot: true + runAsUser: 472 + runAsGroup: 472 + fsGroup: 472 + +containerSecurityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + +# Enable creating the grafana configmap +createConfigmap: true + +# Extra configmaps to mount in grafana pods +# Values are templated. +extraConfigmapMounts: [] + # - name: certs-configmap + # mountPath: /etc/grafana/ssl/ + # subPath: certificates.crt # (optional) + # configMap: certs-configmap + # readOnly: true + + +extraEmptyDirMounts: [] + # - name: provisioning-notifiers + # mountPath: /etc/grafana/provisioning/notifiers + + +# Apply extra labels to common labels. +extraLabels: {} + +## Assign a PriorityClassName to pods if set +# priorityClassName: + +downloadDashboardsImage: + # -- The Docker registry + registry: docker.io + repository: curlimages/curl + tag: 7.85.0 + sha: "" + pullPolicy: IfNotPresent + +downloadDashboards: + env: {} + envFromSecret: "" + resources: {} + securityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + envValueFrom: {} + # ENV_NAME: + # configMapKeyRef: + # name: configmap-name + # key: value_key + +## Pod Annotations +# podAnnotations: {} + +## Pod Labels +# podLabels: {} + +podPortName: grafana +gossipPortName: gossip +## Deployment annotations +# annotations: {} + +## Expose the grafana service to be accessed from outside the cluster (LoadBalancer service). +## or access it from within the cluster (ClusterIP service). Set the service type and the port to serve it. +## ref: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/services/ +## +service: + enabled: true + type: ClusterIP + loadBalancerIP: "" + loadBalancerClass: "" + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + port: 80 + targetPort: 3000 + # targetPort: 4181 To be used with a proxy extraContainer + ## Service annotations. Can be templated. + annotations: {} + labels: {} + portName: service + # Adds the appProtocol field to the service. This allows to work with istio protocol selection. Ex: "http" or "tcp" + appProtocol: "" + +serviceMonitor: + ## If true, a ServiceMonitor CRD is created for a prometheus operator + ## https://github.com/coreos/prometheus-operator + ## + enabled: true + path: /metrics + # namespace: monitoring (defaults to use the namespace this chart is deployed to) + labels: {} + interval: 30s + scheme: http + tlsConfig: {} + scrapeTimeout: 30s + relabelings: [] + metricRelabelings: [] + targetLabels: [] + +extraExposePorts: [] + # - name: keycloak + # port: 8080 + # targetPort: 8080 + +# overrides pod.spec.hostAliases in the grafana deployment's pods +hostAliases: [] + # - ip: "1.2.3.4" + # hostnames: + # - "my.host.com" + +ingress: + enabled: false + # For Kubernetes >= 1.18 you should specify the ingress-controller via the field ingressClassName + # See https://kubernetes.io/blog/2020/04/02/improvements-to-the-ingress-api-in-kubernetes-1.18/#specifying-the-class-of-an-ingress + # ingressClassName: nginx + # Values can be templated + annotations: {} + # kubernetes.io/ingress.class: nginx + # kubernetes.io/tls-acme: "true" + labels: {} + path: / + + # pathType is only for k8s >= 1.1= + pathType: Prefix + + hosts: + - chart-example.local + ## Extra paths to prepend to every host configuration. This is useful when working with annotation based services. + extraPaths: [] + # - path: /* + # backend: + # serviceName: ssl-redirect + # servicePort: use-annotation + ## Or for k8s > 1.19 + # - path: /* + # pathType: Prefix + # backend: + # service: + # name: ssl-redirect + # port: + # name: use-annotation + + + tls: [] + # - secretName: chart-example-tls + # hosts: + # - chart-example.local + +resources: {} +# limits: +# cpu: 100m +# memory: 128Mi +# requests: +# cpu: 100m +# memory: 128Mi + +## Node labels for pod assignment +## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/node-selection/ +# +nodeSelector: {} + +## Tolerations for pod assignment +## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ +## +tolerations: [] + +## Affinity for pod assignment (evaluated as template) +## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/#affinity-and-anti-affinity +## +affinity: {} + +## Topology Spread Constraints +## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ +## +topologySpreadConstraints: [] + +## Additional init containers (evaluated as template) +## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/init-containers/ +## +extraInitContainers: [] + +## Enable an Specify container in extraContainers. This is meant to allow adding an authentication proxy to a grafana pod +extraContainers: "" +# extraContainers: | +# - name: proxy +# image: quay.io/gambol99/keycloak-proxy:latest +# args: +# - -provider=github +# - -client-id= +# - -client-secret= +# - -github-org= +# - -email-domain=* +# - -cookie-secret= +# - -http-address=http://0.0.0.0:4181 +# - -upstream-url=http://127.0.0.1:3000 +# ports: +# - name: proxy-web +# containerPort: 4181 + +## Volumes that can be used in init containers that will not be mounted to deployment pods +extraContainerVolumes: [] +# - name: volume-from-secret +# secret: +# secretName: secret-to-mount +# - name: empty-dir-volume +# emptyDir: {} + +## Enable persistence using Persistent Volume Claims +## ref: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/persistent-volumes/ +## +persistence: + type: pvc + enabled: true + storageClassName: hdd-ceph-block + accessModes: + - ReadWriteOnce + size: 10Gi + # annotations: {} + finalizers: + - kubernetes.io/pvc-protection + # selectorLabels: {} + ## Sub-directory of the PV to mount. Can be templated. + # subPath: "" + ## Name of an existing PVC. Can be templated. + # existingClaim: + ## Extra labels to apply to a PVC. + extraPvcLabels: {} + + ## If persistence is not enabled, this allows to mount the + ## local storage in-memory to improve performance + ## + inMemory: + enabled: false + ## The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be + ## the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified + ## here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod + ## + # sizeLimit: 300Mi + +initChownData: + ## If false, data ownership will not be reset at startup + ## This allows the grafana-server to be run with an arbitrary user + ## + enabled: true + + ## initChownData container image + ## + image: + # -- The Docker registry + registry: docker.io + repository: library/busybox + tag: "1.31.1" + sha: "" + pullPolicy: IfNotPresent + + ## initChownData resource requests and limits + ## Ref: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/compute-resources/ + ## + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 128Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 128Mi + securityContext: + runAsNonRoot: false + runAsUser: 0 + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + add: + - CHOWN + +# Administrator credentials when not using an existing secret (see below) +adminUser: admin +# adminPassword: strongpassword + +# Use an existing secret for the admin user. +admin: + ## Name of the secret. Can be templated. + existingSecret: "" + userKey: admin-user + passwordKey: admin-password + +## Define command to be executed at startup by grafana container +## Needed if using `vault-env` to manage secrets (ref: https://banzaicloud.com/blog/inject-secrets-into-pods-vault/) +## Default is "run.sh" as defined in grafana's Dockerfile +# command: +# - "sh" +# - "/run.sh" + +## Optionally define args if command is used +## Needed if using `hashicorp/envconsul` to manage secrets +## By default no arguments are set +# args: +# - "-secret" +# - "secret/grafana" +# - "./grafana" + +## Extra environment variables that will be pass onto deployment pods +## +## to provide grafana with access to CloudWatch on AWS EKS: +## 1. create an iam role of type "Web identity" with provider oidc.eks.* (note the provider for later) +## 2. edit the "Trust relationships" of the role, add a line inside the StringEquals clause using the +## same oidc eks provider as noted before (same as the existing line) +## also, replace NAMESPACE and prometheus-operator-grafana with the service account namespace and name +## +## "oidc.eks.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/id/XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX:sub": "system:serviceaccount:NAMESPACE:prometheus-operator-grafana", +## +## 3. attach a policy to the role, you can use a built in policy called CloudWatchReadOnlyAccess +## 4. use the following env: (replace 123456789000 and iam-role-name-here with your aws account number and role name) +## +## env: +## AWS_ROLE_ARN: arn:aws:iam::123456789000:role/iam-role-name-here +## AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE: /var/run/secrets/eks.amazonaws.com/serviceaccount/token +## AWS_REGION: us-east-1 +## +## 5. uncomment the EKS section in extraSecretMounts: below +## 6. uncomment the annotation section in the serviceAccount: above +## make sure to replace arn:aws:iam::123456789000:role/iam-role-name-here with your role arn + +env: {} + +## "valueFrom" environment variable references that will be added to deployment pods. Name is templated. +## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.19/#envvarsource-v1-core +## Renders in container spec as: +## env: +## ... +## - name: +## valueFrom: +## +envValueFrom: {} + # ENV_NAME: + # configMapKeyRef: + # name: configmap-name + # key: value_key + +## The name of a secret in the same kubernetes namespace which contain values to be added to the environment +## This can be useful for auth tokens, etc. Value is templated. +envFromSecret: grafana-secret + +## Sensible environment variables that will be rendered as new secret object +## This can be useful for auth tokens, etc. +## If the secret values contains "{{", they'll need to be properly escaped so that they are not interpreted by Helm +## ref: https://helm.sh/docs/howto/charts_tips_and_tricks/#using-the-tpl-function +envRenderSecret: {} + +## The names of secrets in the same kubernetes namespace which contain values to be added to the environment +## Each entry should contain a name key, and can optionally specify whether the secret must be defined with an optional key. +## Name is templated. +envFromSecrets: [] +## - name: secret-name +## prefix: prefix +## optional: true + +## The names of conifgmaps in the same kubernetes namespace which contain values to be added to the environment +## Each entry should contain a name key, and can optionally specify whether the configmap must be defined with an optional key. +## Name is templated. +## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#configmapenvsource-v1-core +envFromConfigMaps: [] +## - name: configmap-name +## prefix: prefix +## optional: true + +# Inject Kubernetes services as environment variables. +# See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/connect-applications-service/#environment-variables +enableServiceLinks: true + +## Additional grafana server secret mounts +# Defines additional mounts with secrets. Secrets must be manually created in the namespace. +extraSecretMounts: [] + # - name: secret-files + # mountPath: /etc/secrets + # secretName: grafana-secret-files + # readOnly: true + # subPath: "" + # + # for AWS EKS (cloudwatch) use the following (see also instruction in env: above) + # - name: aws-iam-token + # mountPath: /var/run/secrets/eks.amazonaws.com/serviceaccount + # readOnly: true + # projected: + # defaultMode: 420 + # sources: + # - serviceAccountToken: + # audience: sts.amazonaws.com + # expirationSeconds: 86400 + # path: token + # + # for CSI e.g. Azure Key Vault use the following + # - name: secrets-store-inline + # mountPath: /run/secrets + # readOnly: true + # csi: + # driver: secrets-store.csi.k8s.io + # readOnly: true + # volumeAttributes: + # secretProviderClass: "akv-grafana-spc" + # nodePublishSecretRef: # Only required when using service principal mode + # name: grafana-akv-creds # Only required when using service principal mode + +## Additional grafana server volume mounts +# Defines additional volume mounts. +extraVolumeMounts: [] + # - name: extra-volume-0 + # mountPath: /mnt/volume0 + # readOnly: true + # - name: extra-volume-1 + # mountPath: /mnt/volume1 + # readOnly: true + # - name: grafana-secrets + # mountPath: /mnt/volume2 + +## Additional Grafana server volumes +extraVolumes: [] + # - name: extra-volume-0 + # existingClaim: volume-claim + # - name: extra-volume-1 + # hostPath: + # path: /usr/shared/ + # type: "" + # - name: grafana-secrets + # csi: + # driver: secrets-store.csi.k8s.io + # readOnly: true + # volumeAttributes: + # secretProviderClass: "grafana-env-spc" + +## Container Lifecycle Hooks. Execute a specific bash command or make an HTTP request +lifecycleHooks: {} + # postStart: + # exec: + # command: [] + +## Pass the plugins you want installed as a list. +## +plugins: + - digrich-bubblechart-panel + - grafana-clock-panel + ## You can also use other plugin download URL, as long as they are valid zip files, + ## and specify the name of the plugin after the semicolon. Like this: + # - https://grafana.com/api/plugins/marcusolsson-json-datasource/versions/1.3.2/download;marcusolsson-json-datasource + +## Configure grafana datasources +## ref: http://docs.grafana.org/administration/provisioning/#datasources +## +datasources: + datasources.yaml: + apiVersion: 1 + datasources: + - name: Prometheus + type: prometheus + url: http://kube-prometheus-stack-prometheus.monitoring.svc.cluster.local:9090 + access: proxy + isDefault: true + +## Configure grafana alerting (can be templated) +## ref: http://docs.grafana.org/administration/provisioning/#alerting +## +alerting: {} + # rules.yaml: + # apiVersion: 1 + # groups: + # - orgId: 1 + # name: '{{ .Chart.Name }}_my_rule_group' + # folder: my_first_folder + # interval: 60s + # rules: + # - uid: my_id_1 + # title: my_first_rule + # condition: A + # data: + # - refId: A + # datasourceUid: '-100' + # model: + # conditions: + # - evaluator: + # params: + # - 3 + # type: gt + # operator: + # type: and + # query: + # params: + # - A + # reducer: + # type: last + # type: query + # datasource: + # type: __expr__ + # uid: '-100' + # expression: 1==0 + # intervalMs: 1000 + # maxDataPoints: 43200 + # refId: A + # type: math + # dashboardUid: my_dashboard + # panelId: 123 + # noDataState: Alerting + # for: 60s + # annotations: + # some_key: some_value + # labels: + # team: sre_team_1 + # contactpoints.yaml: + # secret: + # apiVersion: 1 + # contactPoints: + # - orgId: 1 + # name: cp_1 + # receivers: + # - uid: first_uid + # type: pagerduty + # settings: + # integrationKey: XXX + # severity: critical + # class: ping failure + # component: Grafana + # group: app-stack + # summary: | + # {{ `{{ include "default.message" . }}` }} + +## Configure notifiers +## ref: http://docs.grafana.org/administration/provisioning/#alert-notification-channels +## +notifiers: {} +# notifiers.yaml: +# notifiers: +# - name: email-notifier +# type: email +# uid: email1 +# # either: +# org_id: 1 +# # or +# org_name: Main Org. +# is_default: true +# settings: +# addresses: an_email_address@example.com +# delete_notifiers: + +## Configure grafana dashboard providers +## ref: http://docs.grafana.org/administration/provisioning/#dashboards +## +## `path` must be /var/lib/grafana/dashboards/ +## +dashboardProviders: {} +# dashboardproviders.yaml: +# apiVersion: 1 +# providers: +# - name: 'default' +# orgId: 1 +# folder: '' +# type: file +# disableDeletion: false +# editable: true +# options: +# path: /var/lib/grafana/dashboards/default + +## Configure grafana dashboard to import +## NOTE: To use dashboards you must also enable/configure dashboardProviders +## ref: https://grafana.com/dashboards +## +## dashboards per provider, use provider name as key. +## +dashboards: {} + # default: + # some-dashboard: + # json: | + # $RAW_JSON + # custom-dashboard: + # file: dashboards/custom-dashboard.json + # prometheus-stats: + # gnetId: 2 + # revision: 2 + # datasource: Prometheus + # local-dashboard: + # url: https://example.com/repository/test.json + # token: '' + # local-dashboard-base64: + # url: https://example.com/repository/test-b64.json + # token: '' + # b64content: true + # local-dashboard-gitlab: + # url: https://example.com/repository/test-gitlab.json + # gitlabToken: '' + # local-dashboard-bitbucket: + # url: https://example.com/repository/test-bitbucket.json + # bearerToken: '' + # local-dashboard-azure: + # url: https://example.com/repository/test-azure.json + # basic: '' + # acceptHeader: '*/*' + +## Reference to external ConfigMap per provider. Use provider name as key and ConfigMap name as value. +## A provider dashboards must be defined either by external ConfigMaps or in values.yaml, not in both. +## ConfigMap data example: +## +## data: +## example-dashboard.json: | +## RAW_JSON +## +dashboardsConfigMaps: {} +# default: "" + +## Grafana's primary configuration +## NOTE: values in map will be converted to ini format +## ref: http://docs.grafana.org/installation/configuration/ +## +grafana.ini: + paths: + data: /var/lib/grafana/ + logs: /var/log/grafana + plugins: /var/lib/grafana/plugins + provisioning: /etc/grafana/provisioning + analytics: + check_for_updates: true + log: + mode: console + grafana_net: + url: https://grafana.net + server: + domain: "{{ if (and .Values.ingress.enabled .Values.ingress.hosts) }}{{ .Values.ingress.hosts | first }}{{ else }}''{{ end }}" + root_url: https://grafana.ninebasetwo.net + auth: + disable_login_form: true + auth.basic: + enabled: false + auth.github: + enabled: true + allow_sign_up: true + scopes: user:email,read:org + auth_url: https://github.com/login/oauth/authorize + token_url: https://github.com/login/oauth/access_token + api_url: https://api.github.com/user + team_ids: + allowed_organizations: ["@ninebasetwo-net"] + client_id: 8c670a4efac9e95046ee + client_secret: ${GITHUB_CLIENT_SECRET} + role_attribute_path: contains(groups[*], '@ninebasetwo-net/admin') && 'GrafanaAdmin' +## grafana Authentication can be enabled with the following values on grafana.ini + # server: + # The full public facing url you use in browser, used for redirects and emails + # root_url: + # https://grafana.com/docs/grafana/latest/auth/github/#enable-github-in-grafana + # auth.github: + # enabled: false + # allow_sign_up: false + # scopes: user:email,read:org + # auth_url: https://github.com/login/oauth/authorize + # token_url: https://github.com/login/oauth/access_token + # api_url: https://api.github.com/user + # team_ids: + # allowed_organizations: + # client_id: + # client_secret: +## LDAP Authentication can be enabled with the following values on grafana.ini +## NOTE: Grafana will fail to start if the value for ldap.toml is invalid + # auth.ldap: + # enabled: true + # allow_sign_up: true + # config_file: /etc/grafana/ldap.toml + +## Grafana's LDAP configuration +## Templated by the template in _helpers.tpl +## NOTE: To enable the grafana.ini must be configured with auth.ldap.enabled +## ref: http://docs.grafana.org/installation/configuration/#auth-ldap +## ref: http://docs.grafana.org/installation/ldap/#configuration +ldap: + enabled: false + # `existingSecret` is a reference to an existing secret containing the ldap configuration + # for Grafana in a key `ldap-toml`. + existingSecret: "" + # `config` is the content of `ldap.toml` that will be stored in the created secret + config: "" + # config: |- + # verbose_logging = true + + # [[servers]] + # host = "my-ldap-server" + # port = 636 + # use_ssl = true + # start_tls = false + # ssl_skip_verify = false + # bind_dn = "uid=%s,ou=users,dc=myorg,dc=com" + +## Grafana's SMTP configuration +## NOTE: To enable, grafana.ini must be configured with smtp.enabled +## ref: http://docs.grafana.org/installation/configuration/#smtp +smtp: + # `existingSecret` is a reference to an existing secret containing the smtp configuration + # for Grafana. + existingSecret: "" + userKey: "user" + passwordKey: "password" + +## Sidecars that collect the configmaps with specified label and stores the included files them into the respective folders +## Requires at least Grafana 5 to work and can't be used together with parameters dashboardProviders, datasources and dashboards +sidecar: + image: + # -- The Docker registry + registry: quay.io + repository: kiwigrid/k8s-sidecar + tag: 1.26.1 + sha: "" + imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent + resources: {} +# limits: +# cpu: 100m +# memory: 100Mi +# requests: +# cpu: 50m +# memory: 50Mi + securityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + # skipTlsVerify Set to true to skip tls verification for kube api calls + # skipTlsVerify: true + enableUniqueFilenames: false + readinessProbe: {} + livenessProbe: {} + # Log level default for all sidecars. Can be one of: DEBUG, INFO, WARN, ERROR, CRITICAL. Defaults to INFO + # logLevel: INFO + alerts: + enabled: false + # Additional environment variables for the alerts sidecar + env: {} + # Do not reprocess already processed unchanged resources on k8s API reconnect. + # ignoreAlreadyProcessed: true + # label that the configmaps with alert are marked with + label: grafana_alert + # value of label that the configmaps with alert are set to + labelValue: "" + # Log level. Can be one of: DEBUG, INFO, WARN, ERROR, CRITICAL. + # logLevel: INFO + # If specified, the sidecar will search for alert config-maps inside this namespace. + # Otherwise the namespace in which the sidecar is running will be used. + # It's also possible to specify ALL to search in all namespaces + searchNamespace: null + # Method to use to detect ConfigMap changes. With WATCH the sidecar will do a WATCH requests, with SLEEP it will list all ConfigMaps, then sleep for 60 seconds. + watchMethod: WATCH + # search in configmap, secret or both + resource: both + # watchServerTimeout: request to the server, asking it to cleanly close the connection after that. + # defaults to 60sec; much higher values like 3600 seconds (1h) are feasible for non-Azure K8S + # watchServerTimeout: 3600 + # + # watchClientTimeout: is a client-side timeout, configuring your local socket. + # If you have a network outage dropping all packets with no RST/FIN, + # this is how long your client waits before realizing & dropping the connection. + # defaults to 66sec (sic!) + # watchClientTimeout: 60 + # + # Endpoint to send request to reload alerts + reloadURL: "http://localhost:3000/api/admin/provisioning/alerting/reload" + # Absolute path to shell script to execute after a alert got reloaded + script: null + skipReload: false + # This is needed if skipReload is true, to load any alerts defined at startup time. + # Deploy the alert sidecar as an initContainer. + initAlerts: false + # Additional alert sidecar volume mounts + extraMounts: [] + # Sets the size limit of the alert sidecar emptyDir volume + sizeLimit: {} + dashboards: + enabled: false + # Additional environment variables for the dashboards sidecar + env: {} + # Do not reprocess already processed unchanged resources on k8s API reconnect. + # ignoreAlreadyProcessed: true + SCProvider: true + # label that the configmaps with dashboards are marked with + label: grafana_dashboard + # value of label that the configmaps with dashboards are set to + labelValue: "" + # Log level. Can be one of: DEBUG, INFO, WARN, ERROR, CRITICAL. + # logLevel: INFO + # folder in the pod that should hold the collected dashboards (unless `defaultFolderName` is set) + folder: /tmp/dashboards + # The default folder name, it will create a subfolder under the `folder` and put dashboards in there instead + defaultFolderName: null + # Namespaces list. If specified, the sidecar will search for config-maps/secrets inside these namespaces. + # Otherwise the namespace in which the sidecar is running will be used. + # It's also possible to specify ALL to search in all namespaces. + searchNamespace: null + # Method to use to detect ConfigMap changes. With WATCH the sidecar will do a WATCH requests, with SLEEP it will list all ConfigMaps, then sleep for 60 seconds. + watchMethod: WATCH + # search in configmap, secret or both + resource: both + # If specified, the sidecar will look for annotation with this name to create folder and put graph here. + # You can use this parameter together with `provider.foldersFromFilesStructure`to annotate configmaps and create folder structure. + folderAnnotation: null + # Endpoint to send request to reload alerts + reloadURL: "http://localhost:3000/api/admin/provisioning/dashboards/reload" + # Absolute path to shell script to execute after a configmap got reloaded + script: null + skipReload: false + # watchServerTimeout: request to the server, asking it to cleanly close the connection after that. + # defaults to 60sec; much higher values like 3600 seconds (1h) are feasible for non-Azure K8S + # watchServerTimeout: 3600 + # + # watchClientTimeout: is a client-side timeout, configuring your local socket. + # If you have a network outage dropping all packets with no RST/FIN, + # this is how long your client waits before realizing & dropping the connection. + # defaults to 66sec (sic!) + # watchClientTimeout: 60 + # + # provider configuration that lets grafana manage the dashboards + provider: + # name of the provider, should be unique + name: sidecarProvider + # orgid as configured in grafana + orgid: 1 + # folder in which the dashboards should be imported in grafana + folder: '' + # type of the provider + type: file + # disableDelete to activate a import-only behaviour + disableDelete: false + # allow updating provisioned dashboards from the UI + allowUiUpdates: false + # allow Grafana to replicate dashboard structure from filesystem + foldersFromFilesStructure: false + # Additional dashboard sidecar volume mounts + extraMounts: [] + # Sets the size limit of the dashboard sidecar emptyDir volume + sizeLimit: {} + datasources: + enabled: false + # Additional environment variables for the datasourcessidecar + env: {} + envValueFrom: {} + # Do not reprocess already processed unchanged resources on k8s API reconnect. + # ignoreAlreadyProcessed: true + # label that the configmaps with datasources are marked with + label: grafana_datasource + # value of label that the configmaps with datasources are set to + labelValue: "" + # Log level. Can be one of: DEBUG, INFO, WARN, ERROR, CRITICAL. + # logLevel: INFO + # If specified, the sidecar will search for datasource config-maps inside this namespace. + # Otherwise the namespace in which the sidecar is running will be used. + # It's also possible to specify ALL to search in all namespaces + searchNamespace: null + # Method to use to detect ConfigMap changes. With WATCH the sidecar will do a WATCH requests, with SLEEP it will list all ConfigMaps, then sleep for 60 seconds. + watchMethod: WATCH + # search in configmap, secret or both + resource: both + # watchServerTimeout: request to the server, asking it to cleanly close the connection after that. + # defaults to 60sec; much higher values like 3600 seconds (1h) are feasible for non-Azure K8S + # watchServerTimeout: 3600 + # + # watchClientTimeout: is a client-side timeout, configuring your local socket. + # If you have a network outage dropping all packets with no RST/FIN, + # this is how long your client waits before realizing & dropping the connection. + # defaults to 66sec (sic!) + # watchClientTimeout: 60 + # + # Endpoint to send request to reload datasources + reloadURL: "http://localhost:3000/api/admin/provisioning/datasources/reload" + # Absolute path to shell script to execute after a datasource got reloaded + script: null + skipReload: false + # This is needed if skipReload is true, to load any datasources defined at startup time. + # Deploy the datasources sidecar as an initContainer. + initDatasources: false + # Sets the size limit of the datasource sidecar emptyDir volume + sizeLimit: {} + plugins: + enabled: false + # Additional environment variables for the plugins sidecar + env: {} + # Do not reprocess already processed unchanged resources on k8s API reconnect. + # ignoreAlreadyProcessed: true + # label that the configmaps with plugins are marked with + label: grafana_plugin + # value of label that the configmaps with plugins are set to + labelValue: "" + # Log level. Can be one of: DEBUG, INFO, WARN, ERROR, CRITICAL. + # logLevel: INFO + # If specified, the sidecar will search for plugin config-maps inside this namespace. + # Otherwise the namespace in which the sidecar is running will be used. + # It's also possible to specify ALL to search in all namespaces + searchNamespace: null + # Method to use to detect ConfigMap changes. With WATCH the sidecar will do a WATCH requests, with SLEEP it will list all ConfigMaps, then sleep for 60 seconds. + watchMethod: WATCH + # search in configmap, secret or both + resource: both + # watchServerTimeout: request to the server, asking it to cleanly close the connection after that. + # defaults to 60sec; much higher values like 3600 seconds (1h) are feasible for non-Azure K8S + # watchServerTimeout: 3600 + # + # watchClientTimeout: is a client-side timeout, configuring your local socket. + # If you have a network outage dropping all packets with no RST/FIN, + # this is how long your client waits before realizing & dropping the connection. + # defaults to 66sec (sic!) + # watchClientTimeout: 60 + # + # Endpoint to send request to reload plugins + reloadURL: "http://localhost:3000/api/admin/provisioning/plugins/reload" + # Absolute path to shell script to execute after a plugin got reloaded + script: null + skipReload: false + # Deploy the datasource sidecar as an initContainer in addition to a container. + # This is needed if skipReload is true, to load any plugins defined at startup time. + initPlugins: false + # Sets the size limit of the plugin sidecar emptyDir volume + sizeLimit: {} + notifiers: + enabled: false + # Additional environment variables for the notifierssidecar + env: {} + # Do not reprocess already processed unchanged resources on k8s API reconnect. + # ignoreAlreadyProcessed: true + # label that the configmaps with notifiers are marked with + label: grafana_notifier + # value of label that the configmaps with notifiers are set to + labelValue: "" + # Log level. Can be one of: DEBUG, INFO, WARN, ERROR, CRITICAL. + # logLevel: INFO + # If specified, the sidecar will search for notifier config-maps inside this namespace. + # Otherwise the namespace in which the sidecar is running will be used. + # It's also possible to specify ALL to search in all namespaces + searchNamespace: null + # Method to use to detect ConfigMap changes. With WATCH the sidecar will do a WATCH requests, with SLEEP it will list all ConfigMaps, then sleep for 60 seconds. + watchMethod: WATCH + # search in configmap, secret or both + resource: both + # watchServerTimeout: request to the server, asking it to cleanly close the connection after that. + # defaults to 60sec; much higher values like 3600 seconds (1h) are feasible for non-Azure K8S + # watchServerTimeout: 3600 + # + # watchClientTimeout: is a client-side timeout, configuring your local socket. + # If you have a network outage dropping all packets with no RST/FIN, + # this is how long your client waits before realizing & dropping the connection. + # defaults to 66sec (sic!) + # watchClientTimeout: 60 + # + # Endpoint to send request to reload notifiers + reloadURL: "http://localhost:3000/api/admin/provisioning/notifications/reload" + # Absolute path to shell script to execute after a notifier got reloaded + script: null + skipReload: false + # Deploy the notifier sidecar as an initContainer in addition to a container. + # This is needed if skipReload is true, to load any notifiers defined at startup time. + initNotifiers: false + # Sets the size limit of the notifier sidecar emptyDir volume + sizeLimit: {} + +## Override the deployment namespace +## +namespaceOverride: "" + +## Number of old ReplicaSets to retain +## +revisionHistoryLimit: 10 + +## Add a seperate remote image renderer deployment/service +imageRenderer: + deploymentStrategy: {} + # Enable the image-renderer deployment & service + enabled: false + replicas: 1 + autoscaling: + enabled: false + minReplicas: 1 + maxReplicas: 5 + targetCPU: "60" + targetMemory: "" + behavior: {} + image: + # -- The Docker registry + registry: docker.io + # image-renderer Image repository + repository: grafana/grafana-image-renderer + # image-renderer Image tag + tag: latest + # image-renderer Image sha (optional) + sha: "" + # image-renderer ImagePullPolicy + pullPolicy: Always + # extra environment variables + env: + HTTP_HOST: "0.0.0.0" + # RENDERING_ARGS: --no-sandbox,--disable-gpu,--window-size=1280x758 + # RENDERING_MODE: clustered + # IGNORE_HTTPS_ERRORS: true + + ## "valueFrom" environment variable references that will be added to deployment pods. Name is templated. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.19/#envvarsource-v1-core + ## Renders in container spec as: + ## env: + ## ... + ## - name: + ## valueFrom: + ## + envValueFrom: {} + # ENV_NAME: + # configMapKeyRef: + # name: configmap-name + # key: value_key + + # image-renderer deployment serviceAccount + serviceAccountName: "" + # image-renderer deployment securityContext + securityContext: {} + # image-renderer deployment container securityContext + containerSecurityContext: + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + capabilities: + drop: ['ALL'] + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + ## image-renderer pod annotation + podAnnotations: {} + # image-renderer deployment Host Aliases + hostAliases: [] + # image-renderer deployment priority class + priorityClassName: '' + service: + # Enable the image-renderer service + enabled: true + # image-renderer service port name + portName: 'http' + # image-renderer service port used by both service and deployment + port: 8081 + targetPort: 8081 + # Adds the appProtocol field to the image-renderer service. This allows to work with istio protocol selection. Ex: "http" or "tcp" + appProtocol: "" + serviceMonitor: + ## If true, a ServiceMonitor CRD is created for a prometheus operator + ## https://github.com/coreos/prometheus-operator + ## + enabled: false + path: /metrics + # namespace: monitoring (defaults to use the namespace this chart is deployed to) + labels: {} + interval: 1m + scheme: http + tlsConfig: {} + scrapeTimeout: 30s + relabelings: [] + # See: https://doc.crds.dev/github.com/prometheus-operator/kube-prometheus/monitoring.coreos.com/ServiceMonitor/v1@v0.11.0#spec-targetLabels + targetLabels: [] + # - targetLabel1 + # - targetLabel2 + # If https is enabled in Grafana, this needs to be set as 'https' to correctly configure the callback used in Grafana + grafanaProtocol: http + # In case a sub_path is used this needs to be added to the image renderer callback + grafanaSubPath: "" + # name of the image-renderer port on the pod + podPortName: http + # number of image-renderer replica sets to keep + revisionHistoryLimit: 10 + networkPolicy: + # Enable a NetworkPolicy to limit inbound traffic to only the created grafana pods + limitIngress: true + # Enable a NetworkPolicy to limit outbound traffic to only the created grafana pods + limitEgress: false + # Allow additional services to access image-renderer (eg. Prometheus operator when ServiceMonitor is enabled) + extraIngressSelectors: [] + resources: {} +# limits: +# cpu: 100m +# memory: 100Mi +# requests: +# cpu: 50m +# memory: 50Mi + ## Node labels for pod assignment + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/node-selection/ + # + nodeSelector: {} + + ## Tolerations for pod assignment + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ + ## + tolerations: [] + + ## Affinity for pod assignment (evaluated as template) + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/#affinity-and-anti-affinity + ## + affinity: {} + + ## Use an alternate scheduler, e.g. "stork". + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/configure-multiple-schedulers/ + ## + # schedulerName: "default-scheduler" + +networkPolicy: + ## @param networkPolicy.enabled Enable creation of NetworkPolicy resources. Only Ingress traffic is filtered for now. + ## + enabled: false + ## @param networkPolicy.allowExternal Don't require client label for connections + ## The Policy model to apply. When set to false, only pods with the correct + ## client label will have network access to grafana port defined. + ## When true, grafana will accept connections from any source + ## (with the correct destination port). + ## + ingress: true + ## @param networkPolicy.ingress When true enables the creation + ## an ingress network policy + ## + allowExternal: true + ## @param networkPolicy.explicitNamespacesSelector A Kubernetes LabelSelector to explicitly select namespaces from which traffic could be allowed + ## If explicitNamespacesSelector is missing or set to {}, only client Pods that are in the networkPolicy's namespace + ## and that match other criteria, the ones that have the good label, can reach the grafana. + ## But sometimes, we want the grafana to be accessible to clients from other namespaces, in this case, we can use this + ## LabelSelector to select these namespaces, note that the networkPolicy's namespace should also be explicitly added. + ## + ## Example: + ## explicitNamespacesSelector: + ## matchLabels: + ## role: frontend + ## matchExpressions: + ## - {key: role, operator: In, values: [frontend]} + ## + explicitNamespacesSelector: {} + ## + ## + ## + ## + ## + ## + egress: + ## @param networkPolicy.egress.enabled When enabled, an egress network policy will be + ## created allowing grafana to connect to external data sources from kubernetes cluster. + enabled: false + ## + ## @param networkPolicy.egress.blockDNSResolution When enabled, DNS resolution will be blocked + ## for all pods in the grafana namespace. + blockDNSResolution: false + ## + ## @param networkPolicy.egress.ports Add individual ports to be allowed by the egress + ports: [] + ## Add ports to the egress by specifying - port: + ## E.X. + ## - port: 80 + ## - port: 443 + ## + ## @param networkPolicy.egress.to Allow egress traffic to specific destinations + to: [] + ## Add destinations to the egress by specifying - ipBlock: + ## E.X. + ## to: + ## - namespaceSelector: + ## matchExpressions: + ## - {key: role, operator: In, values: [grafana]} + ## + ## + ## + ## + ## + +# Enable backward compatibility of kubernetes where version below 1.13 doesn't have the enableServiceLinks option +enableKubeBackwardCompatibility: false +useStatefulSet: false +# Create a dynamic manifests via values: +extraObjects: [] + # - apiVersion: "kubernetes-client.io/v1" + # kind: ExternalSecret + # metadata: + # name: grafana-secrets + # spec: + # backendType: gcpSecretsManager + # data: + # - key: grafana-admin-password + # name: adminPassword + +# assertNoLeakedSecrets is a helper function defined in _helpers.tpl that checks if secret +# values are not exposed in the rendered grafana.ini configmap. It is enabled by default. +# +# To pass values into grafana.ini without exposing them in a configmap, use variable expansion: +# https://grafana.com/docs/grafana/latest/setup-grafana/configure-grafana/#variable-expansion +# +# Alternatively, if you wish to allow secret values to be exposed in the rendered grafana.ini configmap, +# you can disable this check by setting assertNoLeakedSecrets to false. +assertNoLeakedSecrets: true diff --git a/kubernetes/system/monitoring/helm/kube-prometheus-stack.values.yaml b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/helm/kube-prometheus-stack.values.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b3d90a --- /dev/null +++ b/kubernetes/system/monitoring/helm/kube-prometheus-stack.values.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,4619 @@ +# Default values for kube-prometheus-stack. +# This is a YAML-formatted file. +# Declare variables to be passed into your templates. + +## Provide a name in place of kube-prometheus-stack for `app:` labels +## +nameOverride: "" + +## Override the deployment namespace +## +namespaceOverride: "monitoring" + +## Provide a k8s version to auto dashboard import script example: kubeTargetVersionOverride: 1.26.6 +## +kubeTargetVersionOverride: "" + +## Allow kubeVersion to be overridden while creating the ingress +## +kubeVersionOverride: "" + +## Provide a name to substitute for the full names of resources +## +fullnameOverride: "" + +## Labels to apply to all resources +## +commonLabels: {} +# scmhash: abc123 +# myLabel: aakkmd + +## Install Prometheus Operator CRDs +## +crds: + enabled: false + +## custom Rules to override "for" and "severity" in defaultRules +## +customRules: {} + # AlertmanagerFailedReload: + # for: 3m + # AlertmanagerMembersInconsistent: + # for: 5m + # severity: "warning" + +## Create default rules for monitoring the cluster +## +defaultRules: + create: true + rules: + alertmanager: true + etcd: true + configReloaders: true + general: true + k8sContainerCpuUsageSecondsTotal: true + k8sContainerMemoryCache: true + k8sContainerMemoryRss: true + k8sContainerMemorySwap: true + k8sContainerResource: true + k8sContainerMemoryWorkingSetBytes: true + k8sPodOwner: true + kubeApiserverAvailability: true + kubeApiserverBurnrate: true + kubeApiserverHistogram: true + kubeApiserverSlos: true + kubeControllerManager: true + kubelet: true + kubeProxy: true + kubePrometheusGeneral: true + kubePrometheusNodeRecording: true + kubernetesApps: true + kubernetesResources: true + kubernetesStorage: true + kubernetesSystem: true + kubeSchedulerAlerting: true + kubeSchedulerRecording: true + kubeStateMetrics: true + network: true + node: true + nodeExporterAlerting: true + nodeExporterRecording: true + prometheus: true + prometheusOperator: true + windows: true + + ## Reduce app namespace alert scope + appNamespacesTarget: ".*" + + ## Set keep_firing_for for all alerts + keepFiringFor: "" + + ## Labels for default rules + labels: {} + ## Annotations for default rules + annotations: {} + + ## Additional labels for PrometheusRule alerts + additionalRuleLabels: {} + + ## Additional annotations for PrometheusRule alerts + additionalRuleAnnotations: {} + + ## Additional labels for specific PrometheusRule alert groups + additionalRuleGroupLabels: + alertmanager: {} + etcd: {} + configReloaders: {} + general: {} + k8sContainerCpuUsageSecondsTotal: {} + k8sContainerMemoryCache: {} + k8sContainerMemoryRss: {} + k8sContainerMemorySwap: {} + k8sContainerResource: {} + k8sPodOwner: {} + kubeApiserverAvailability: {} + kubeApiserverBurnrate: {} + kubeApiserverHistogram: {} + kubeApiserverSlos: {} + kubeControllerManager: {} + kubelet: {} + kubeProxy: {} + kubePrometheusGeneral: {} + kubePrometheusNodeRecording: {} + kubernetesApps: {} + kubernetesResources: {} + kubernetesStorage: {} + kubernetesSystem: {} + kubeSchedulerAlerting: {} + kubeSchedulerRecording: {} + kubeStateMetrics: {} + network: {} + node: {} + nodeExporterAlerting: {} + nodeExporterRecording: {} + prometheus: {} + prometheusOperator: {} + + ## Additional annotations for specific PrometheusRule alerts groups + additionalRuleGroupAnnotations: + alertmanager: {} + etcd: {} + configReloaders: {} + general: {} + k8sContainerCpuUsageSecondsTotal: {} + k8sContainerMemoryCache: {} + k8sContainerMemoryRss: {} + k8sContainerMemorySwap: {} + k8sContainerResource: {} + k8sPodOwner: {} + kubeApiserverAvailability: {} + kubeApiserverBurnrate: {} + kubeApiserverHistogram: {} + kubeApiserverSlos: {} + kubeControllerManager: {} + kubelet: {} + kubeProxy: {} + kubePrometheusGeneral: {} + kubePrometheusNodeRecording: {} + kubernetesApps: {} + kubernetesResources: {} + kubernetesStorage: {} + kubernetesSystem: {} + kubeSchedulerAlerting: {} + kubeSchedulerRecording: {} + kubeStateMetrics: {} + network: {} + node: {} + nodeExporterAlerting: {} + nodeExporterRecording: {} + prometheus: {} + prometheusOperator: {} + + additionalAggregationLabels: [] + + ## Prefix for runbook URLs. Use this to override the first part of the runbookURLs that is common to all rules. + runbookUrl: "https://runbooks.prometheus-operator.dev/runbooks" + + ## Disabled PrometheusRule alerts + disabled: {} + # KubeAPIDown: true + # NodeRAIDDegraded: true + +## Deprecated way to provide custom recording or alerting rules to be deployed into the cluster. +## +# additionalPrometheusRules: [] +# - name: my-rule-file +# groups: +# - name: my_group +# rules: +# - record: my_record +# expr: 100 * my_record + +## Provide custom recording or alerting rules to be deployed into the cluster. +## +additionalPrometheusRulesMap: {} +# rule-name: +# groups: +# - name: my_group +# rules: +# - record: my_record +# expr: 100 * my_record + +## +global: + rbac: + create: true + + ## Create ClusterRoles that extend the existing view, edit and admin ClusterRoles to interact with prometheus-operator CRDs + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/rbac/#aggregated-clusterroles + createAggregateClusterRoles: false + pspEnabled: false + pspAnnotations: {} + ## Specify pod annotations + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pod-security-policy/#apparmor + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pod-security-policy/#seccomp + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pod-security-policy/#sysctl + ## + # seccomp.security.alpha.kubernetes.io/allowedProfileNames: '*' + # seccomp.security.alpha.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName: 'docker/default' + # apparmor.security.beta.kubernetes.io/defaultProfileName: 'runtime/default' + + ## Global image registry to use if it needs to be overriden for some specific use cases (e.g local registries, custom images, ...) + ## + imageRegistry: "" + + ## Reference to one or more secrets to be used when pulling images + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/pull-image-private-registry/ + ## + imagePullSecrets: [] + # - name: "image-pull-secret" + # or + # - "image-pull-secret" + +windowsMonitoring: + ## Deploys the windows-exporter and Windows-specific dashboards and rules (job name must be 'windows-exporter') + enabled: false + +## Configuration for prometheus-windows-exporter +## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-community/helm-charts/tree/main/charts/prometheus-windows-exporter +## +prometheus-windows-exporter: + ## Enable ServiceMonitor and set Kubernetes label to use as a job label + ## + prometheus: + monitor: + enabled: true + jobLabel: jobLabel + + releaseLabel: true + + ## Set job label to 'windows-exporter' as required by the default Prometheus rules and Grafana dashboards + ## + podLabels: + jobLabel: windows-exporter + + ## Enable memory and container metrics as required by the default Prometheus rules and Grafana dashboards + ## + config: |- + collectors: + enabled: '[defaults],memory,container' + +## Configuration for alertmanager +## ref: https://prometheus.io/docs/alerting/alertmanager/ +## +alertmanager: + + ## Deploy alertmanager + ## + enabled: false + + ## Annotations for Alertmanager + ## + annotations: {} + + ## Api that prometheus will use to communicate with alertmanager. Possible values are v1, v2 + ## + apiVersion: v2 + + ## Service account for Alertmanager to use. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/configure-service-account/ + ## + serviceAccount: + create: true + name: "" + annotations: {} + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + ## Configure pod disruption budgets for Alertmanager + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/configure-pdb/#specifying-a-poddisruptionbudget + ## + podDisruptionBudget: + enabled: false + minAvailable: 1 + maxUnavailable: "" + + ## Alertmanager configuration directives + ## ref: https://prometheus.io/docs/alerting/configuration/#configuration-file + ## https://prometheus.io/webtools/alerting/routing-tree-editor/ + ## + config: + global: + resolve_timeout: 5m + inhibit_rules: + - source_matchers: + - 'severity = critical' + target_matchers: + - 'severity =~ warning|info' + equal: + - 'namespace' + - 'alertname' + - source_matchers: + - 'severity = warning' + target_matchers: + - 'severity = info' + equal: + - 'namespace' + - 'alertname' + - source_matchers: + - 'alertname = InfoInhibitor' + target_matchers: + - 'severity = info' + equal: + - 'namespace' + - target_matchers: + - 'alertname = InfoInhibitor' + route: + group_by: ['namespace'] + group_wait: 30s + group_interval: 5m + repeat_interval: 12h + receiver: 'null' + routes: + - receiver: 'null' + matchers: + - alertname = "Watchdog" + receivers: + - name: 'null' + templates: + - '/etc/alertmanager/config/*.tmpl' + + ## Alertmanager configuration directives (as string type, preferred over the config hash map) + ## stringConfig will be used only, if tplConfig is true + ## ref: https://prometheus.io/docs/alerting/configuration/#configuration-file + ## https://prometheus.io/webtools/alerting/routing-tree-editor/ + ## + stringConfig: "" + + ## Pass the Alertmanager configuration directives through Helm's templating + ## engine. If the Alertmanager configuration contains Alertmanager templates, + ## they'll need to be properly escaped so that they are not interpreted by + ## Helm + ## ref: https://helm.sh/docs/developing_charts/#using-the-tpl-function + ## https://prometheus.io/docs/alerting/configuration/#tmpl_string + ## https://prometheus.io/docs/alerting/notifications/ + ## https://prometheus.io/docs/alerting/notification_examples/ + tplConfig: false + + ## Alertmanager template files to format alerts + ## By default, templateFiles are placed in /etc/alertmanager/config/ and if + ## they have a .tmpl file suffix will be loaded. See config.templates above + ## to change, add other suffixes. If adding other suffixes, be sure to update + ## config.templates above to include those suffixes. + ## ref: https://prometheus.io/docs/alerting/notifications/ + ## https://prometheus.io/docs/alerting/notification_examples/ + ## + templateFiles: {} + # + ## An example template: + # template_1.tmpl: |- + # {{ define "cluster" }}{{ .ExternalURL | reReplaceAll ".*alertmanager\\.(.*)" "$1" }}{{ end }} + # + # {{ define "slack.myorg.text" }} + # {{- $root := . -}} + # {{ range .Alerts }} + # *Alert:* {{ .Annotations.summary }} - `{{ .Labels.severity }}` + # *Cluster:* {{ template "cluster" $root }} + # *Description:* {{ .Annotations.description }} + # *Graph:* <{{ .GeneratorURL }}|:chart_with_upwards_trend:> + # *Runbook:* <{{ .Annotations.runbook }}|:spiral_note_pad:> + # *Details:* + # {{ range .Labels.SortedPairs }} - *{{ .Name }}:* `{{ .Value }}` + # {{ end }} + # {{ end }} + # {{ end }} + + ingress: + enabled: false + + # For Kubernetes >= 1.18 you should specify the ingress-controller via the field ingressClassName + # See https://kubernetes.io/blog/2020/04/02/improvements-to-the-ingress-api-in-kubernetes-1.18/#specifying-the-class-of-an-ingress + # ingressClassName: nginx + + annotations: {} + + labels: {} + + ## Override ingress to a different defined port on the service + # servicePort: 8081 + ## Override ingress to a different service then the default, this is useful if you need to + ## point to a specific instance of the alertmanager (eg kube-prometheus-stack-alertmanager-0) + # serviceName: kube-prometheus-stack-alertmanager-0 + + ## Hosts must be provided if Ingress is enabled. + ## + hosts: [] + # - alertmanager.domain.com + + ## Paths to use for ingress rules - one path should match the alertmanagerSpec.routePrefix + ## + paths: [] + # - / + + ## For Kubernetes >= 1.18 you should specify the pathType (determines how Ingress paths should be matched) + ## See https://kubernetes.io/blog/2020/04/02/improvements-to-the-ingress-api-in-kubernetes-1.18/#better-path-matching-with-path-types + # pathType: ImplementationSpecific + + ## TLS configuration for Alertmanager Ingress + ## Secret must be manually created in the namespace + ## + tls: [] + # - secretName: alertmanager-general-tls + # hosts: + # - alertmanager.example.com + + ## Configuration for Alertmanager secret + ## + secret: + annotations: {} + + ## Configuration for creating an Ingress that will map to each Alertmanager replica service + ## alertmanager.servicePerReplica must be enabled + ## + ingressPerReplica: + enabled: false + + # For Kubernetes >= 1.18 you should specify the ingress-controller via the field ingressClassName + # See https://kubernetes.io/blog/2020/04/02/improvements-to-the-ingress-api-in-kubernetes-1.18/#specifying-the-class-of-an-ingress + # ingressClassName: nginx + + annotations: {} + labels: {} + + ## Final form of the hostname for each per replica ingress is + ## {{ ingressPerReplica.hostPrefix }}-{{ $replicaNumber }}.{{ ingressPerReplica.hostDomain }} + ## + ## Prefix for the per replica ingress that will have `-$replicaNumber` + ## appended to the end + hostPrefix: "" + ## Domain that will be used for the per replica ingress + hostDomain: "" + + ## Paths to use for ingress rules + ## + paths: [] + # - / + + ## For Kubernetes >= 1.18 you should specify the pathType (determines how Ingress paths should be matched) + ## See https://kubernetes.io/blog/2020/04/02/improvements-to-the-ingress-api-in-kubernetes-1.18/#better-path-matching-with-path-types + # pathType: ImplementationSpecific + + ## Secret name containing the TLS certificate for alertmanager per replica ingress + ## Secret must be manually created in the namespace + tlsSecretName: "" + + ## Separated secret for each per replica Ingress. Can be used together with cert-manager + ## + tlsSecretPerReplica: + enabled: false + ## Final form of the secret for each per replica ingress is + ## {{ tlsSecretPerReplica.prefix }}-{{ $replicaNumber }} + ## + prefix: "alertmanager" + + ## Configuration for Alertmanager service + ## + service: + annotations: {} + labels: {} + clusterIP: "" + + ## Port for Alertmanager Service to listen on + ## + port: 9093 + ## To be used with a proxy extraContainer port + ## + targetPort: 9093 + ## Port to expose on each node + ## Only used if service.type is 'NodePort' + ## + nodePort: 30903 + ## List of IP addresses at which the Prometheus server service is available + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/services/#external-ips + ## + + ## Additional ports to open for Alertmanager service + ## + additionalPorts: [] + # - name: oauth-proxy + # port: 8081 + # targetPort: 8081 + # - name: oauth-metrics + # port: 8082 + # targetPort: 8082 + + externalIPs: [] + loadBalancerIP: "" + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + + ## Denotes if this Service desires to route external traffic to node-local or cluster-wide endpoints + ## + externalTrafficPolicy: Cluster + + ## If you want to make sure that connections from a particular client are passed to the same Pod each time + ## Accepts 'ClientIP' or 'None' + ## + sessionAffinity: None + + ## If you want to modify the ClientIP sessionAffinity timeout + ## The value must be >0 && <=86400(for 1 day) if ServiceAffinity == "ClientIP" + ## + sessionAffinityConfig: + clientIP: + timeoutSeconds: 10800 + + ## Service type + ## + type: ClusterIP + + ## Configuration for creating a separate Service for each statefulset Alertmanager replica + ## + servicePerReplica: + enabled: false + annotations: {} + + ## Port for Alertmanager Service per replica to listen on + ## + port: 9093 + + ## To be used with a proxy extraContainer port + targetPort: 9093 + + ## Port to expose on each node + ## Only used if servicePerReplica.type is 'NodePort' + ## + nodePort: 30904 + + ## Loadbalancer source IP ranges + ## Only used if servicePerReplica.type is "LoadBalancer" + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + + ## Denotes if this Service desires to route external traffic to node-local or cluster-wide endpoints + ## + externalTrafficPolicy: Cluster + + ## Service type + ## + type: ClusterIP + + ## Configuration for creating a ServiceMonitor for AlertManager + ## + serviceMonitor: + ## If true, a ServiceMonitor will be created for the AlertManager service. + ## + selfMonitor: true + + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## Additional labels + ## + additionalLabels: {} + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## proxyUrl: URL of a proxy that should be used for scraping. + ## + proxyUrl: "" + + ## scheme: HTTP scheme to use for scraping. Can be used with `tlsConfig` for example if using istio mTLS. + scheme: "" + + ## enableHttp2: Whether to enable HTTP2. + ## See https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#endpoint + enableHttp2: true + + ## tlsConfig: TLS configuration to use when scraping the endpoint. For example if using istio mTLS. + ## Of type: https://github.com/coreos/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#tlsconfig + tlsConfig: {} + + bearerTokenFile: + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## Additional Endpoints + ## + additionalEndpoints: [] + # - port: oauth-metrics + # path: /metrics + + ## Settings affecting alertmanagerSpec + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#alertmanagerspec + ## + alertmanagerSpec: + ## Standard object's metadata. More info: https://github.com/kubernetes/community/blob/master/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata + ## Metadata Labels and Annotations gets propagated to the Alertmanager pods. + ## + podMetadata: {} + + ## Image of Alertmanager + ## + image: + registry: quay.io + repository: prometheus/alertmanager + tag: v0.27.0 + sha: "" + + ## If true then the user will be responsible to provide a secret with alertmanager configuration + ## So when true the config part will be ignored (including templateFiles) and the one in the secret will be used + ## + useExistingSecret: false + + ## Secrets is a list of Secrets in the same namespace as the Alertmanager object, which shall be mounted into the + ## Alertmanager Pods. The Secrets are mounted into /etc/alertmanager/secrets/. + ## + secrets: [] + + ## If false then the user will opt out of automounting API credentials. + ## + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + ## ConfigMaps is a list of ConfigMaps in the same namespace as the Alertmanager object, which shall be mounted into the Alertmanager Pods. + ## The ConfigMaps are mounted into /etc/alertmanager/configmaps/. + ## + configMaps: [] + + ## ConfigSecret is the name of a Kubernetes Secret in the same namespace as the Alertmanager object, which contains configuration for + ## this Alertmanager instance. Defaults to 'alertmanager-' The secret is mounted into /etc/alertmanager/config. + ## + # configSecret: + + ## WebTLSConfig defines the TLS parameters for HTTPS + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#alertmanagerwebspec + web: {} + + ## AlertmanagerConfigs to be selected to merge and configure Alertmanager with. + ## + alertmanagerConfigSelector: {} + ## Example which selects all alertmanagerConfig resources + ## with label "alertconfig" with values any of "example-config" or "example-config-2" + # alertmanagerConfigSelector: + # matchExpressions: + # - key: alertconfig + # operator: In + # values: + # - example-config + # - example-config-2 + # + ## Example which selects all alertmanagerConfig resources with label "role" set to "example-config" + # alertmanagerConfigSelector: + # matchLabels: + # role: example-config + + ## Namespaces to be selected for AlertmanagerConfig discovery. If nil, only check own namespace. + ## + alertmanagerConfigNamespaceSelector: {} + ## Example which selects all namespaces + ## with label "alertmanagerconfig" with values any of "example-namespace" or "example-namespace-2" + # alertmanagerConfigNamespaceSelector: + # matchExpressions: + # - key: alertmanagerconfig + # operator: In + # values: + # - example-namespace + # - example-namespace-2 + + ## Example which selects all namespaces with label "alertmanagerconfig" set to "enabled" + # alertmanagerConfigNamespaceSelector: + # matchLabels: + # alertmanagerconfig: enabled + + ## AlermanagerConfig to be used as top level configuration + ## + alertmanagerConfiguration: {} + ## Example with select a global alertmanagerconfig + # alertmanagerConfiguration: + # name: global-alertmanager-Configuration + + ## Defines the strategy used by AlertmanagerConfig objects to match alerts. eg: + ## + alertmanagerConfigMatcherStrategy: {} + ## Example with use OnNamespace strategy + # alertmanagerConfigMatcherStrategy: + # type: OnNamespace + + ## Define Log Format + # Use logfmt (default) or json logging + logFormat: logfmt + + ## Log level for Alertmanager to be configured with. + ## + logLevel: info + + ## Size is the expected size of the alertmanager cluster. The controller will eventually make the size of the + ## running cluster equal to the expected size. + replicas: 1 + + ## Time duration Alertmanager shall retain data for. Default is '120h', and must match the regular expression + ## [0-9]+(ms|s|m|h) (milliseconds seconds minutes hours). + ## + retention: 120h + + ## Storage is the definition of how storage will be used by the Alertmanager instances. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/user-guides/storage.md + ## + storage: {} + # volumeClaimTemplate: + # spec: + # storageClassName: gluster + # accessModes: ["ReadWriteOnce"] + # resources: + # requests: + # storage: 50Gi + # selector: {} + + + ## The external URL the Alertmanager instances will be available under. This is necessary to generate correct URLs. This is necessary if Alertmanager is not served from root of a DNS name. string false + ## + externalUrl: + + ## The route prefix Alertmanager registers HTTP handlers for. This is useful, if using ExternalURL and a proxy is rewriting HTTP routes of a request, and the actual ExternalURL is still true, + ## but the server serves requests under a different route prefix. For example for use with kubectl proxy. + ## + routePrefix: / + + ## scheme: HTTP scheme to use. Can be used with `tlsConfig` for example if using istio mTLS. + scheme: "" + + ## tlsConfig: TLS configuration to use when connect to the endpoint. For example if using istio mTLS. + ## Of type: https://github.com/coreos/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#tlsconfig + tlsConfig: {} + + ## If set to true all actions on the underlying managed objects are not going to be performed, except for delete actions. + ## + paused: false + + ## Define which Nodes the Pods are scheduled on. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/node-selection/ + ## + nodeSelector: {} + + ## Define resources requests and limits for single Pods. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/compute-resources/ + ## + resources: {} + # requests: + # memory: 400Mi + + ## Pod anti-affinity can prevent the scheduler from placing Prometheus replicas on the same node. + ## The default value "soft" means that the scheduler should *prefer* to not schedule two replica pods onto the same node but no guarantee is provided. + ## The value "hard" means that the scheduler is *required* to not schedule two replica pods onto the same node. + ## The value "" will disable pod anti-affinity so that no anti-affinity rules will be configured. + ## + podAntiAffinity: "" + + ## If anti-affinity is enabled sets the topologyKey to use for anti-affinity. + ## This can be changed to, for example, failure-domain.beta.kubernetes.io/zone + ## + podAntiAffinityTopologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname + + ## Assign custom affinity rules to the alertmanager instance + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/ + ## + affinity: {} + # nodeAffinity: + # requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + # nodeSelectorTerms: + # - matchExpressions: + # - key: kubernetes.io/e2e-az-name + # operator: In + # values: + # - e2e-az1 + # - e2e-az2 + + ## If specified, the pod's tolerations. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ + ## + tolerations: [] + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule" + + ## If specified, the pod's topology spread constraints. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + ## + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + # labelSelector: + # matchLabels: + # app: alertmanager + + ## SecurityContext holds pod-level security attributes and common container settings. + ## This defaults to non root user with uid 1000 and gid 2000. *v1.PodSecurityContext false + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/ + ## + securityContext: + runAsGroup: 2000 + runAsNonRoot: true + runAsUser: 1000 + fsGroup: 2000 + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + + ## ListenLocal makes the Alertmanager server listen on loopback, so that it does not bind against the Pod IP. + ## Note this is only for the Alertmanager UI, not the gossip communication. + ## + listenLocal: false + + ## Containers allows injecting additional containers. This is meant to allow adding an authentication proxy to an Alertmanager pod. + ## + containers: [] + # containers: + # - name: oauth-proxy + # image: quay.io/oauth2-proxy/oauth2-proxy:v7.5.1 + # args: + # - --upstream=http://127.0.0.1:9093 + # - --http-address=0.0.0.0:8081 + # - --metrics-address=0.0.0.0:8082 + # - ... + # ports: + # - containerPort: 8081 + # name: oauth-proxy + # protocol: TCP + # - containerPort: 8082 + # name: oauth-metrics + # protocol: TCP + # resources: {} + + # Additional volumes on the output StatefulSet definition. + volumes: [] + + # Additional VolumeMounts on the output StatefulSet definition. + volumeMounts: [] + + ## InitContainers allows injecting additional initContainers. This is meant to allow doing some changes + ## (permissions, dir tree) on mounted volumes before starting prometheus + initContainers: [] + + ## Priority class assigned to the Pods + ## + priorityClassName: "" + + ## AdditionalPeers allows injecting a set of additional Alertmanagers to peer with to form a highly available cluster. + ## + additionalPeers: [] + + ## PortName to use for Alert Manager. + ## + portName: "http-web" + + ## ClusterAdvertiseAddress is the explicit address to advertise in cluster. Needs to be provided for non RFC1918 [1] (public) addresses. [1] RFC1918: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1918 + ## + clusterAdvertiseAddress: false + + ## clusterGossipInterval determines interval between gossip attempts. + ## Needs to be specified as GoDuration, a time duration that can be parsed by Go’s time.ParseDuration() (e.g. 45ms, 30s, 1m, 1h20m15s) + clusterGossipInterval: "" + + ## clusterPeerTimeout determines timeout for cluster peering. + ## Needs to be specified as GoDuration, a time duration that can be parsed by Go’s time.ParseDuration() (e.g. 45ms, 30s, 1m, 1h20m15s) + clusterPeerTimeout: "" + + ## clusterPushpullInterval determines interval between pushpull attempts. + ## Needs to be specified as GoDuration, a time duration that can be parsed by Go’s time.ParseDuration() (e.g. 45ms, 30s, 1m, 1h20m15s) + clusterPushpullInterval: "" + + ## ForceEnableClusterMode ensures Alertmanager does not deactivate the cluster mode when running with a single replica. + ## Use case is e.g. spanning an Alertmanager cluster across Kubernetes clusters with a single replica in each. + forceEnableClusterMode: false + + ## Minimum number of seconds for which a newly created pod should be ready without any of its container crashing for it to + ## be considered available. Defaults to 0 (pod will be considered available as soon as it is ready). + minReadySeconds: 0 + + ## Additional configuration which is not covered by the properties above. (passed through tpl) + additionalConfig: {} + + ## Additional configuration which is not covered by the properties above. + ## Useful, if you need advanced templating inside alertmanagerSpec. + ## Otherwise, use alertmanager.alertmanagerSpec.additionalConfig (passed through tpl) + additionalConfigString: "" + + ## ExtraSecret can be used to store various data in an extra secret + ## (use it for example to store hashed basic auth credentials) + extraSecret: + ## if not set, name will be auto generated + # name: "" + annotations: {} + data: {} + # auth: | + # foo:$apr1$OFG3Xybp$ckL0FHDAkoXYIlH9.cysT0 + # someoneelse:$apr1$DMZX2Z4q$6SbQIfyuLQd.xmo/P0m2c. + +## Using default values from https://github.com/grafana/helm-charts/blob/main/charts/grafana/values.yaml +## +grafana: + enabled: false + namespaceOverride: "" + + ## ForceDeployDatasources Create datasource configmap even if grafana deployment has been disabled + ## + forceDeployDatasources: false + + ## ForceDeployDashboard Create dashboard configmap even if grafana deployment has been disabled + ## + forceDeployDashboards: false + + ## Deploy default dashboards + ## + defaultDashboardsEnabled: true + + ## Timezone for the default dashboards + ## Other options are: browser or a specific timezone, i.e. Europe/Luxembourg + ## + defaultDashboardsTimezone: utc + + ## Editable flag for the default dashboards + ## + defaultDashboardsEditable: true + + adminPassword: prom-operator + + rbac: + ## If true, Grafana PSPs will be created + ## + pspEnabled: false + + ingress: + ## If true, Grafana Ingress will be created + ## + enabled: false + + ## IngressClassName for Grafana Ingress. + ## Should be provided if Ingress is enable. + ## + # ingressClassName: nginx + + ## Annotations for Grafana Ingress + ## + annotations: {} + # kubernetes.io/ingress.class: nginx + # kubernetes.io/tls-acme: "true" + + ## Labels to be added to the Ingress + ## + labels: {} + + ## Hostnames. + ## Must be provided if Ingress is enable. + ## + # hosts: + # - grafana.domain.com + hosts: [] + + ## Path for grafana ingress + path: / + + ## TLS configuration for grafana Ingress + ## Secret must be manually created in the namespace + ## + tls: [] + # - secretName: grafana-general-tls + # hosts: + # - grafana.example.com + + # # To make Grafana persistent (Using Statefulset) + # # + # persistence: + # enabled: true + # type: sts + # storageClassName: "storageClassName" + # accessModes: + # - ReadWriteOnce + # size: 20Gi + # finalizers: + # - kubernetes.io/pvc-protection + + serviceAccount: + create: true + autoMount: true + + sidecar: + dashboards: + enabled: true + label: grafana_dashboard + labelValue: "1" + # Allow discovery in all namespaces for dashboards + searchNamespace: ALL + + # Support for new table panels, when enabled grafana auto migrates the old table panels to newer table panels + enableNewTablePanelSyntax: false + + ## Annotations for Grafana dashboard configmaps + ## + annotations: {} + multicluster: + global: + enabled: false + etcd: + enabled: false + provider: + allowUiUpdates: false + datasources: + enabled: true + defaultDatasourceEnabled: true + isDefaultDatasource: true + + uid: prometheus + + ## URL of prometheus datasource + ## + # url: http://prometheus-stack-prometheus:9090/ + + ## Prometheus request timeout in seconds + # timeout: 30 + + # If not defined, will use prometheus.prometheusSpec.scrapeInterval or its default + # defaultDatasourceScrapeInterval: 15s + + ## Annotations for Grafana datasource configmaps + ## + annotations: {} + + ## Set method for HTTP to send query to datasource + httpMethod: POST + + ## Create datasource for each Pod of Prometheus StatefulSet; + ## this uses headless service `prometheus-operated` which is + ## created by Prometheus Operator + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/0fee93e12dc7c2ea1218f19ae25ec6b893460590/pkg/prometheus/statefulset.go#L255-L286 + createPrometheusReplicasDatasources: false + label: grafana_datasource + labelValue: "1" + + ## Field with internal link pointing to existing data source in Grafana. + ## Can be provisioned via additionalDataSources + exemplarTraceIdDestinations: {} + # datasourceUid: Jaeger + # traceIdLabelName: trace_id + alertmanager: + enabled: true + uid: alertmanager + handleGrafanaManagedAlerts: false + implementation: prometheus + + extraConfigmapMounts: [] + # - name: certs-configmap + # mountPath: /etc/grafana/ssl/ + # configMap: certs-configmap + # readOnly: true + + deleteDatasources: [] + # - name: example-datasource + # orgId: 1 + + ## Configure additional grafana datasources (passed through tpl) + ## ref: http://docs.grafana.org/administration/provisioning/#datasources + additionalDataSources: [] + # - name: prometheus-sample + # access: proxy + # basicAuth: true + # basicAuthPassword: pass + # basicAuthUser: daco + # editable: false + # jsonData: + # tlsSkipVerify: true + # orgId: 1 + # type: prometheus + # url: https://{{ printf "%s-prometheus.svc" .Release.Name }}:9090 + # version: 1 + + ## Passed to grafana subchart and used by servicemonitor below + ## + service: + portName: http-web + + serviceMonitor: + # If true, a ServiceMonitor CRD is created for a prometheus operator + # https://github.com/coreos/prometheus-operator + # + enabled: true + + # Path to use for scraping metrics. Might be different if server.root_url is set + # in grafana.ini + path: "/metrics" + + # namespace: monitoring (defaults to use the namespace this chart is deployed to) + + # labels for the ServiceMonitor + labels: {} + + # Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + # + interval: "" + scheme: http + tlsConfig: {} + scrapeTimeout: 30s + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + +## Flag to disable all the kubernetes component scrapers +## +kubernetesServiceMonitors: + enabled: true + +## Component scraping the kube api server +## +kubeApiServer: + enabled: true + tlsConfig: + serverName: kubernetes + insecureSkipVerify: false + serviceMonitor: + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## proxyUrl: URL of a proxy that should be used for scraping. + ## + proxyUrl: "" + + jobLabel: component + selector: + matchLabels: + component: apiserver + provider: kubernetes + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + metricRelabelings: + # Drop excessively noisy apiserver buckets. + - action: drop + regex: apiserver_request_duration_seconds_bucket;(0.15|0.2|0.3|0.35|0.4|0.45|0.6|0.7|0.8|0.9|1.25|1.5|1.75|2|3|3.5|4|4.5|6|7|8|9|15|25|40|50) + sourceLabels: + - __name__ + - le + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: + # - __meta_kubernetes_namespace + # - __meta_kubernetes_service_name + # - __meta_kubernetes_endpoint_port_name + # action: keep + # regex: default;kubernetes;https + # - targetLabel: __address__ + # replacement: kubernetes.default.svc:443 + + ## Additional labels + ## + additionalLabels: {} + # foo: bar + +## Component scraping the kubelet and kubelet-hosted cAdvisor +## +kubelet: + enabled: true + namespace: kube-system + + serviceMonitor: + ## Attach metadata to discovered targets. Requires Prometheus v2.45 for endpoints created by the operator. + ## + attachMetadata: + node: false + + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## If true, Prometheus use (respect) labels provided by exporter. + ## + honorLabels: true + + ## If true, Prometheus ingests metrics with timestamp provided by exporter. If false, Prometheus ingests metrics with timestamp of scrape. + ## + honorTimestamps: true + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## proxyUrl: URL of a proxy that should be used for scraping. + ## + proxyUrl: "" + + ## Enable scraping the kubelet over https. For requirements to enable this see + ## https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/issues/926 + ## + https: true + + ## Enable scraping /metrics/cadvisor from kubelet's service + ## + cAdvisor: true + + ## Enable scraping /metrics/probes from kubelet's service + ## + probes: true + + ## Enable scraping /metrics/resource from kubelet's service + ## This is disabled by default because container metrics are already exposed by cAdvisor + ## + resource: false + # From kubernetes 1.18, /metrics/resource/v1alpha1 renamed to /metrics/resource + resourcePath: "/metrics/resource/v1alpha1" + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + cAdvisorMetricRelabelings: + # Drop less useful container CPU metrics. + - sourceLabels: [__name__] + action: drop + regex: 'container_cpu_(cfs_throttled_seconds_total|load_average_10s|system_seconds_total|user_seconds_total)' + # Drop less useful container / always zero filesystem metrics. + - sourceLabels: [__name__] + action: drop + regex: 'container_fs_(io_current|io_time_seconds_total|io_time_weighted_seconds_total|reads_merged_total|sector_reads_total|sector_writes_total|writes_merged_total)' + # Drop less useful / always zero container memory metrics. + - sourceLabels: [__name__] + action: drop + regex: 'container_memory_(mapped_file|swap)' + # Drop less useful container process metrics. + - sourceLabels: [__name__] + action: drop + regex: 'container_(file_descriptors|tasks_state|threads_max)' + # Drop container spec metrics that overlap with kube-state-metrics. + - sourceLabels: [__name__] + action: drop + regex: 'container_spec.*' + # Drop cgroup metrics with no pod. + - sourceLabels: [id, pod] + action: drop + regex: '.+;' + # - sourceLabels: [__name__, image] + # separator: ; + # regex: container_([a-z_]+); + # replacement: $1 + # action: drop + # - sourceLabels: [__name__] + # separator: ; + # regex: container_(network_tcp_usage_total|network_udp_usage_total|tasks_state|cpu_load_average_10s) + # replacement: $1 + # action: drop + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + probesMetricRelabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__name__, image] + # separator: ; + # regex: container_([a-z_]+); + # replacement: $1 + # action: drop + # - sourceLabels: [__name__] + # separator: ; + # regex: container_(network_tcp_usage_total|network_udp_usage_total|tasks_state|cpu_load_average_10s) + # replacement: $1 + # action: drop + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + ## metrics_path is required to match upstream rules and charts + cAdvisorRelabelings: + - action: replace + sourceLabels: [__metrics_path__] + targetLabel: metrics_path + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + probesRelabelings: + - action: replace + sourceLabels: [__metrics_path__] + targetLabel: metrics_path + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + resourceRelabelings: + - action: replace + sourceLabels: [__metrics_path__] + targetLabel: metrics_path + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__name__, image] + # separator: ; + # regex: container_([a-z_]+); + # replacement: $1 + # action: drop + # - sourceLabels: [__name__] + # separator: ; + # regex: container_(network_tcp_usage_total|network_udp_usage_total|tasks_state|cpu_load_average_10s) + # replacement: $1 + # action: drop + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + ## metrics_path is required to match upstream rules and charts + relabelings: + - action: replace + sourceLabels: [__metrics_path__] + targetLabel: metrics_path + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## Additional labels + ## + additionalLabels: {} + # foo: bar + +## Component scraping the kube controller manager +## +kubeControllerManager: + enabled: true + + ## If your kube controller manager is not deployed as a pod, specify IPs it can be found on + ## + endpoints: [] + # - 10.141.4.22 + # - 10.141.4.23 + # - 10.141.4.24 + + ## If using kubeControllerManager.endpoints only the port and targetPort are used + ## + service: + enabled: true + ## If null or unset, the value is determined dynamically based on target Kubernetes version due to change + ## of default port in Kubernetes 1.22. + ## + port: null + targetPort: null + # selector: + # component: kube-controller-manager + + serviceMonitor: + enabled: true + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## proxyUrl: URL of a proxy that should be used for scraping. + ## + proxyUrl: "" + + ## port: Name of the port the metrics will be scraped from + ## + port: http-metrics + + jobLabel: jobLabel + selector: {} + # matchLabels: + # component: kube-controller-manager + + ## Enable scraping kube-controller-manager over https. + ## Requires proper certs (not self-signed) and delegated authentication/authorization checks. + ## If null or unset, the value is determined dynamically based on target Kubernetes version. + ## + https: null + + # Skip TLS certificate validation when scraping + insecureSkipVerify: null + + # Name of the server to use when validating TLS certificate + serverName: null + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## Additional labels + ## + additionalLabels: {} + # foo: bar + +## Component scraping coreDns. Use either this or kubeDns +## +coreDns: + enabled: true + service: + enabled: true + port: 9153 + targetPort: 9153 + # selector: + # k8s-app: kube-dns + serviceMonitor: + enabled: true + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## proxyUrl: URL of a proxy that should be used for scraping. + ## + proxyUrl: "" + + ## port: Name of the port the metrics will be scraped from + ## + port: http-metrics + + jobLabel: jobLabel + selector: {} + # matchLabels: + # k8s-app: kube-dns + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## Additional labels + ## + additionalLabels: {} + # foo: bar + +## Component scraping kubeDns. Use either this or coreDns +## +kubeDns: + enabled: false + service: + dnsmasq: + port: 10054 + targetPort: 10054 + skydns: + port: 10055 + targetPort: 10055 + # selector: + # k8s-app: kube-dns + serviceMonitor: + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## proxyUrl: URL of a proxy that should be used for scraping. + ## + proxyUrl: "" + + jobLabel: jobLabel + selector: {} + # matchLabels: + # k8s-app: kube-dns + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + dnsmasqMetricRelabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + dnsmasqRelabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## Additional labels + ## + additionalLabels: {} + # foo: bar + +## Component scraping etcd +## +kubeEtcd: + enabled: true + + ## If your etcd is not deployed as a pod, specify IPs it can be found on + ## + endpoints: [] + # - 10.141.4.22 + # - 10.141.4.23 + # - 10.141.4.24 + + ## Etcd service. If using kubeEtcd.endpoints only the port and targetPort are used + ## + service: + enabled: true + port: 2381 + targetPort: 2381 + # selector: + # component: etcd + + ## Configure secure access to the etcd cluster by loading a secret into prometheus and + ## specifying security configuration below. For example, with a secret named etcd-client-cert + ## + ## serviceMonitor: + ## scheme: https + ## insecureSkipVerify: false + ## serverName: localhost + ## caFile: /etc/prometheus/secrets/etcd-client-cert/etcd-ca + ## certFile: /etc/prometheus/secrets/etcd-client-cert/etcd-client + ## keyFile: /etc/prometheus/secrets/etcd-client-cert/etcd-client-key + ## + serviceMonitor: + enabled: true + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## proxyUrl: URL of a proxy that should be used for scraping. + ## + proxyUrl: "" + scheme: http + insecureSkipVerify: false + serverName: "" + caFile: "" + certFile: "" + keyFile: "" + + ## port: Name of the port the metrics will be scraped from + ## + port: http-metrics + + jobLabel: jobLabel + selector: {} + # matchLabels: + # component: etcd + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## Additional labels + ## + additionalLabels: {} + # foo: bar + +## Component scraping kube scheduler +## +kubeScheduler: + enabled: true + + ## If your kube scheduler is not deployed as a pod, specify IPs it can be found on + ## + endpoints: [] + # - 10.141.4.22 + # - 10.141.4.23 + # - 10.141.4.24 + + ## If using kubeScheduler.endpoints only the port and targetPort are used + ## + service: + enabled: true + ## If null or unset, the value is determined dynamically based on target Kubernetes version due to change + ## of default port in Kubernetes 1.23. + ## + port: null + targetPort: null + # selector: + # component: kube-scheduler + + serviceMonitor: + enabled: true + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## proxyUrl: URL of a proxy that should be used for scraping. + ## + proxyUrl: "" + ## Enable scraping kube-scheduler over https. + ## Requires proper certs (not self-signed) and delegated authentication/authorization checks. + ## If null or unset, the value is determined dynamically based on target Kubernetes version. + ## + https: null + + ## port: Name of the port the metrics will be scraped from + ## + port: http-metrics + + jobLabel: jobLabel + selector: {} + # matchLabels: + # component: kube-scheduler + + ## Skip TLS certificate validation when scraping + insecureSkipVerify: null + + ## Name of the server to use when validating TLS certificate + serverName: null + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## Additional labels + ## + additionalLabels: {} + # foo: bar + +## Component scraping kube proxy +## +kubeProxy: + enabled: true + + ## If your kube proxy is not deployed as a pod, specify IPs it can be found on + ## + endpoints: [] + # - 10.141.4.22 + # - 10.141.4.23 + # - 10.141.4.24 + + service: + enabled: true + port: 10249 + targetPort: 10249 + # selector: + # k8s-app: kube-proxy + + serviceMonitor: + enabled: true + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## proxyUrl: URL of a proxy that should be used for scraping. + ## + proxyUrl: "" + + ## port: Name of the port the metrics will be scraped from + ## + port: http-metrics + + jobLabel: jobLabel + selector: {} + # matchLabels: + # k8s-app: kube-proxy + + ## Enable scraping kube-proxy over https. + ## Requires proper certs (not self-signed) and delegated authentication/authorization checks + ## + https: false + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + relabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + ## Additional labels + ## + additionalLabels: {} + # foo: bar + +## Component scraping kube state metrics +## +kubeStateMetrics: + enabled: true + +## Configuration for kube-state-metrics subchart +## +kube-state-metrics: + namespaceOverride: "" + rbac: + create: true + releaseLabel: true + prometheus: + monitor: + enabled: true + + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Scrape Timeout. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape timeout is used. + ## + scrapeTimeout: "" + + ## proxyUrl: URL of a proxy that should be used for scraping. + ## + proxyUrl: "" + + # Keep labels from scraped data, overriding server-side labels + ## + honorLabels: true + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + selfMonitor: + enabled: false + +## Deploy node exporter as a daemonset to all nodes +## +nodeExporter: + enabled: true + operatingSystems: + linux: + enabled: true + darwin: + enabled: true + + ## ForceDeployDashboard Create dashboard configmap even if nodeExporter deployment has been disabled + ## + forceDeployDashboards: false + +## Configuration for prometheus-node-exporter subchart +## +prometheus-node-exporter: + namespaceOverride: "" + podLabels: + ## Add the 'node-exporter' label to be used by serviceMonitor to match standard common usage in rules and grafana dashboards + ## + jobLabel: node-exporter + releaseLabel: true + extraArgs: + - --collector.filesystem.mount-points-exclude=^/(dev|proc|sys|var/lib/docker/.+|var/lib/kubelet/.+)($|/) + - --collector.filesystem.fs-types-exclude=^(autofs|binfmt_misc|bpf|cgroup2?|configfs|debugfs|devpts|devtmpfs|fusectl|hugetlbfs|iso9660|mqueue|nsfs|overlay|proc|procfs|pstore|rpc_pipefs|securityfs|selinuxfs|squashfs|sysfs|tracefs)$ + service: + portName: http-metrics + prometheus: + monitor: + enabled: true + + jobLabel: jobLabel + + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## How long until a scrape request times out. If not set, the Prometheus default scape timeout is used. + ## + scrapeTimeout: "" + + ## proxyUrl: URL of a proxy that should be used for scraping. + ## + proxyUrl: "" + + ## MetricRelabelConfigs to apply to samples after scraping, but before ingestion. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__name__] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^node_mountstats_nfs_(event|operations|transport)_.+ + # replacement: $1 + # action: drop + + ## RelabelConfigs to apply to samples before scraping + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#relabelconfig + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + rbac: + ## If true, create PSPs for node-exporter + ## + pspEnabled: false + +## Manages Prometheus and Alertmanager components +## +prometheusOperator: + enabled: true + + ## Use '{{ template "kube-prometheus-stack.fullname" . }}-operator' by default + fullnameOverride: "" + + ## Number of old replicasets to retain ## + ## The default value is 10, 0 will garbage-collect old replicasets ## + revisionHistoryLimit: 10 + + ## Strategy of the deployment + ## + strategy: {} + + ## Prometheus-Operator v0.39.0 and later support TLS natively. + ## + tls: + enabled: true + # Value must match version names from https://golang.org/pkg/crypto/tls/#pkg-constants + tlsMinVersion: VersionTLS13 + # The default webhook port is 10250 in order to work out-of-the-box in GKE private clusters and avoid adding firewall rules. + internalPort: 10250 + + ## Admission webhook support for PrometheusRules resources added in Prometheus Operator 0.30 can be enabled to prevent incorrectly formatted + ## rules from making their way into prometheus and potentially preventing the container from starting + admissionWebhooks: + ## Valid values: Fail, Ignore, IgnoreOnInstallOnly + ## IgnoreOnInstallOnly - If Release.IsInstall returns "true", set "Ignore" otherwise "Fail" + failurePolicy: "" + ## The default timeoutSeconds is 10 and the maximum value is 30. + timeoutSeconds: 10 + enabled: true + ## A PEM encoded CA bundle which will be used to validate the webhook's server certificate. + ## If unspecified, system trust roots on the apiserver are used. + caBundle: "" + ## If enabled, generate a self-signed certificate, then patch the webhook configurations with the generated data. + ## On chart upgrades (or if the secret exists) the cert will not be re-generated. You can use this to provide your own + ## certs ahead of time if you wish. + ## + annotations: {} + # argocd.argoproj.io/hook: PreSync + # argocd.argoproj.io/hook-delete-policy: HookSucceeded + + namespaceSelector: {} + + deployment: + enabled: false + + ## Number of replicas + ## + replicas: 1 + + ## Strategy of the deployment + ## + strategy: {} + + # Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/configure-pdb/ + podDisruptionBudget: {} + # maxUnavailable: 1 + # minAvailable: 1 + + ## Number of old replicasets to retain ## + ## The default value is 10, 0 will garbage-collect old replicasets ## + revisionHistoryLimit: 10 + + ## Prometheus-Operator v0.39.0 and later support TLS natively. + ## + tls: + enabled: true + # Value must match version names from https://golang.org/pkg/crypto/tls/#pkg-constants + tlsMinVersion: VersionTLS13 + # The default webhook port is 10250 in order to work out-of-the-box in GKE private clusters and avoid adding firewall rules. + internalPort: 10250 + + ## Service account for Prometheus Operator Webhook to use. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/configure-service-account/ + ## + serviceAccount: + automountServiceAccountToken: false + create: true + name: "" + + ## Configuration for Prometheus operator Webhook service + ## + service: + annotations: {} + labels: {} + clusterIP: "" + + ## Port to expose on each node + ## Only used if service.type is 'NodePort' + ## + nodePort: 31080 + + nodePortTls: 31443 + + ## Additional ports to open for Prometheus operator Webhook service + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#multi-port-services + ## + additionalPorts: [] + + ## Loadbalancer IP + ## Only use if service.type is "LoadBalancer" + ## + loadBalancerIP: "" + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + + ## Denotes if this Service desires to route external traffic to node-local or cluster-wide endpoints + ## + externalTrafficPolicy: Cluster + + ## Service type + ## NodePort, ClusterIP, LoadBalancer + ## + type: ClusterIP + + ## List of IP addresses at which the Prometheus server service is available + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/services/#external-ips + ## + externalIPs: [] + + # ## Labels to add to the operator webhook deployment + # ## + labels: {} + + ## Annotations to add to the operator webhook deployment + ## + annotations: {} + + ## Labels to add to the operator webhook pod + ## + podLabels: {} + + ## Annotations to add to the operator webhook pod + ## + podAnnotations: {} + + ## Assign a PriorityClassName to pods if set + # priorityClassName: "" + + ## Define Log Format + # Use logfmt (default) or json logging + # logFormat: logfmt + + ## Decrease log verbosity to errors only + # logLevel: error + + ## Prometheus-operator webhook image + ## + image: + registry: quay.io + repository: prometheus-operator/admission-webhook + # if not set appVersion field from Chart.yaml is used + tag: "" + sha: "" + pullPolicy: IfNotPresent + + ## Define Log Format + # Use logfmt (default) or json logging + # logFormat: logfmt + + ## Decrease log verbosity to errors only + # logLevel: error + + + ## Liveness probe + ## + livenessProbe: + enabled: true + failureThreshold: 3 + initialDelaySeconds: 30 + periodSeconds: 10 + successThreshold: 1 + timeoutSeconds: 1 + + ## Readiness probe + ## + readinessProbe: + enabled: true + failureThreshold: 3 + initialDelaySeconds: 5 + periodSeconds: 10 + successThreshold: 1 + timeoutSeconds: 1 + + ## Resource limits & requests + ## + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 200m + # memory: 200Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 100Mi + + # Required for use in managed kubernetes clusters (such as AWS EKS) with custom CNI (such as calico), + # because control-plane managed by AWS cannot communicate with pods' IP CIDR and admission webhooks are not working + ## + hostNetwork: false + + ## Define which Nodes the Pods are scheduled on. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/node-selection/ + ## + nodeSelector: {} + + ## Tolerations for use with node taints + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ + ## + tolerations: [] + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule" + + ## Assign custom affinity rules to the prometheus operator + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/ + ## + affinity: {} + # nodeAffinity: + # requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + # nodeSelectorTerms: + # - matchExpressions: + # - key: kubernetes.io/e2e-az-name + # operator: In + # values: + # - e2e-az1 + # - e2e-az2 + dnsConfig: {} + # nameservers: + # - 1.2.3.4 + # searches: + # - ns1.svc.cluster-domain.example + # - my.dns.search.suffix + # options: + # - name: ndots + # value: "2" + # - name: edns0 + securityContext: + fsGroup: 65534 + runAsGroup: 65534 + runAsNonRoot: true + runAsUser: 65534 + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + + ## Container-specific security context configuration + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/ + ## + containerSecurityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + ## If false then the user will opt out of automounting API credentials. + ## + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + patch: + enabled: true + image: + registry: registry.k8s.io + repository: ingress-nginx/kube-webhook-certgen + tag: v20221220-controller-v1.5.1-58-g787ea74b6 + sha: "" + pullPolicy: IfNotPresent + resources: {} + ## Provide a priority class name to the webhook patching job + ## + priorityClassName: "" + annotations: {} + # argocd.argoproj.io/hook: PreSync + # argocd.argoproj.io/hook-delete-policy: HookSucceeded + podAnnotations: {} + nodeSelector: {} + affinity: {} + tolerations: [] + + ## SecurityContext holds pod-level security attributes and common container settings. + ## This defaults to non root user with uid 2000 and gid 2000. *v1.PodSecurityContext false + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/ + ## + securityContext: + runAsGroup: 2000 + runAsNonRoot: true + runAsUser: 2000 + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + + # Security context for create job container + createSecretJob: + securityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + # Security context for patch job container + patchWebhookJob: + securityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + # Use certmanager to generate webhook certs + certManager: + enabled: false + # self-signed root certificate + rootCert: + duration: "" # default to be 5y + admissionCert: + duration: "" # default to be 1y + # issuerRef: + # name: "issuer" + # kind: "ClusterIssuer" + + ## Namespaces to scope the interaction of the Prometheus Operator and the apiserver (allow list). + ## This is mutually exclusive with denyNamespaces. Setting this to an empty object will disable the configuration + ## + namespaces: {} + # releaseNamespace: true + # additional: + # - kube-system + + ## Namespaces not to scope the interaction of the Prometheus Operator (deny list). + ## + denyNamespaces: [] + + ## Filter namespaces to look for prometheus-operator custom resources + ## + alertmanagerInstanceNamespaces: [] + alertmanagerConfigNamespaces: [] + prometheusInstanceNamespaces: [] + thanosRulerInstanceNamespaces: [] + + ## The clusterDomain value will be added to the cluster.peer option of the alertmanager. + ## Without this specified option cluster.peer will have value alertmanager-monitoring-alertmanager-0.alertmanager-operated:9094 (default value) + ## With this specified option cluster.peer will have value alertmanager-monitoring-alertmanager-0.alertmanager-operated.namespace.svc.cluster-domain:9094 + ## + # clusterDomain: "cluster.local" + + networkPolicy: + ## Enable creation of NetworkPolicy resources. + ## + enabled: false + + ## Flavor of the network policy to use. + # Can be: + # * kubernetes for networking.k8s.io/v1/NetworkPolicy + # * cilium for cilium.io/v2/CiliumNetworkPolicy + flavor: kubernetes + + # cilium: + # egress: + + ## match labels used in selector + # matchLabels: {} + + ## Service account for Prometheus Operator to use. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/configure-service-account/ + ## + serviceAccount: + create: true + name: "" + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + ## Configuration for Prometheus operator service + ## + service: + annotations: {} + labels: {} + clusterIP: "" + + ## Port to expose on each node + ## Only used if service.type is 'NodePort' + ## + nodePort: 30080 + + nodePortTls: 30443 + + ## Additional ports to open for Prometheus operator service + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/service/#multi-port-services + ## + additionalPorts: [] + + ## Loadbalancer IP + ## Only use if service.type is "LoadBalancer" + ## + loadBalancerIP: "" + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + + ## Denotes if this Service desires to route external traffic to node-local or cluster-wide endpoints + ## + externalTrafficPolicy: Cluster + + ## Service type + ## NodePort, ClusterIP, LoadBalancer + ## + type: ClusterIP + + ## List of IP addresses at which the Prometheus server service is available + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/services/#external-ips + ## + externalIPs: [] + + # ## Labels to add to the operator deployment + # ## + labels: {} + + ## Annotations to add to the operator deployment + ## + annotations: {} + + ## Labels to add to the operator pod + ## + podLabels: {} + + ## Annotations to add to the operator pod + ## + podAnnotations: {} + + ## Assign a PriorityClassName to pods if set + # priorityClassName: "" + + ## Define Log Format + # Use logfmt (default) or json logging + # logFormat: logfmt + + ## Decrease log verbosity to errors only + # logLevel: error + + kubeletService: + ## If true, the operator will create and maintain a service for scraping kubelets + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/helm/prometheus-operator/README.md + ## + enabled: true + namespace: kube-system + ## Use '{{ template "kube-prometheus-stack.fullname" . }}-kubelet' by default + name: "" + + ## Create a servicemonitor for the operator + ## + serviceMonitor: + ## If true, create a serviceMonitor for prometheus operator + ## + selfMonitor: true + + ## Labels for ServiceMonitor + additionalLabels: {} + + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Scrape timeout. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape timeout is used. + scrapeTimeout: "" + + ## Metric relabel configs to apply to samples before ingestion. + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + # relabel configs to apply to samples before ingestion. + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## Resource limits & requests + ## + resources: {} + # limits: + # cpu: 200m + # memory: 200Mi + # requests: + # cpu: 100m + # memory: 100Mi + + ## Operator Environment + ## env: + ## VARIABLE: value + env: + GOGC: "30" + + # Required for use in managed kubernetes clusters (such as AWS EKS) with custom CNI (such as calico), + # because control-plane managed by AWS cannot communicate with pods' IP CIDR and admission webhooks are not working + ## + hostNetwork: false + + ## Define which Nodes the Pods are scheduled on. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/node-selection/ + ## + nodeSelector: {} + + ## Tolerations for use with node taints + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ + ## + tolerations: [] + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule" + + ## Assign custom affinity rules to the prometheus operator + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/ + ## + affinity: {} + # nodeAffinity: + # requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + # nodeSelectorTerms: + # - matchExpressions: + # - key: kubernetes.io/e2e-az-name + # operator: In + # values: + # - e2e-az1 + # - e2e-az2 + dnsConfig: {} + # nameservers: + # - 1.2.3.4 + # searches: + # - ns1.svc.cluster-domain.example + # - my.dns.search.suffix + # options: + # - name: ndots + # value: "2" + # - name: edns0 + securityContext: + fsGroup: 65534 + runAsGroup: 65534 + runAsNonRoot: true + runAsUser: 65534 + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + + ## Container-specific security context configuration + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/security-context/ + ## + containerSecurityContext: + allowPrivilegeEscalation: false + readOnlyRootFilesystem: true + capabilities: + drop: + - ALL + + # Enable vertical pod autoscaler support for prometheus-operator + verticalPodAutoscaler: + enabled: false + + # Recommender responsible for generating recommendation for the object. + # List should be empty (then the default recommender will generate the recommendation) + # or contain exactly one recommender. + # recommenders: + # - name: custom-recommender-performance + + # List of resources that the vertical pod autoscaler can control. Defaults to cpu and memory + controlledResources: [] + # Specifies which resource values should be controlled: RequestsOnly or RequestsAndLimits. + # controlledValues: RequestsAndLimits + + # Define the max allowed resources for the pod + maxAllowed: {} + # cpu: 200m + # memory: 100Mi + # Define the min allowed resources for the pod + minAllowed: {} + # cpu: 200m + # memory: 100Mi + + updatePolicy: + # Specifies minimal number of replicas which need to be alive for VPA Updater to attempt pod eviction + # minReplicas: 1 + # Specifies whether recommended updates are applied when a Pod is started and whether recommended updates + # are applied during the life of a Pod. Possible values are "Off", "Initial", "Recreate", and "Auto". + updateMode: Auto + + ## Prometheus-operator image + ## + image: + registry: quay.io + repository: prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator + # if not set appVersion field from Chart.yaml is used + tag: "" + sha: "" + pullPolicy: IfNotPresent + + ## Prometheus image to use for prometheuses managed by the operator + ## + # prometheusDefaultBaseImage: prometheus/prometheus + + ## Prometheus image registry to use for prometheuses managed by the operator + ## + # prometheusDefaultBaseImageRegistry: quay.io + + ## Alertmanager image to use for alertmanagers managed by the operator + ## + # alertmanagerDefaultBaseImage: prometheus/alertmanager + + ## Alertmanager image registry to use for alertmanagers managed by the operator + ## + # alertmanagerDefaultBaseImageRegistry: quay.io + + ## Prometheus-config-reloader + ## + prometheusConfigReloader: + image: + registry: quay.io + repository: prometheus-operator/prometheus-config-reloader + # if not set appVersion field from Chart.yaml is used + tag: "" + sha: "" + + # add prometheus config reloader liveness and readiness probe. Default: false + enableProbe: false + + # resource config for prometheusConfigReloader + resources: {} + # requests: + # cpu: 200m + # memory: 50Mi + # limits: + # cpu: 200m + # memory: 50Mi + + ## Thanos side-car image when configured + ## + thanosImage: + registry: quay.io + repository: thanos/thanos + tag: v0.34.1 + sha: "" + + ## Set a Label Selector to filter watched prometheus and prometheusAgent + ## + prometheusInstanceSelector: "" + + ## Set a Label Selector to filter watched alertmanager + ## + alertmanagerInstanceSelector: "" + + ## Set a Label Selector to filter watched thanosRuler + thanosRulerInstanceSelector: "" + + ## Set a Field Selector to filter watched secrets + ## + secretFieldSelector: "type!=kubernetes.io/dockercfg,type!=kubernetes.io/service-account-token,type!=helm.sh/release.v1" + + ## If false then the user will opt out of automounting API credentials. + ## + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + ## Additional volumes + ## + extraVolumes: [] + + ## Additional volume mounts + ## + extraVolumeMounts: [] + +## Deploy a Prometheus instance +## +prometheus: + enabled: true + + ## Toggle prometheus into agent mode + ## Note many of features described below (e.g. rules, query, alerting, remote read, thanos) will not work in agent mode. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/designs/prometheus-agent.md + ## + agentMode: false + + ## Annotations for Prometheus + ## + annotations: {} + + ## Configure network policy for the prometheus + networkPolicy: + enabled: false + + ## Flavor of the network policy to use. + # Can be: + # * kubernetes for networking.k8s.io/v1/NetworkPolicy + # * cilium for cilium.io/v2/CiliumNetworkPolicy + flavor: kubernetes + + # cilium: + # endpointSelector: + # egress: + # ingress: + + # egress: + # - {} + # ingress: + # - {} + # podSelector: + # matchLabels: + # app: prometheus + + ## Service account for Prometheuses to use. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/configure-pod-container/configure-service-account/ + ## + serviceAccount: + create: true + name: "" + annotations: {} + automountServiceAccountToken: true + + # Service for thanos service discovery on sidecar + # Enable this can make Thanos Query can use + # `--store=dnssrv+_grpc._tcp.${kube-prometheus-stack.fullname}-thanos-discovery.${namespace}.svc.cluster.local` to discovery + # Thanos sidecar on prometheus nodes + # (Please remember to change ${kube-prometheus-stack.fullname} and ${namespace}. Not just copy and paste!) + thanosService: + enabled: false + annotations: {} + labels: {} + + ## Denotes if this Service desires to route external traffic to node-local or cluster-wide endpoints + ## + externalTrafficPolicy: Cluster + + ## Service type + ## + type: ClusterIP + + ## gRPC port config + portName: grpc + port: 10901 + targetPort: "grpc" + + ## HTTP port config (for metrics) + httpPortName: http + httpPort: 10902 + targetHttpPort: "http" + + ## ClusterIP to assign + # Default is to make this a headless service ("None") + clusterIP: "None" + + ## Port to expose on each node, if service type is NodePort + ## + nodePort: 30901 + httpNodePort: 30902 + + # ServiceMonitor to scrape Sidecar metrics + # Needs thanosService to be enabled as well + thanosServiceMonitor: + enabled: false + interval: "" + + ## Additional labels + ## + additionalLabels: {} + + ## scheme: HTTP scheme to use for scraping. Can be used with `tlsConfig` for example if using istio mTLS. + scheme: "" + + ## tlsConfig: TLS configuration to use when scraping the endpoint. For example if using istio mTLS. + ## Of type: https://github.com/coreos/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#tlsconfig + tlsConfig: {} + + bearerTokenFile: + + ## Metric relabel configs to apply to samples before ingestion. + metricRelabelings: [] + + ## relabel configs to apply to samples before ingestion. + relabelings: [] + + # Service for external access to sidecar + # Enabling this creates a service to expose thanos-sidecar outside the cluster. + thanosServiceExternal: + enabled: false + annotations: {} + labels: {} + loadBalancerIP: "" + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + + ## gRPC port config + portName: grpc + port: 10901 + targetPort: "grpc" + + ## HTTP port config (for metrics) + httpPortName: http + httpPort: 10902 + targetHttpPort: "http" + + ## Denotes if this Service desires to route external traffic to node-local or cluster-wide endpoints + ## + externalTrafficPolicy: Cluster + + ## Service type + ## + type: LoadBalancer + + ## Port to expose on each node + ## + nodePort: 30901 + httpNodePort: 30902 + + ## Configuration for Prometheus service + ## + service: + annotations: {} + labels: {} + clusterIP: "" + + ## Port for Prometheus Service to listen on + ## + port: 9090 + + ## To be used with a proxy extraContainer port + targetPort: 9090 + + ## Port for Prometheus Reloader to listen on + ## + reloaderWebPort: 8080 + + ## List of IP addresses at which the Prometheus server service is available + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/services/#external-ips + ## + externalIPs: [] + + ## Port to expose on each node + ## Only used if service.type is 'NodePort' + ## + nodePort: 30090 + + ## Loadbalancer IP + ## Only use if service.type is "LoadBalancer" + loadBalancerIP: "" + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + + ## Denotes if this Service desires to route external traffic to node-local or cluster-wide endpoints + ## + externalTrafficPolicy: Cluster + + ## Service type + ## + type: ClusterIP + + ## Additional ports to open for Prometheus service + ## + additionalPorts: [] + # additionalPorts: + # - name: oauth-proxy + # port: 8081 + # targetPort: 8081 + # - name: oauth-metrics + # port: 8082 + # targetPort: 8082 + + ## Consider that all endpoints are considered "ready" even if the Pods themselves are not + ## Ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/service-resources/service-v1/#ServiceSpec + publishNotReadyAddresses: false + + ## If you want to make sure that connections from a particular client are passed to the same Pod each time + ## Accepts 'ClientIP' or 'None' + ## + sessionAffinity: None + + ## If you want to modify the ClientIP sessionAffinity timeout + ## The value must be >0 && <=86400(for 1 day) if ServiceAffinity == "ClientIP" + ## + sessionAffinityConfig: + clientIP: + timeoutSeconds: 10800 + + ## Configuration for creating a separate Service for each statefulset Prometheus replica + ## + servicePerReplica: + enabled: false + annotations: {} + + ## Port for Prometheus Service per replica to listen on + ## + port: 9090 + + ## To be used with a proxy extraContainer port + targetPort: 9090 + + ## Port to expose on each node + ## Only used if servicePerReplica.type is 'NodePort' + ## + nodePort: 30091 + + ## Loadbalancer source IP ranges + ## Only used if servicePerReplica.type is "LoadBalancer" + loadBalancerSourceRanges: [] + + ## Denotes if this Service desires to route external traffic to node-local or cluster-wide endpoints + ## + externalTrafficPolicy: Cluster + + ## Service type + ## + type: ClusterIP + + ## Configure pod disruption budgets for Prometheus + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/run-application/configure-pdb/#specifying-a-poddisruptionbudget + ## + podDisruptionBudget: + enabled: false + minAvailable: 1 + maxUnavailable: "" + + # Ingress exposes thanos sidecar outside the cluster + thanosIngress: + enabled: false + + # For Kubernetes >= 1.18 you should specify the ingress-controller via the field ingressClassName + # See https://kubernetes.io/blog/2020/04/02/improvements-to-the-ingress-api-in-kubernetes-1.18/#specifying-the-class-of-an-ingress + # ingressClassName: nginx + + annotations: {} + labels: {} + servicePort: 10901 + + ## Port to expose on each node + ## Only used if service.type is 'NodePort' + ## + nodePort: 30901 + + ## Hosts must be provided if Ingress is enabled. + ## + hosts: [] + # - thanos-gateway.domain.com + + ## Paths to use for ingress rules + ## + paths: [] + # - / + + ## For Kubernetes >= 1.18 you should specify the pathType (determines how Ingress paths should be matched) + ## See https://kubernetes.io/blog/2020/04/02/improvements-to-the-ingress-api-in-kubernetes-1.18/#better-path-matching-with-path-types + # pathType: ImplementationSpecific + + ## TLS configuration for Thanos Ingress + ## Secret must be manually created in the namespace + ## + tls: [] + # - secretName: thanos-gateway-tls + # hosts: + # - thanos-gateway.domain.com + # + + ## ExtraSecret can be used to store various data in an extra secret + ## (use it for example to store hashed basic auth credentials) + extraSecret: + ## if not set, name will be auto generated + # name: "" + annotations: {} + data: {} + # auth: | + # foo:$apr1$OFG3Xybp$ckL0FHDAkoXYIlH9.cysT0 + # someoneelse:$apr1$DMZX2Z4q$6SbQIfyuLQd.xmo/P0m2c. + + ingress: + enabled: false + + # For Kubernetes >= 1.18 you should specify the ingress-controller via the field ingressClassName + # See https://kubernetes.io/blog/2020/04/02/improvements-to-the-ingress-api-in-kubernetes-1.18/#specifying-the-class-of-an-ingress + # ingressClassName: nginx + + annotations: {} + labels: {} + + ## Redirect ingress to an additional defined port on the service + # servicePort: 8081 + + ## Hostnames. + ## Must be provided if Ingress is enabled. + ## + # hosts: + # - prometheus.domain.com + hosts: [] + + ## Paths to use for ingress rules - one path should match the prometheusSpec.routePrefix + ## + paths: [] + # - / + + ## For Kubernetes >= 1.18 you should specify the pathType (determines how Ingress paths should be matched) + ## See https://kubernetes.io/blog/2020/04/02/improvements-to-the-ingress-api-in-kubernetes-1.18/#better-path-matching-with-path-types + # pathType: ImplementationSpecific + + ## TLS configuration for Prometheus Ingress + ## Secret must be manually created in the namespace + ## + tls: [] + # - secretName: prometheus-general-tls + # hosts: + # - prometheus.example.com + + ## Configuration for creating an Ingress that will map to each Prometheus replica service + ## prometheus.servicePerReplica must be enabled + ## + ingressPerReplica: + enabled: false + + # For Kubernetes >= 1.18 you should specify the ingress-controller via the field ingressClassName + # See https://kubernetes.io/blog/2020/04/02/improvements-to-the-ingress-api-in-kubernetes-1.18/#specifying-the-class-of-an-ingress + # ingressClassName: nginx + + annotations: {} + labels: {} + + ## Final form of the hostname for each per replica ingress is + ## {{ ingressPerReplica.hostPrefix }}-{{ $replicaNumber }}.{{ ingressPerReplica.hostDomain }} + ## + ## Prefix for the per replica ingress that will have `-$replicaNumber` + ## appended to the end + hostPrefix: "" + ## Domain that will be used for the per replica ingress + hostDomain: "" + + ## Paths to use for ingress rules + ## + paths: [] + # - / + + ## For Kubernetes >= 1.18 you should specify the pathType (determines how Ingress paths should be matched) + ## See https://kubernetes.io/blog/2020/04/02/improvements-to-the-ingress-api-in-kubernetes-1.18/#better-path-matching-with-path-types + # pathType: ImplementationSpecific + + ## Secret name containing the TLS certificate for Prometheus per replica ingress + ## Secret must be manually created in the namespace + tlsSecretName: "" + + ## Separated secret for each per replica Ingress. Can be used together with cert-manager + ## + tlsSecretPerReplica: + enabled: false + ## Final form of the secret for each per replica ingress is + ## {{ tlsSecretPerReplica.prefix }}-{{ $replicaNumber }} + ## + prefix: "prometheus" + + ## Configure additional options for default pod security policy for Prometheus + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pod-security-policy/ + podSecurityPolicy: + allowedCapabilities: [] + allowedHostPaths: [] + volumes: [] + + serviceMonitor: + ## If true, create a serviceMonitor for prometheus + ## + selfMonitor: true + + ## Scrape interval. If not set, the Prometheus default scrape interval is used. + ## + interval: "" + + ## Additional labels + ## + additionalLabels: {} + + ## SampleLimit defines per-scrape limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. + ## + sampleLimit: 0 + + ## TargetLimit defines a limit on the number of scraped targets that will be accepted. + ## + targetLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelNameLengthLimit: 0 + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. Only valid in Prometheus versions 2.27.0 and newer. + ## + labelValueLengthLimit: 0 + + ## scheme: HTTP scheme to use for scraping. Can be used with `tlsConfig` for example if using istio mTLS. + scheme: "" + + ## tlsConfig: TLS configuration to use when scraping the endpoint. For example if using istio mTLS. + ## Of type: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#tlsconfig + tlsConfig: {} + + bearerTokenFile: + + ## Metric relabel configs to apply to samples before ingestion. + ## + metricRelabelings: [] + # - action: keep + # regex: 'kube_(daemonset|deployment|pod|namespace|node|statefulset).+' + # sourceLabels: [__name__] + + # relabel configs to apply to samples before ingestion. + ## + relabelings: [] + # - sourceLabels: [__meta_kubernetes_pod_node_name] + # separator: ; + # regex: ^(.*)$ + # targetLabel: nodename + # replacement: $1 + # action: replace + + ## Additional Endpoints + ## + additionalEndpoints: [] + # - port: oauth-metrics + # path: /metrics + + ## Settings affecting prometheusSpec + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#prometheusspec + ## + prometheusSpec: + ## If true, pass --storage.tsdb.max-block-duration=2h to prometheus. This is already done if using Thanos + ## + disableCompaction: false + ## APIServerConfig + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#apiserverconfig + ## + apiserverConfig: {} + + ## Allows setting additional arguments for the Prometheus container + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#monitoring.coreos.com/v1.Prometheus + additionalArgs: [] + + ## Interval between consecutive scrapes. + ## Defaults to 30s. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/release-0.44/pkg/prometheus/promcfg.go#L180-L183 + ## + scrapeInterval: "" + + ## Number of seconds to wait for target to respond before erroring + ## + scrapeTimeout: "" + + ## Interval between consecutive evaluations. + ## + evaluationInterval: "" + + ## ListenLocal makes the Prometheus server listen on loopback, so that it does not bind against the Pod IP. + ## + listenLocal: false + + ## EnableAdminAPI enables Prometheus the administrative HTTP API which includes functionality such as deleting time series. + ## This is disabled by default. + ## ref: https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/querying/api/#tsdb-admin-apis + ## + enableAdminAPI: false + + ## Sets version of Prometheus overriding the Prometheus version as derived + ## from the image tag. Useful in cases where the tag does not follow semver v2. + version: "" + + ## WebTLSConfig defines the TLS parameters for HTTPS + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#webtlsconfig + web: {} + + ## Exemplars related settings that are runtime reloadable. + ## It requires to enable the exemplar storage feature to be effective. + exemplars: "" + ## Maximum number of exemplars stored in memory for all series. + ## If not set, Prometheus uses its default value. + ## A value of zero or less than zero disables the storage. + # maxSize: 100000 + + # EnableFeatures API enables access to Prometheus disabled features. + # ref: https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/disabled_features/ + enableFeatures: [] + # - exemplar-storage + + ## Image of Prometheus. + ## + image: + registry: quay.io + repository: prometheus/prometheus + tag: v2.51.0 + sha: "" + + ## Tolerations for use with node taints + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/taint-and-toleration/ + ## + tolerations: [] + # - key: "key" + # operator: "Equal" + # value: "value" + # effect: "NoSchedule" + + ## If specified, the pod's topology spread constraints. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-topology-spread-constraints/ + ## + topologySpreadConstraints: [] + # - maxSkew: 1 + # topologyKey: topology.kubernetes.io/zone + # whenUnsatisfiable: DoNotSchedule + # labelSelector: + # matchLabels: + # app: prometheus + + ## Alertmanagers to which alerts will be sent + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#alertmanagerendpoints + ## + ## Default configuration will connect to the alertmanager deployed as part of this release + ## + alertingEndpoints: [] + # - name: "" + # namespace: "" + # port: http + # scheme: http + # pathPrefix: "" + # tlsConfig: {} + # bearerTokenFile: "" + # apiVersion: v2 + + ## External labels to add to any time series or alerts when communicating with external systems + ## + externalLabels: {} + + ## enable --web.enable-remote-write-receiver flag on prometheus-server + ## + enableRemoteWriteReceiver: false + + ## Name of the external label used to denote replica name + ## + replicaExternalLabelName: "" + + ## If true, the Operator won't add the external label used to denote replica name + ## + replicaExternalLabelNameClear: false + + ## Name of the external label used to denote Prometheus instance name + ## + prometheusExternalLabelName: "" + + ## If true, the Operator won't add the external label used to denote Prometheus instance name + ## + prometheusExternalLabelNameClear: false + + ## External URL at which Prometheus will be reachable. + ## + externalUrl: "" + + ## Define which Nodes the Pods are scheduled on. + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/node-selection/ + ## + nodeSelector: {} + + ## Secrets is a list of Secrets in the same namespace as the Prometheus object, which shall be mounted into the Prometheus Pods. + ## The Secrets are mounted into /etc/prometheus/secrets/. Secrets changes after initial creation of a Prometheus object are not + ## reflected in the running Pods. To change the secrets mounted into the Prometheus Pods, the object must be deleted and recreated + ## with the new list of secrets. + ## + secrets: [] + + ## ConfigMaps is a list of ConfigMaps in the same namespace as the Prometheus object, which shall be mounted into the Prometheus Pods. + ## The ConfigMaps are mounted into /etc/prometheus/configmaps/. + ## + configMaps: [] + + ## QuerySpec defines the query command line flags when starting Prometheus. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#queryspec + ## + query: {} + + ## If nil, select own namespace. Namespaces to be selected for PrometheusRules discovery. + ruleNamespaceSelector: {} + ## Example which selects PrometheusRules in namespaces with label "prometheus" set to "somelabel" + # ruleNamespaceSelector: + # matchLabels: + # prometheus: somelabel + + ## If true, a nil or {} value for prometheus.prometheusSpec.ruleSelector will cause the + ## prometheus resource to be created with selectors based on values in the helm deployment, + ## which will also match the PrometheusRule resources created + ## + ruleSelectorNilUsesHelmValues: true + + ## PrometheusRules to be selected for target discovery. + ## If {}, select all PrometheusRules + ## + ruleSelector: {} + ## Example which select all PrometheusRules resources + ## with label "prometheus" with values any of "example-rules" or "example-rules-2" + # ruleSelector: + # matchExpressions: + # - key: prometheus + # operator: In + # values: + # - example-rules + # - example-rules-2 + # + ## Example which select all PrometheusRules resources with label "role" set to "example-rules" + # ruleSelector: + # matchLabels: + # role: example-rules + + ## If true, a nil or {} value for prometheus.prometheusSpec.serviceMonitorSelector will cause the + ## prometheus resource to be created with selectors based on values in the helm deployment, + ## which will also match the servicemonitors created + ## + serviceMonitorSelectorNilUsesHelmValues: true + + ## ServiceMonitors to be selected for target discovery. + ## If {}, select all ServiceMonitors + ## + serviceMonitorSelector: {} + ## Example which selects ServiceMonitors with label "prometheus" set to "somelabel" + # serviceMonitorSelector: + # matchLabels: + # prometheus: somelabel + + ## Namespaces to be selected for ServiceMonitor discovery. + ## + serviceMonitorNamespaceSelector: {} + ## Example which selects ServiceMonitors in namespaces with label "prometheus" set to "somelabel" + # serviceMonitorNamespaceSelector: + # matchLabels: + # prometheus: somelabel + + ## If true, a nil or {} value for prometheus.prometheusSpec.podMonitorSelector will cause the + ## prometheus resource to be created with selectors based on values in the helm deployment, + ## which will also match the podmonitors created + ## + podMonitorSelectorNilUsesHelmValues: true + + ## PodMonitors to be selected for target discovery. + ## If {}, select all PodMonitors + ## + podMonitorSelector: {} + ## Example which selects PodMonitors with label "prometheus" set to "somelabel" + # podMonitorSelector: + # matchLabels: + # prometheus: somelabel + + ## If nil, select own namespace. Namespaces to be selected for PodMonitor discovery. + podMonitorNamespaceSelector: {} + ## Example which selects PodMonitor in namespaces with label "prometheus" set to "somelabel" + # podMonitorNamespaceSelector: + # matchLabels: + # prometheus: somelabel + + ## If true, a nil or {} value for prometheus.prometheusSpec.probeSelector will cause the + ## prometheus resource to be created with selectors based on values in the helm deployment, + ## which will also match the probes created + ## + probeSelectorNilUsesHelmValues: true + + ## Probes to be selected for target discovery. + ## If {}, select all Probes + ## + probeSelector: {} + ## Example which selects Probes with label "prometheus" set to "somelabel" + # probeSelector: + # matchLabels: + # prometheus: somelabel + + ## If nil, select own namespace. Namespaces to be selected for Probe discovery. + probeNamespaceSelector: {} + ## Example which selects Probe in namespaces with label "prometheus" set to "somelabel" + # probeNamespaceSelector: + # matchLabels: + # prometheus: somelabel + + ## If true, a nil or {} value for prometheus.prometheusSpec.scrapeConfigSelector will cause the + ## prometheus resource to be created with selectors based on values in the helm deployment, + ## which will also match the scrapeConfigs created + ## + scrapeConfigSelectorNilUsesHelmValues: true + + ## scrapeConfigs to be selected for target discovery. + ## If {}, select all scrapeConfigs + ## + scrapeConfigSelector: {} + ## Example which selects scrapeConfigs with label "prometheus" set to "somelabel" + # scrapeConfigSelector: + # matchLabels: + # prometheus: somelabel + + ## If nil, select own namespace. Namespaces to be selected for scrapeConfig discovery. + scrapeConfigNamespaceSelector: {} + ## Example which selects scrapeConfig in namespaces with label "prometheus" set to "somelabel" + # scrapeConfigNamespaceSelector: + # matchLabels: + # prometheus: somelabel + + ## How long to retain metrics + ## + retention: 10d + + ## Maximum size of metrics + ## + retentionSize: "" + + ## Allow out-of-order/out-of-bounds samples ingested into Prometheus for a specified duration + ## See https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/configuration/#tsdb + tsdb: + outOfOrderTimeWindow: 0s + + ## Enable compression of the write-ahead log using Snappy. + ## + walCompression: true + + ## If true, the Operator won't process any Prometheus configuration changes + ## + paused: false + + ## Number of replicas of each shard to deploy for a Prometheus deployment. + ## Number of replicas multiplied by shards is the total number of Pods created. + ## + replicas: 1 + + ## EXPERIMENTAL: Number of shards to distribute targets onto. + ## Number of replicas multiplied by shards is the total number of Pods created. + ## Note that scaling down shards will not reshard data onto remaining instances, it must be manually moved. + ## Increasing shards will not reshard data either but it will continue to be available from the same instances. + ## To query globally use Thanos sidecar and Thanos querier or remote write data to a central location. + ## Sharding is done on the content of the `__address__` target meta-label. + ## + shards: 1 + + ## Log level for Prometheus be configured in + ## + logLevel: info + + ## Log format for Prometheus be configured in + ## + logFormat: logfmt + + ## Prefix used to register routes, overriding externalUrl route. + ## Useful for proxies that rewrite URLs. + ## + routePrefix: / + + ## Standard object's metadata. More info: https://github.com/kubernetes/community/blob/master/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#metadata + ## Metadata Labels and Annotations gets propagated to the prometheus pods. + ## + podMetadata: {} + # labels: + # app: prometheus + # k8s-app: prometheus + + ## Pod anti-affinity can prevent the scheduler from placing Prometheus replicas on the same node. + ## The default value "soft" means that the scheduler should *prefer* to not schedule two replica pods onto the same node but no guarantee is provided. + ## The value "hard" means that the scheduler is *required* to not schedule two replica pods onto the same node. + ## The value "" will disable pod anti-affinity so that no anti-affinity rules will be configured. + podAntiAffinity: "" + + ## If anti-affinity is enabled sets the topologyKey to use for anti-affinity. + ## This can be changed to, for example, failure-domain.beta.kubernetes.io/zone + ## + podAntiAffinityTopologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname + + ## Assign custom affinity rules to the prometheus instance + ## ref: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/configuration/assign-pod-node/ + ## + affinity: {} + # nodeAffinity: + # requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution: + # nodeSelectorTerms: + # - matchExpressions: + # - key: kubernetes.io/e2e-az-name + # operator: In + # values: + # - e2e-az1 + # - e2e-az2 + + ## The remote_read spec configuration for Prometheus. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#remotereadspec + remoteRead: [] + # - url: http://remote1/read + ## additionalRemoteRead is appended to remoteRead + additionalRemoteRead: [] + + ## The remote_write spec configuration for Prometheus. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#remotewritespec + remoteWrite: [] + # - url: http://remote1/push + ## additionalRemoteWrite is appended to remoteWrite + additionalRemoteWrite: [] + + ## Enable/Disable Grafana dashboards provisioning for prometheus remote write feature + remoteWriteDashboards: false + + ## Resource limits & requests + ## + resources: {} + # requests: + # memory: 400Mi + + ## Prometheus StorageSpec for persistent data + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/user-guides/storage.md + ## + storageSpec: {} + ## Using PersistentVolumeClaim + ## + # volumeClaimTemplate: + # spec: + # storageClassName: gluster + # accessModes: ["ReadWriteOnce"] + # resources: + # requests: + # storage: 50Gi + # selector: {} + + ## Using tmpfs volume + ## + # emptyDir: + # medium: Memory + + # Additional volumes on the output StatefulSet definition. + volumes: [] + + # Additional VolumeMounts on the output StatefulSet definition. + volumeMounts: [] + + ## AdditionalScrapeConfigs allows specifying additional Prometheus scrape configurations. Scrape configurations + ## are appended to the configurations generated by the Prometheus Operator. Job configurations must have the form + ## as specified in the official Prometheus documentation: + ## https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/configuration/#scrape_config. As scrape configs are + ## appended, the user is responsible to make sure it is valid. Note that using this feature may expose the possibility + ## to break upgrades of Prometheus. It is advised to review Prometheus release notes to ensure that no incompatible + ## scrape configs are going to break Prometheus after the upgrade. + ## AdditionalScrapeConfigs can be defined as a list or as a templated string. + ## + ## The scrape configuration example below will find master nodes, provided they have the name .*mst.*, relabel the + ## port to 2379 and allow etcd scraping provided it is running on all Kubernetes master nodes + ## + additionalScrapeConfigs: [] + # - job_name: kube-etcd + # kubernetes_sd_configs: + # - role: node + # scheme: https + # tls_config: + # ca_file: /etc/prometheus/secrets/etcd-client-cert/etcd-ca + # cert_file: /etc/prometheus/secrets/etcd-client-cert/etcd-client + # key_file: /etc/prometheus/secrets/etcd-client-cert/etcd-client-key + # relabel_configs: + # - action: labelmap + # regex: __meta_kubernetes_node_label_(.+) + # - source_labels: [__address__] + # action: replace + # targetLabel: __address__ + # regex: ([^:;]+):(\d+) + # replacement: ${1}:2379 + # - source_labels: [__meta_kubernetes_node_name] + # action: keep + # regex: .*mst.* + # - source_labels: [__meta_kubernetes_node_name] + # action: replace + # targetLabel: node + # regex: (.*) + # replacement: ${1} + # metric_relabel_configs: + # - regex: (kubernetes_io_hostname|failure_domain_beta_kubernetes_io_region|beta_kubernetes_io_os|beta_kubernetes_io_arch|beta_kubernetes_io_instance_type|failure_domain_beta_kubernetes_io_zone) + # action: labeldrop + # + ## If scrape config contains a repetitive section, you may want to use a template. + ## In the following example, you can see how to define `gce_sd_configs` for multiple zones + # additionalScrapeConfigs: | + # - job_name: "node-exporter" + # gce_sd_configs: + # {{range $zone := .Values.gcp_zones}} + # - project: "project1" + # zone: "{{$zone}}" + # port: 9100 + # {{end}} + # relabel_configs: + # ... + + + ## If additional scrape configurations are already deployed in a single secret file you can use this section. + ## Expected values are the secret name and key + ## Cannot be used with additionalScrapeConfigs + additionalScrapeConfigsSecret: {} + # enabled: false + # name: + # key: + + ## additionalPrometheusSecretsAnnotations allows to add annotations to the kubernetes secret. This can be useful + ## when deploying via spinnaker to disable versioning on the secret, strategy.spinnaker.io/versioned: 'false' + additionalPrometheusSecretsAnnotations: {} + + ## AdditionalAlertManagerConfigs allows for manual configuration of alertmanager jobs in the form as specified + ## in the official Prometheus documentation https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/configuration/#. + ## AlertManager configurations specified are appended to the configurations generated by the Prometheus Operator. + ## As AlertManager configs are appended, the user is responsible to make sure it is valid. Note that using this + ## feature may expose the possibility to break upgrades of Prometheus. It is advised to review Prometheus release + ## notes to ensure that no incompatible AlertManager configs are going to break Prometheus after the upgrade. + ## + additionalAlertManagerConfigs: [] + # - consul_sd_configs: + # - server: consul.dev.test:8500 + # scheme: http + # datacenter: dev + # tag_separator: ',' + # services: + # - metrics-prometheus-alertmanager + + ## If additional alertmanager configurations are already deployed in a single secret, or you want to manage + ## them separately from the helm deployment, you can use this section. + ## Expected values are the secret name and key + ## Cannot be used with additionalAlertManagerConfigs + additionalAlertManagerConfigsSecret: {} + # name: + # key: + # optional: false + + ## AdditionalAlertRelabelConfigs allows specifying Prometheus alert relabel configurations. Alert relabel configurations specified are appended + ## to the configurations generated by the Prometheus Operator. Alert relabel configurations specified must have the form as specified in the + ## official Prometheus documentation: https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/configuration/#alert_relabel_configs. + ## As alert relabel configs are appended, the user is responsible to make sure it is valid. Note that using this feature may expose the + ## possibility to break upgrades of Prometheus. It is advised to review Prometheus release notes to ensure that no incompatible alert relabel + ## configs are going to break Prometheus after the upgrade. + ## + additionalAlertRelabelConfigs: [] + # - separator: ; + # regex: prometheus_replica + # replacement: $1 + # action: labeldrop + + ## If additional alert relabel configurations are already deployed in a single secret, or you want to manage + ## them separately from the helm deployment, you can use this section. + ## Expected values are the secret name and key + ## Cannot be used with additionalAlertRelabelConfigs + additionalAlertRelabelConfigsSecret: {} + # name: + # key: + + ## SecurityContext holds pod-level security attributes and common container settings. + ## This defaults to non root user with uid 1000 and gid 2000. + ## https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md + ## + securityContext: + runAsGroup: 2000 + runAsNonRoot: true + runAsUser: 1000 + fsGroup: 2000 + seccompProfile: + type: RuntimeDefault + + ## Priority class assigned to the Pods + ## + priorityClassName: "" + + ## Thanos configuration allows configuring various aspects of a Prometheus server in a Thanos environment. + ## This section is experimental, it may change significantly without deprecation notice in any release. + ## This is experimental and may change significantly without backward compatibility in any release. + ## ref: https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#thanosspec + ## + thanos: {} + # secretProviderClass: + # provider: gcp + # parameters: + # secrets: | + # - resourceName: "projects/$PROJECT_ID/secrets/testsecret/versions/latest" + # fileName: "objstore.yaml" + ## ObjectStorageConfig configures object storage in Thanos. + # objectStorageConfig: + # # use existing secret, if configured, objectStorageConfig.secret will not be used + # existingSecret: {} + # # name: "" + # # key: "" + # # will render objectStorageConfig secret data and configure it to be used by Thanos custom resource, + # # ignored when prometheusspec.thanos.objectStorageConfig.existingSecret is set + # # https://thanos.io/tip/thanos/storage.md/#s3 + # secret: {} + # # type: S3 + # # config: + # # bucket: "" + # # endpoint: "" + # # region: "" + # # access_key: "" + # # secret_key: "" + + ## Containers allows injecting additional containers. This is meant to allow adding an authentication proxy to a Prometheus pod. + ## if using proxy extraContainer update targetPort with proxy container port + containers: [] + # containers: + # - name: oauth-proxy + # image: quay.io/oauth2-proxy/oauth2-proxy:v7.5.1 + # args: + # - --upstream=http://127.0.0.1:9090 + # - --http-address=0.0.0.0:8081 + # - --metrics-address=0.0.0.0:8082 + # - ... + # ports: + # - containerPort: 8081 + # name: oauth-proxy + # protocol: TCP + # - containerPort: 8082 + # name: oauth-metrics + # protocol: TCP + # resources: {} + + ## InitContainers allows injecting additional initContainers. This is meant to allow doing some changes + ## (permissions, dir tree) on mounted volumes before starting prometheus + initContainers: [] + + ## PortName to use for Prometheus. + ## + portName: "http-web" + + ## ArbitraryFSAccessThroughSMs configures whether configuration based on a service monitor can access arbitrary files + ## on the file system of the Prometheus container e.g. bearer token files. + arbitraryFSAccessThroughSMs: false + + ## OverrideHonorLabels if set to true overrides all user configured honor_labels. If HonorLabels is set in ServiceMonitor + ## or PodMonitor to true, this overrides honor_labels to false. + overrideHonorLabels: false + + ## OverrideHonorTimestamps allows to globally enforce honoring timestamps in all scrape configs. + overrideHonorTimestamps: false + + ## When ignoreNamespaceSelectors is set to true, namespaceSelector from all PodMonitor, ServiceMonitor and Probe objects will be ignored, + ## they will only discover targets within the namespace of the PodMonitor, ServiceMonitor and Probe object, + ## and servicemonitors will be installed in the default service namespace. + ## Defaults to false. + ignoreNamespaceSelectors: false + + ## EnforcedNamespaceLabel enforces adding a namespace label of origin for each alert and metric that is user created. + ## The label value will always be the namespace of the object that is being created. + ## Disabled by default + enforcedNamespaceLabel: "" + + ## PrometheusRulesExcludedFromEnforce - list of prometheus rules to be excluded from enforcing of adding namespace labels. + ## Works only if enforcedNamespaceLabel set to true. Make sure both ruleNamespace and ruleName are set for each pair + ## Deprecated, use `excludedFromEnforcement` instead + prometheusRulesExcludedFromEnforce: [] + + ## ExcludedFromEnforcement - list of object references to PodMonitor, ServiceMonitor, Probe and PrometheusRule objects + ## to be excluded from enforcing a namespace label of origin. + ## Works only if enforcedNamespaceLabel set to true. + ## See https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#objectreference + excludedFromEnforcement: [] + + ## QueryLogFile specifies the file to which PromQL queries are logged. Note that this location must be writable, + ## and can be persisted using an attached volume. Alternatively, the location can be set to a stdout location such + ## as /dev/stdout to log querie information to the default Prometheus log stream. This is only available in versions + ## of Prometheus >= 2.16.0. For more details, see the Prometheus docs (https://prometheus.io/docs/guides/query-log/) + queryLogFile: false + + # Use to set global sample_limit for Prometheus. This act as default SampleLimit for ServiceMonitor or/and PodMonitor. + # Set to 'false' to disable global sample_limit. or set to a number to override the default value. + sampleLimit: false + + # EnforcedKeepDroppedTargetsLimit defines on the number of targets dropped by relabeling that will be kept in memory. + # The value overrides any spec.keepDroppedTargets set by ServiceMonitor, PodMonitor, Probe objects unless spec.keepDroppedTargets + # is greater than zero and less than spec.enforcedKeepDroppedTargets. 0 means no limit. + enforcedKeepDroppedTargets: 0 + + ## EnforcedSampleLimit defines global limit on number of scraped samples that will be accepted. This overrides any SampleLimit + ## set per ServiceMonitor or/and PodMonitor. It is meant to be used by admins to enforce the SampleLimit to keep overall + ## number of samples/series under the desired limit. Note that if SampleLimit is lower that value will be taken instead. + enforcedSampleLimit: false + + ## EnforcedTargetLimit defines a global limit on the number of scraped targets. This overrides any TargetLimit set + ## per ServiceMonitor or/and PodMonitor. It is meant to be used by admins to enforce the TargetLimit to keep the overall + ## number of targets under the desired limit. Note that if TargetLimit is lower, that value will be taken instead, except + ## if either value is zero, in which case the non-zero value will be used. If both values are zero, no limit is enforced. + enforcedTargetLimit: false + + + ## Per-scrape limit on number of labels that will be accepted for a sample. If more than this number of labels are present + ## post metric-relabeling, the entire scrape will be treated as failed. 0 means no limit. Only valid in Prometheus versions + ## 2.27.0 and newer. + enforcedLabelLimit: false + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels name that will be accepted for a sample. If a label name is longer than this number + ## post metric-relabeling, the entire scrape will be treated as failed. 0 means no limit. Only valid in Prometheus versions + ## 2.27.0 and newer. + enforcedLabelNameLengthLimit: false + + ## Per-scrape limit on length of labels value that will be accepted for a sample. If a label value is longer than this + ## number post metric-relabeling, the entire scrape will be treated as failed. 0 means no limit. Only valid in Prometheus + ## versions 2.27.0 and newer. + enforcedLabelValueLengthLimit: false + + ## AllowOverlappingBlocks enables vertical compaction and vertical query merge in Prometheus. This is still experimental + ## in Prometheus so it may change in any upcoming release. + allowOverlappingBlocks: false + + ## Minimum number of seconds for which a newly created pod should be ready without any of its container crashing for it to + ## be considered available. Defaults to 0 (pod will be considered available as soon as it is ready). + minReadySeconds: 0 + + # Required for use in managed kubernetes clusters (such as AWS EKS) with custom CNI (such as calico), + # because control-plane managed by AWS cannot communicate with pods' IP CIDR and admission webhooks are not working + # Use the host's network namespace if true. Make sure to understand the security implications if you want to enable it. + # When hostNetwork is enabled, this will set dnsPolicy to ClusterFirstWithHostNet automatically. + hostNetwork: false + + # HostAlias holds the mapping between IP and hostnames that will be injected + # as an entry in the pod’s hosts file. + hostAliases: [] + # - ip: 10.10.0.100 + # hostnames: + # - a1.app.local + # - b1.app.local + + ## TracingConfig configures tracing in Prometheus. + ## See https://github.com/prometheus-operator/prometheus-operator/blob/main/Documentation/api.md#prometheustracingconfig + tracingConfig: {} + + ## Additional configuration which is not covered by the properties above. (passed through tpl) + additionalConfig: {} + + ## Additional configuration which is not covered by the properties above. + ## Useful, if you need advanced templating inside alertmanagerSpec. + ## Otherwise, use prometheus.prometheusSpec.additionalConfig (passed through tpl) + additionalConfigString: "" + + ## Defines the maximum time that the `prometheus` container's startup probe + ## will wait before being considered failed. The startup probe will return + ## success after the WAL replay is complete. If set, the value should be + ## greater than 60 (seconds). Otherwise it will be equal to 600 seconds (15 + ## minutes). + maximumStartupDurationSeconds: 0 + + additionalRulesForClusterRole: [] + # - apiGroups: [ "" ] + # resources: + # - nodes/proxy + # verbs: [ "get", "list", "watch" ] + + additionalServiceMonitors: [] + ## Name of the ServiceMonitor to create + ## + # - name: "" + + ## Additional labels to set used for the ServiceMonitorSelector. Together with standard labels from + ## the chart + ## + # additionalLabels: {} + + ## Service label for use in assembling a job name of the form